Obraz zawierający tekst, zrzut ekranu, plakat, osoba

Zawartość wygenerowana przez AI może być niepoprawna.

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

PLN k

EUR k

 

 

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

Separate financial statement

I

Net interest income

12 323 166

11 917 462

2 908 328

2 768 798

II

Net fee and commission income

2 697 307

2 552 480

636 578

593 021

III

Profit before tax

8 937 407

7 029 586

2 109 272

1 633 192

IV

Profit for the period

6 708 807

5 197 480

1 583 311

1 207 537

V

Total net cash flows

1 782 582

(4 976 720)

420 698

(1 156 247)

VI

Total assets

300 647 903

276 090 920

71 130 646

64 612 900

VII

Deposits from banks

1 946 975

3 050 432

460 637

713 885

VIII

Deposits from customers

230 200 308

215 776 367

54 463 366

50 497 629

IX

Total liabilities

267 318 385

245 863 553

63 245 176

57 538 861

X

Total equity

33 329 518

30 227 367

7 885 470

7 074 039

XI

Number of shares

102 189 314

102 189 314

 

 

XII

Net book value per share in PLN/EUR

326,15

295,80

77,16

69,23

XIII

Capital ratio

21,45%

20,15%*

 

XIV

Profit per share in PLN/EUR

65,65

50,86

15,49

11,82

XV

Diluted earnings per share in PLN/EUR

65,65

50,86

15,49

11,82

XVI

Declared or paid dividend per share in PLN/EUR**

46,37**

44,63

10,94

10,37

*The data includes profits included in own funds, taking into account the applicable EBA guidelines

**Detailed information are described in Note 53.

The following rates were applied to determine the key EUR amounts for selected financial statements line items:

·         for balance sheet items – average NBP exchange rate as at 31.12.2025: EUR 1 = PLN 4,2267 and as at 31.12.2024: EUR 1 = PLN 4,2730

·         for profit and loss items – as at 31.12.2025 - the rate is calculated as the average of NBP exchange rates prevailing as at the last day of each month in 2025: EUR 1 = PLN 4,2372; as at 31.12.2024 - the rate is calculated as the average of NBP exchange rates prevailing as at the last day of each month in 2023: EUR 1 = PLN 4,3042.

As at 31.12.2025, FX denominated balance sheet positions were converted into PLN in line with the NBP FX table no. 251/A/NBP/2025    dd. 31.12.2025.

Obraz zawierający tekst, computer, osoba, komputer

Zawartość wygenerowana przez AI może być niepoprawna.

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

I.    Separate income statement66

II.   Separate statement of comprehensive income77

III.  Separate statement of financial position88

IV.  Separate statement of changes in equity99

V.   Separate statement of cash flows1010

VI.  Additional notes to financial statements1212

1.      General information about issuer  1212

2.      Basis of preparation of financial statements  1313

3.      Risk management 3939

4.      Capital management 6767

5.      Net interest income  7070

6.      Net fee and commission income  7171

7.      Dividend income  7171

8.      Net trading income and revaluation  7272

9.      Gains (losses) from other financial securities  7272

10.    Other operating income  7272

11.    Impairment allowances for expected credit losses  7373

12.    Employee costs  7373

13.    General and administrative expenses  7474

14.    Other operating expenses  7474

15.    Corporate income tax  7474

16.    Earnings per share  7575

17.    Cash and cash equivalents  7676

18.    Loans and advances to banks  7676

19.    Financial assets and liabilities held for trading  7878

20.    Hedging derivatives  7979

21.    Loans and advances to customers  8080

22.    Securitisation of assets  8787

23.    Investment securities  8989

24.    Investments in subsidiaries and associates  9090

25.    Intangible assets  9292

26.    Goodwill 9393

27.    Property, plant and equipment 9494

28.    Right of use assets  9595

29.    Deferred tax assets  9696

30.    Other assets  9797

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

In thousands of PLN

I.                   Separate income statement

for the period

1.01.2025-31.12.2025

1.01.2024-31.12.2024

Interest income and income similar to interest

 

16 580 859

16 103 254

Interest income on financial assets measured at amortised cost

 

14 629 603

14 173 256

Interest income on financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income

 

1 848 593

1 875 462

Income similar to interest on financial assets measured at fair value through profit or loss

 

102 663

54 536

Interest expense

 

(4 257 693)

(4 185 792)

Net interest income

Note 5

12 323 166

11 917 462

Fee and commission income

3 231 059

3 028 193

Fee and commission expense

(533 752)

(475 713)

Net fee and commission income

Note 6

2 697 307

2 552 480

Dividend income

Note 7

227 477

212 332

Gain on the disposal of shares in subsidiaries

Note 50

948 586

-

Net trading income and revaluation

Note 8

262 273

189 422

Gains (losses) from other financial securities

Note 9

11 143

23 419

Gain/loss on derecognition of financial instruments measured at amortised cost

Note 45

(46 940)

(65 278)

Other operating income

Note 10

82 678

74 891

Allowances for expected credit losses

Note 11

(540 114)

(637 924)

Cost of legal risk associated with foreign currency mortgage loans

Note 45

(1 596 631)

(2 252 561)

Operating expenses incl.:

(4 594 964)

(4 206 672)

-Staff, operating expenses and management costs

Note 12 and 13

(3 916 040)

(3 566 752)

-Amortisation of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets

(436 678)

(387 713)

-Amortisation of right of use asset

(134 934)

(131 037)

-Other operating expenses

Note 14

(107 312)

(121 170)

Tax on financial institutions

(836 574)

(777 985)

Profit before tax

8 937 407

7 029 586

Corporate income tax

Note 15

(2 228 600)

(1 832 106)

Profit for the period

6 708 807

5 197 480

Net earnings per share

Note 16

 

Basic earnings per share (PLN/share)

 

65,65

50,86

Diluted earnings per share (PLN/share)

 

65,65

50,86

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

In thousands of PLN

II.                Separate statement of comprehensive income

 

for the period:

1.01.2025-31.12.2025

1.01.2024-31.12.2024

Net profit for the period

 

6 708 807

5 197 480

Items that will be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:

 

1 104 552

(73 304)

Revaluation and sales of debt financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income, gross

Note 23,40

584 875

495 822

Deferred tax

 

(102 095)

(94 206)

Revaluation of cash flow hedging instruments, gross

Note 40,41

827 126

(586 321)

Deferred tax

 

(205 354)

111 401

Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:

 

4 800

150 567

Revaluation of equity financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income, gross

Note 23,40

24 513

188 399

Deferred and current tax

 

(23 044)

(35 796)

Provision for retirement benefits – actuarial gains/losses, gross

Note 40,52

4 242

(2 514)

Deferred tax

 

(911)

478

Total other comprehensive income, net

1 109 352

77 263

Total comprehensive income for the period

 

7 818 159

5 274 743

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

In thousands of PLN

III.             Separate statement of financial position

 

as at:

31.12.2025

31.12.2024*

restated

1.01.2024*

restated

ASSETS

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

Note 17

30 504 751

28 722 169

33 698 889

Loans and advances to banks

Note 18

2 370 201

4 167 697

361 474

Financial assets held for trading

Note 19

15 278 958

9 366 581

8 941 960

Hedging derivatives

Note 20

2 023 727

1 363 319

1 559 374

Loans and advances to customers incl.:

Note 21

157 020 100

152 257 402

140 903 101

- measured at amortised cost

 

153 852 716

147 965 869

138 093 756

- measured at fair value through other comprehensive income

 

3 167 384

4 289 996

2 798 234

- measured at fair value through profit and loss

 

-

1 537

11 111

Reverse sale and repurchase agreements

Note 42

4 417 364

4 475 404

2 036 133

Investment securities incl.:

Note 23

78 845 871

65 825 372

56 856 194

- debt securities measured at fair value through other comprehensive income

 

28 670 006

32 135 296

38 717 640

- debt investment securities measured at amortised cost

 

49 689 035

33 227 759

17 866 218

- equity securities measured at fair value through other comprehensive income

 

486 830

462 317

272 336

Assets pledged as collateral

Note 47

2 575 358

1 198 845

271 933

Investments in subsidiaries and associates

Note 24

174 493

2 330 907

2 377 407

Intangible assets

Note 25

937 877

826 533

730 461

Goodwill

Note 26

1 688 516

1 688 516

1 688 516

Property, plant and equipment

Note 27

429 662

415 295

472 100

Right of use asset

Note 28

539 859

449 693

449 610

Deferred tax assets

Note 29

553 123

674 692

986 915

Non-current assets classified as held for sale

 

8

4 308

4 308

Other assets

Note 30

3 288 035

2 324 187

1 062 826

Total assets

300 647 903

276 090 920

252 401 201

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

 

 

 

 

Deposits from banks

Note 31

1 946 975

3 050 432

2 668 293

Hedging derivatives

Note 20

192 875

600 071

829 565

Financial liabilities held for trading

Note 19

12 363 462

9 926 216

8 834 034

Deposits from customers

Note 32

230 200 308

215 776 367

195 365 937

Sale and repurchase agreements

Note 42

2 580 543

1 198 455

273 547

Subordinated liabilities

Note 33

1 601 965

2 127 985

2 585 476

Debt securities in issue

Note 34

10 152 028

7 514 380

5 929 056

Lease liabilities

Note 48

562 579

475 622

484 012

Current income tax liabilities

 

1 066 403

673 956

1 127 618

Provisions for financial liabilities and guarantees granted

Note 35

161 881

170 350

151 294

Other provisions

Note 36

2 301 979

1 580 516

741 677

Other liabilities

Note 37

4 187 387

2 769 203

3 925 195

Total liabilities

 

267 318 385

245 863 553

222 915 704

Equity

 

 

 

 

Share capital

Note 38

1 021 893

1 021 893

1 021 893

Other reserve capital

Note 39

21 713 543

22 427 789

23 369 548

Revaluation reserve

Note 40

911 449

(197 903)

(275 166)

Retained earnings

 

2 973 826

1 778 108

696 244

Profit for the period

 

6 708 807

5 197 480

4 672 978

Total equity

33 329 518

30 227 367

29 485 497

Total liabilities and equity

 

300 647 903

276 090 920

252 401 201

*Data restated following changes to the presentation of cash and cash equivalents; details are presented in Note 2.5.

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

In thousands of PLN

IV.            Separate statement of changes in equity

Statement of changes in equity

1.01.2025 - 31.12.2025

Share capital

Own shares

Other reserve capital

Revaluation reserve

Retained earnings and profit for the period

Total

Note

38

 

39

40

 

 

As at the beginning of the period

1 021 893

-

22 427 789

(197 903)

6 975 588

30 227 367

Total comprehensive income

-

-

-

1 109 352

6 708 807

7 818 159

Profit for the period

-

-

-

-

6 708 807

6 708 807

Other comprehensive income

-

-

-

1 109 352

-

1 109 352

Share-based incentive scheme

-

-

104 903

-

-

104 903

Purchase of own shares

-

(82 367)

-

-

-

(82 367)

Settlements under share-based incentive scheme

-

82 367

(83 172)

-

-

(805)

Profit allocation to other reserve capital

-

-

104 130

-

(104 130)

-

Profit allocation to dividends

-

-

(840 887)

-

(3 897 632)

(4 738 519)

Other changes

-

-

780

-

-

780

As at the end of the period

1 021 893

-

21 713 543

911 449

9 682 633

33 329 518

Statement of changes in equity

1.01.2024 - 31.12.2024

Share capital

Own shares

Other reserve capital

Revaluation reserve

Retained earnings and profit for the period

Total

Note

38

 

39

40

 

 

As at the beginning of the period

1 021 893

-

23 369 548

(275 166)

5 369 222

29 485 497

Total comprehensive income

-

-

-

77 263

5 197 480

5 274 743

Profit for the period

-

-

-

-

5 197 480

5 197 480

Other comprehensive income

-

-

-

77 263

-

77 263

Share-based incentive scheme

-

-

100 192

-

-

100 192

Purchase of own shares

-

(72 334)

-

-

-

(72 334)

Settlements under share-based incentive scheme

-

72 334

(72 592)

-

-

(258)

Profit allocation to other reserve capital

-

-

87 042

-

(87 042)

-

Profit allocation to dividends

-

-

(1 056 637)

-

(3 504 072)

(4 560 709)

Other changes

-

-

236

-

-

236

As at the end of the period

1 021 893

-

22 427 789

(197 903)

6 975 588

30 227 367

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

In thousands of PLN

V.               Separate statement of cash flows

 

for the period

1.01.2025-31.12.2025

1.01.2024-31.12.2024*

restated

Cash flows from operating activities

 

 

 

Profit before tax

 

8 937 407

7 029 586

Adjustments for:

 

 

 

Depreciation/amortisation

 

571 612

518 750

Net interest income

 

(12 323 166)

(11 917 462)

Gains on investing activities

 

(5 588)

(6 037)

Gains on sale of investments in subsidiaries

 

(948 586)

-

Dividends

(222 844)

(207 145)

Impairment losses (reversal)

626

14 304

Changes in:

 

 

Provisions

712 994

857 895

Financial assets / liabilities held for trading

(3 382 919)

726 931

Assets pledged as collateral

(871 283)

(1 088 492)

Hedging derivatives

(1 097 536)

270 289

Loans and advances to banks

1 787 836

(3 799 998)

Loans and advances to customers

(4 780 298)

(11 250 789)

Deposits from banks

(1 105 761)

379 621

Deposits from customers

14 345 386

20 259 118

Buy-sell/ Sell-buy-back transactions

1 437 682

(1 519 292)

Other assets and liabilities

976 383

(3 266 121)

Interest received on operating activities

13 193 452

12 731 737

Interests paid on operating activities

(3 374 043)

(3 302 076)

Paid income tax

(2 045 988)

(1 991 668)

Net cash flows from operating activities

11 805 366

4 439 151

Cash flows from investing activities

 

 

Inflows

25 012 364

15 767 756

Sale of investments in subsidiaries

3 105 000

46 500

Sale/maturity of investment securities

18 427 020

12 827 421

Sale of intangible assets and property, plant and equipment

8 735

1 234

Dividends received

222 844

207 145

Interest received

3 248 765

2 685 456

Outflows

(31 455 173)

(20 885 862)

Purchase of investment securities

(30 901 374)

(20 439 604)

Purchase of intangible assets and property, plant and equipment

(553 799)

(446 258)

Net cash flows from investing activities

(6 442 809)

(5 118 106)

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

In thousands of PLN

 

for the period

1.01.2025-31.12.2025

1.01.2024-31.12.2024*

restated

Cash flows from financing activities

 

 

Inflows

6 021 356

4 534 224

Debt securities issued

5 816 450

4 350 000

Drawing of loans

204 906

184 224

Outflows

(9 601 331)

(8 831 989)

Debt securities buy out

(3 174 048)

(2 787 443)

Repayment of loans and advances

(719 210)

(617 713)

Repayment of lease liabilities

(141 529)

(147 307)

Dividends to shareholders

(4 738 519)

(4 560 709)

Purchase of own shares

(82 367)

(72 334)

Interest paid

(745 658)

(646 483)

Net cash flows from financing activities

 

(3 579 975)

(4 297 765)

Total net cash flows

 

1 782 582

(4 976 720)

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the accounting period

 

28 722 169

33 698 889

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the accounting period

30 504 751

28 722 169

*Data restated following changes to the presentation of cash and cash equivalents; details are presented in Note 2.5.

Information regarding liabilities arising from financing activities relating to loans received, subordinated liabilities and the issue of debt securities were presented respectively in notes 31-34.

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

In thousands of PLN

VI.            Additional notes to financial statements

1.     General information about issuer

Santander Bank Polska SA is a bank located in Poland, 00-854 Warszawa, al. Jana Pawła II 17, National Court Registry identification number is 0000008723, TIN os 896-000-56-73, National Official Business Register number (REGON) is 930041341.

On 7.09.2018, the District Court for Wrocław-Fabryczna in Wrocław, VI Economic Unit of the National Court Register, entered into the register of entrepreneurs changes in the Bank’s statute resulting in, among others, the change of the Bank's name from the Bank Zachodni WBK SA to Santander Bank Polska SA.

As at 31 December 2025, the immediate and ultimate parent of Santander Bank Polska S.A. was Banco Santander S.A., headquartered in Santander.

Santander Bank Polska SA offers a wide range of banking services to individual and business customers and operates in domestic and interbank foreign markets. It also offers the following services:

·         intermediation in trading in securities,

·         leasing,

·         factoring,

·         asset/ fund management,

·         insurance distribution services,

·         trading in shares of commercial companies,

·         brokerage services.

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

In thousands of PLN

2.     Basis of preparation of financial statements

2.1. Statement of compliance

These standalone financial statements of Santander Bank Polska S.A. were prepared in accordance with the International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS)  as adopted by the European Union, which are applied on a consistent basis, as at 31 December 2025, and  in the case of matters not governed by the above Standards, in accordance with the provisions of the Accounting Act of 29 September 1994  (consolidated text: Journal of Law 2023, item 120) and related implementing acts as well as the requirements imposed on issuers whose securities are admitted to trading on regulated markets or issuers who have applied to have securities admitted to trading on regulated markets outlined in the Act of 29 July 2005 on Public Offering, on Conditions for the Introduction of Financial Instruments to the Organized Trading System and on Public Companies.

These standalone financial statements have been approved for publication by the Management Board of Santander Bank Polska S.A. on 23 February 2026.

2.2 Basis of preparation of financial statements

These standalone financial statements have been prepared on the assumption that the Bank will continue as going concern in the foreseeable future, i.e. for a period of at least 12 months from the date on which these financial statements were prepared.

Standalone financial statements are presented in PLN, rounded to the nearest thousand.

These financial statements of Santander Bank Polska S.A. have been prepared in accordance with the International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) adopted by the European Union and in accordance with following measurement rules:

Item

Balance sheet valuation rules

Held-for-trading financial instruments

Fair value through profit or loss

Loans and advances to customers which meet the contractual cash flows test

Amortized cost

Loans and advances to customers which do not meet the contractual cash flows test

Fair value through profit or loss

Financial instruments measured at fair value through other comprehensive income

Fair value through other comprehensive income

Share-based payment transactions

According to IFRS 2 "Share-based payment" requirements

Equity investment financial assets

Fair value through other comprehensive income – an option

Equity financial assets-trading

Fair value through profit or loss

Debt securities measured at fair value through profit or loss

Fair value through profit or loss

Non-current assets

The purchase price or production cost reduced by total depreciation charges and total impairment losses

Right of use assets ( IFRS 16)

Initial measurement reduced by total depreciation charges and total impairment losses

Non-current assets held for sale and groups of non-current assets designated as held for sale

Are recognised at the lower of their carrying amount and their fair value less costs of disposal.

The same accounting principles were applied as in the case of the standalone financial statements for the period ending 31 December 2024, except for changes in accounting standards p. 2.4., changes in the presentation of “Cash and cash equivalents” described in note 2.5.

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

In thousands of PLN

2.3 New standards and interpretations or changes to existing standards or interpretations which can be applicable to Santander Bank Polska S.A. and are not yet effective and have not been early adopted

.

IFRS

Nature of changes

Effective from

Influence on Santander Bank Polska S.A.

Amendments to the Classification and Measurement of Financial

Instruments (Amendments to IFRS 9 and IFRS 7)

Amendments regarding classification and measurement of financial instruments clarify derecognition of a financial liability settled through electronic transfer, present examples of contractual terms that are consistent with a basic lending arrangement, clarify characteristics of non-recourse features and contractually linked instruments and specify new disclosures.

1 January 2026

The amendment may have impact on classification, cash in transits and some of the disclosures in consolidated financial statements.

Annual Improvements to IFRS Accounting Standards

Collection of amendments to IFRS Accounting Standards that will not be a part of any other project and adress necessary, but non-urgent, minor updates. Amendments concern IFRS 7, IFRS 9, IFRS 10, IAS 7.

1 January 2026

The amendment will not have a significant impact on consolidated financial statements.

Amendments to IFRS 9 and IFRS 7: Contracts Referencing Nature-dependent Electricity

The amendments made to IFRS 9 include detail on which power purchase agreements (PPAs) contracts can be used in hedge accounting, and the specific conditions allowed in such hedge relationships. The amendments made to IFRS 7 introduce some new disclosure requirements for contracts referencing naturedependent electricity as defined in the amendments to IFRS 9.

1 January 2026

The amendment will not have a significant impact on consolidated financial statements.

IFRS 18 Presentation and Disclosure in Financial Statements

IFRS 18 includes requirements for all entities applying IFRS for the presentation and disclosure of information in financial statements. IFRS 18 replaces IAS 1.

1 January 2027

The amendment may have impact on cash flow statement, some of the disclosures and income statement in consolidated financial statements.*

IFRS 19 Subsidiaries without Public Accountability: Disclosures

IFRS 19 specifies reduced disclosure requirements that an eligible entity is permitted to apply instead of the disclosure requirements in other IFRS Accounting Standards.

1 January 2027

The amendment will not have an impact on consolidated financial statements.*

IAS 21 Translation to a Hyperinflationary Presentation Currency

The amendments apply to companies with a non-hyperinflationary functional currency using a hyperinflationary presentation currency and also apply to companies with hyperinflationary functional and presentation currencies that translate the results and financial position of foreign operations whose functional currency is non-hyperinflationary. The amendmants gives information on how such positions should be translated.

1 January 2027

The amendment will not have an impact on consolidated financial statements.*

*New standards and amendments to existing standards issued by the IASB but not yet endorsed for use in the EU

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

In thousands of PLN

2.4. Standards and interpretations or changes to existing standards or interpretations which were applied for the first time in the accounting year 2025

IFRS

Nature of changes

Effective from

Influence on Santander Bank Polska S.A.

Amendments to IAS 21: Lack of Exchangeability

Amendments require disclosure of information that enables users of financial statements to understand the impact of a currency not being exchangeable.

1 January 2025

The amendment does not have a significant impact on consolidated financial statements.

esentation of the item "Cash and cash equivalents" in the statement of financial position

2.5 Comparability with the results from the previous periods

Presentation of cash and cash equivalents in the statement of financial position

The section below describes presentation changes made to the financial statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025, affecting the separate statement of financial position as at 1 January 2024 and 31 December 2024.

Financial assets with original maturity of up to three months, meeting the definition of cash and cash equivalents namely loans and advances to banks and debt investment securities (NBP bills), are presented under “Cash and cash equivalents” together with assets that used to be disclosed under “Cash and balances with central banks”. In the Banks’s view, such presentation is reliable and more relevant for readers of the statement of financial position as the total amount of cash and cash equivalents is directly indicated. It is also consistent with the guidelines of the IFRS Interpretations Committee and requirements of IAS 7 Statement of Cash Flows and IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements. The foregoing changes in the accounting policies made it necessary to restate the comparative data but did not affect the Bank’s total assets, net profit or equity.

The changes also had no effect on the value of cash and cash equivalents presented in the cash flow statement.

The impact of the above change on the published financial statements as at 1 January 2024 and 31 December 2024 is presented below.

Items in the statement of financial position

 

as at : 1.01.2024

 

before

adjustment

after

Cash and cash equivalents

-

33 698 889

33 698 889

Cash and balances with central banks

8 275 110

(8 275 110)

-

Loans and advances to banks

9 048 400

(8 686 926)

361 474

Reverse sale and repurchase agreements

12 676 594

(10 640 461)

2 036 133

Investment securities incl.:

62 952 586

(6 096 392)

56 856 194

- debt securities measured at fair value through other comprehensive income

44 814 032

(6 096 392)

38 717 640

Total assets

252 401 201

-

252 401 201

 

as at: 31.12.2024

 

before

adjustment

after

Cash and cash equivalents

-

28 722 169

28 722 169

Cash and balances with central banks

10 240 316

(10 240 316)

-

Loans and advances to banks

9 002 974

(4 835 277)

4 167 697

Reverse sale and repurchase agreements

12 126 356

(7 650 952)

4 475 404

Investment securities incl.:

71 820 996

(5 995 624)

65 825 372

- debt securities measured at fair value through other comprehensive income

38 130 920

(5 995 624)

32 135 296

Total assets

276 090 920

-

276 090 920

Presentation of net interest income in the statement of cash flows

Changes were made to the presentation of net interest income. Previously, interest accrued on operating activities adjusted, among other things, the balance of financial assets/liabilities held for trading, hedging derivatives, loans and advances to banks, loans and

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

In thousands of PLN

advances to customers, deposits from banks and deposits from customers. Now, it is presented under a separate line item: Net interest income including accrued interest excluded from operating activities, with the latter item previously presented separately.

Such presentation is based on prevailing market practice and, in the Bank’s opinion, better reflects the nature of the above items in the statement of cash flows. The foregoing changes in the accounting policies made it necessary to restate the comparative data but did not affect the total net cash flows.

Items of the statement of cash flows

for the period:

1.01.2024-31.12.2024

before

adjustment

after

Cash flows from operating activities

 

 

 

Profit before tax

7 029 586

 

7 029 586

Adjustments for:

 

 

 

Net interest income

-

(11 917 462)

(11 917 462)

Interest accrued excluded from operating activities

(2 176 110)

2 176 110

-

Changes in:

 

 

 

Provisions

857 895

857 895

Financial assets / liabilities held for trading

673 731

53 200

726 931

Assets pledged as collateral

(1 088 492)

(1 088 492)

Hedging derivatives

329 435

(59 146)

270 289

Loans and advances to banks

(4 686 721)

886 723

(3 799 998)

Loans and advances to customers

(22 961 885)

11 711 096

(11 250 789)

Deposits from banks

501 649

(122 028)

379 621

Deposits from customers

23 383 643

(3 124 525)

20 259 118

Buy-sell/ Sell-buy-back transactions

(1 915 324)

396 032

(1 519 292)

Other assets and liabilities

(3 266 121)

(3 266 121)

Net cash flows from operating activities

4 439 151

-

4 439 151

Total net cash flows

(4 976 720)

-

(4 976 720)

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the accounting period

33 698 889

-

33 698 889

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the accounting period

28 722 169

-

28 722 169

2.6 Use of estimates

Preparation of financial statement in accordance with the IFRS requires the management to make subjective judgements and assumptions, which affects the applied accounting principles as well as presented assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses.

The estimates and assumptions are based on historical experience and various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis of making the judgments about carrying amounts of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources.

The estimates and assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Changes to estimates are recognised in the period in which the estimate is changed if the change affects only that period, or in the period of the change and future periods if the change affects both current and future periods.

Key accounting estimates made by Santander Bank Polska S.A.

Key estimates include:

·     Allowances for expected credit losses

·     Fair value of financial instruments

·     Estimates of provisions for legal claims

·     Estimates  of risk arising from mortgage loans in foreign currencies

Allowances for expected credit losses in respect of financial assets

The IFRS 9 approach is based on estimation of the expected credit loss (ECL). ECL allowances reflect an unbiased and probability-weighted amount that is determined by evaluating a range of possible outcomes, the time value of money; and reasonable and supportable information that is available without undue cost or effort at the reporting date about past events, current conditions and

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

In thousands of PLN

forecasts of future economic conditions. ECL allowances are measured at an amount equal to a 12-month ECL or the lifetime ECL, when it is deemed there has been a significant increase in credit risk since initial recognition (Stage 2) or impairment (Stage 3). Accordingly, the ECL model gives rise to measurement uncertainty, especially in relation to:

·   measurement of a 12-month ECL or the lifetime ECL;

·   determination of whether/when a significant increase in credit risk occurred;

·   determination of any forward-looking information reflected in ECL estimation, and their likelihood.

As a result, ECL allowances are estimated using the adopted model developed using many inputs and statistical techniques. Structure of the models that are used for the purpose of ECL estimation consider models for the following parameters:

·   PD - Probability of Default, i.e. the estimate of the likelihood of default over a given time horizon (12-month or lifetime);

·   LGD - Loss Given Default, i.e. the part of the exposure amount that would be lost in the event of default;

·   EAD – Exposure at Default, i.e. expectation for the amount of exposure in case of default event in a given horizon 12-month or lifetime.

Changes in these estimates and the structure of the models may have a significant impact on ECL allowances.

In accordance with IFRS 9, the recognition of expected credit losses depends on changes in credit risk level which occur after initial recognition of the exposure. The standard defines three main stages for recognising expected credit losses:

·   Stage 1 – exposures with no significant increase in credit risk since initial recognition, i.e. the likelihood of the exposure being downgraded to the impaired portfolio (Stage 3 exposures) has not increased. For such exposures, 12-month expected credit losses are recognised

·   Stage 2 – exposures with a significant increase in credit risk since initial recognition, but with no objective evidence of impairment. For such exposures, lifetime expected credit losses are recognised.

·   Stage 3 – exposures for which the risk of default has materialised (objective evidence of impairment has been identified). For such exposures, lifetime expected credit losses are recognised

For the purpose of the collective evaluation of ECL, financial assets are grouped on the basis of similar credit risk characteristics that indicate the debtors' ability to pay all amounts due according to the contractual terms (for example, on the basis of the Bank’s credit risk evaluation or the rating process that considers asset type, industry, geographical location, collateral type, past-due status and other relevant factors). The characteristics chosen are relevant to the estimation of future cash flows for groups of such assets by being indicative of the debtors' ability to pay all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the assets being evaluated. The rating/scoring systems have been internally developed and are continually being enhanced, e.g through external analysis that helps to underpin the aforementioned factors which determine the estimates of impairment charges.

In the individual approach, the ECL charge was determined based on the calculation of the total probability-weighted impairment charges estimated for all the possible recovery scenarios, depending on the recovery strategy currently expected for the customer.

In the scenario analysis, the key strategies / scenarios used were as follows:

·   Recovery from the operating cash flows / refinancing / capital support;

·   Recovery through the voluntary realisation of collateral;

·   Recovery through debt enforcement;

·   Recovery through systemic bankruptcy/recovery proceeding/liquidation bankruptcy;

·   Recovery by take-over of the debt / assets / sale of receivables

·   Recovery as part of legal restructuring.

In addition, for exposures classified as POCI (purchased or originated credit impaired) - i.e. purchased or orginated financial assets that are impaired on initial recognition, expected credit losses are recognized over the remaining life horizon. Such an asset is created when impaired assets are initially recognized and the POCI classification is maintained over the life of the asset.

A credit-impaired assets

Credit-impaired assets are classified as Stage 3 or POCI.  A financial asset or a group of financial assets are impaired if, and only if, there was objective evidence of impairment as a result of one or more events that occurred after the initial recognition of the asset or asset

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

In thousands of PLN

was recognized as POCI and that impairment event (or events) had an impact on the estimated future cash flows of the financial asset or group of financial assets that could be reliably estimated.

It may not be possible to identify a single event that caused the impairment, rather the combined effect of several events may have caused the impairment. Objective evidence that a financial asset or group of assets was impaired includes observable data:

·   significant financial difficulty of the issuer or debtor;

·   a breach of contract, e.g. delay in repayment of interest or principal over 90 days in an amount exceeding the materiality threshold (PLN 400 for individual and small and medium-sized enterprises and PLN 2,000 for business and corporate clients) and at the same time relative thresholds (above 1% of the amount past due in relation to the balance sheet amount);

·   the Santander Bank Polska S.A., for economic or legal reasons relating to the debtor's financial difficulty, granting to the debtor a concession that the Santander Bank Polska S.A. would not otherwise consider, which fulfil below criteria:

(1)     restructuring transactions classified in the Stage 3 category (before restructuring decision),

(2)     transactions restructured in the contingency period that meet the criteria for reclassification to the Stage 3 (quantitative and/or qualitative),

(3)     transactions restructured during the contingency period previously classified as non-performing due to observed customer financial difficulties, have been restructured again or are more than 30 days past due,

(4)     restructured transactions, where contractual clauses have been applied that defer payments through a grace period for repayment of the principal for a period longer than two years,

(5)     restructured transactions including debt write-off, interest grace periods or repaid in installments without contractual interest,

(6)     restructured transactions, where there was a decrease in the net present value of cash flows (NPV) of at least 1% compared to the NPV before the application of the forbearance measures,

(7)     transactions where there is a repeated failure to comply with the established payment plan of previous forbearances that has led to successive forbearances of the same exposure (transaction),

(8)     transactions where:

·       in inadequate repayment schedules were applied, which are related to, inter alia, repeated situations of non-compliance with the schedule, changes in the repayment schedule in order to avoid situations of non-compliance with it, or

·       a repayment schedule that is based on expectations, unsupported by macroeconomic forecasts or credible assumptions about the borrower's ability or willingness to repay was applied

(9)     transactions for which the Bank has reasonable doubts as to the probability of payment by the customer.

·   it becoming probable that the debtor will enter bankruptcy, recovery proceedings, arrangement or other financial reorganisation;

·   the disappearance of an active market for that financial asset because of financial difficulties;

Impaired exposures (Stage 3) can be reclassified to Stage 2 or Stage 1 if the reasons for their classification to Stage 3 have ceased to apply (particularly if the borrower’s economic and financial standing has improved) and a probation period has been completed (i.e. a period of good payment behaviour meaning the lack of arrears above 30 days), subject to the following:

·   In the case of individual customers, the probation period is 180 days.

·   In the case of SME customers, the probation period is 180 days, and assessment of the customer’s financial standing and repayment capacity is required in some cases. However, the exposure cannot be reclassified to Stage 1 or 2 in the case of fraud, client`s death, discontinuation of business, bankruptcy, or pending restructuring/ liquidation proceedings.

·   In the case of business and corporate customers, the probation period is 92 days, and positive assessment of the financial standing is required (the Bank assesses all remaining payments as likely to be repaid as scheduled in the agreement). The exposure cannot be reclassified to Stage 1 or 2 in the case of fraud, discontinuation of business, or pending restructuring/ insolvency/ liquidation proceedings.

Additionally, if the customer is in Stage 3 and subject to the forbearance process, they may be reclassified to Stage 2 not earlier than after 365 days (from the start of forbearance or from the downgrade to the NPL portfolio, whichever is later) of regular payments, repayment by the client of the amount previously overdue / written off (if any) and after finding that there are no concerns as to the further repayment of the entire debt in accordance with the agreed terms of restructuring.

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

In thousands of PLN

A significant increases in credit risk

One of the key elements of IFRS 9 is the identification of a significant increase in credit risk which determines the classification to Stage 2. The Bank has developed detailed criteria for the definition of a significant increase in credit risk based on the following main assumptions:

·   Qualitative assumptions:

·   Implementing dedicated monitoring strategies for the customer following the identification of early warning signals that indicate a significant increase in credit risk

·   Restructuring actions connected with making concessions to the customers as a result of their difficult financial standing

·   Delay in payment as defined by the applicable standard, i.e. 30 days past due combined with the materiality threshold

·   Quantitative assumptions:

·  A risk buffer method based on the comparison of curves illustrating the probability of default over the currently remaining lifetime of the exposure based on the risk level assessment at exposure recognition and at reporting date. Risk buffer is set in relative terms for every single exposure based on its risk assessment resulting from internal models and other parameters of exposure impacting assessment of the Bank whether the increase might have significantly increased since initial recognition of the exposure (such parameters considered types of the products, term structure as well as profitability). Risk buffer methodology was prepared internally and is based on the information gathered in the course of the decision process as well as in the process of transactions structuring.

·  Absolute threshold criterion - a significant increase in risk is considered to have occurred when, over the horizon of the current remaining life of the exposure, the annualised PD at the reporting date exceeds the corresponding PD at the time the exposure was recognised by an amount greater than the threshold.

·  In addition, the Bank applies the threefold risk criterion. It is met when, over the horizon of the current remaining life of the exposure, the annualised PD as at the reporting date exceeds three times the corresponding PD at the time the exposure was recognised.

The fact that the exposure is supported by the Borrowers' Support Fund is reported as a forborne and a significant increase in credit risk (Stage 2), and in justified cases (previously identified impairment, subsequent restructuring action, inability to service the debt forecasted on the basis of defined criteria) constitutes an indication of impairment (Stage 3).

The average thresholds according to data as at 31.12.2025 (expressed in terms of PD over a one-year horizon), exceeding which results in the classification of the exposure to Stage 2 in accordance with the quantitative risk buffer method used by the Bank, are presented in the table below.

Average threshold (annualized) of the probability of default

 

mortgage loans

 

 

 

3.20%

consumer loans

 

 

 

14.14%

Bussines loans

 

 

 

6.23%

Santander Bank Polska S.A. independently verifies the fulfillment of other quantitative thresholds (the absolute threshold criterion and the threefold risk increase criterion).

Santander Bank Polska S.A. identifies exposures with low credit risk in its corporate segment in accordance with the rules under IFRS 9, which allows for the recognition of 12-month expected losses even if credit risk has increased significantly since initial recognition. As of 31 December 2025, this portfolio was immaterial and represented 0.148% of Santander Bank Polska S.A.'s portfolio classified as Stage 1 or Stage 2.

Exposure in Stage 2 may be re-classified into Stage 1 without probation period as soon as significant increase in credit risk indicators after its initial recognition end e.g. when the following conditions are met: client`s current situation does not require constant monitoring, no restructuring actions towards exposure are taken, exposure has no payment delay over 30 days for significant amounts, and according to risk buffer method no risk increase occurs. 

ECL measurement

Another key feature required by IFRS 9 is the approach to the estimation of risk parameters. For the purpose of estimating allowances for expected losses, Santander Bank Polska S.A. uses its own estimates of risk parameters that are based on internal models. Expected credit losses are the sum of individual products for each exposure of the estimated values of PD, LGD and EAD parameters in particular periods (depending on the stage either in the horizon of 12 months or in lifetime) discounted using the effective interest rate.

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

In thousands of PLN

The estimated parameters are adjusted for macroeconomic scenarios in accordance with the assumptions of IFRS 9. To this end, the Bank determines the factors which affect individual asset classes to estimate an appropriate evolution of risk parameters. The Bank uses scenarios developed internally by the analytical team, which are updated on a monthly basis at least every six months. The models and parameters generated for the needs of IFRS 9 are subject to model management process and periodic calibration and validation. These tools are also used in the financial planning process.

Determination of forward-looking information and their likelihood

Forward-looking events are reflected both in the process of estimating ECL and when determining a significant increase in credit risk, by developing appropriate macroeconomic scenarios and then reflecting them in the estimation of parameters for each scenario. The final parameter value and the ECL is the weighted average of the parameters weighted by the likelihood of each scenario. Bank uses three scenario types: the baseline scenario and two alternative scenarios, which reflect the probable alternative options of the baseline scenario: upside and downside scenario. Scenario weights are determined using the expected GDP path and the confidence intervals for this forecast in such a way that the weights reflect the uncertainty about the future development of this factor.

The Bank's models most often indicate the dependence of the quality of loan portfolios on the market situation in terms of the level of deposits, loans, as well as the levels of measures related to interest rates.

Baseline scenario

The Polish economy accelerated to 3.6% growth in 2025, compared to 2.9% y/y growth in 2024. The scenario predicts GDP growth of 3.7% in 2026 and 3.2% in 2027. Growth in 2025 was driven primarily by strong private consumption, supported by a robust labour market and the start of a new investment cycle related to the spending of European funds and military spending. A further strong acceleration in investment driven by EU funds is expected in 2026. Inflation has gradually begun to stabilize near the National Bank of Poland target, and the baseline scenario predicts CPI to average around 3% in 2026 and around 2.5% in subsequent years.

Monetary policy in 2025 brought a series of interest rate cuts. High economic growth and relatively high wage growth have led the central bank to adopt cautious decisions, with no clearly declared monetary easing cycle. The baseline scenario assumes a reduction in the NBP reference rate to 3.50% by the end of 2026. In 2027, the scenario predicts a slight upward adjustment to 3.75%. These expectations are based on market valuations as of October 14, 2025.

The EURPLN fell by approximately 0.8% in 2025 compared to the previous year, fluctuating between 4.20 and 4.27 for most of the year, and below 4.25 in the second half. The positive impact of the resilience of domestic economic growth and the likely end of the NBP interest rate cuts will be offset by persistent geopolitical uncertainty, gradually increasing current account imbalances, and expansionary fiscal policy. In 2026 and beyond, we assume a stable EURPLN exchange rate of 4.25.

The credit market saw a significant recovery in 2025, and a growth of 6.4% y/y for the entire year was identified, compared to 5.0% a year earlier. The favourable domestic economic climate and lower interest rates will continue to stimulate the entire market in the coming quarters, leading the baseline scenario to project an acceleration in credit growth to 7.1% y/y in 2026 and a slightly slower rate of 6.7% y/y in 2027. In 2025, deposit growth hovered around 10% y/y, partly due to a strong increase in net foreign assets in the banking system. Deposit volume growth will continue to outpace loan growth, though the difference will be smaller. In the baseline scenario, we assume deposit growth of 8.6% in 2026 and 8.3% in 2027.

Best case scenario

The optimistic scenario assumes rapid disbursement of EU funds, strong private consumption, and a strong inflow of workers into the economy, which will allow it to record higher long-term growth rates.

It is assumed that the economy will accelerate to 6.3% in 2026, and 4.7% in 2027. Strong economic growth and the risk of higher CPI inflation will reduce the Monetary Policy Council's willingness to cut interest rates, and the NBP rate will return to 5.00% in the first half of 2026 and remain at this level in subsequent quarters. As a result, CPI inflation will increase moderately, averaging 3.2% in 2026, and 2.9% in 2027.

The Polish zloty will strengthen in the coming quarters. The euro exchange rate will reach a low of 4.05 in early 2026, stabilizing at 4.10 thereafter.

The acceleration in economic activity will have a positive impact on demand for loans in the banking system, which will also support money creation and deposit growth.

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

In thousands of PLN

Worst case scenario

The negative scenario assumes a deterioration in consumer sentiment, leading to a decline in private consumption in the short term, accompanied by a weaker absorption of EU funds, which translates into lower investment expenditures in the economy, as well as a weaker inflow of foreign workers, which weakens Poland's long-term growth potential.

In the negative scenario, the economy will grow by 1.1% in 2026, and 1.7% in 2027. Slower growth will translate into slightly faster disinflation, with the CPI falling to 2.6% in 2026, and 2.0% in 2027.

Weaker growth prospects will encourage NBP to further lower interest rates, causing the NBP reference rate to fall to 2.50% by the end of 2026 and remain unchanged in 2027.

Less optimistic economic performance and low NBP interest rates will weaken the złoty, and the euro will appreciate towards 4.40.

Lower economic activity will negatively impact demand for loans in the banking system, both in the household sector and in corporate loans.

The tables below present the key economic indicators arising from the respective scenarios.

Scenario as at 31.12.2025

baseline

best case

worst case

likelihood

60%

20%

20%

 

 

 

2026

average, next 3 years

2026

average, next 3 years

2026

average, next 3 years

GDP

YoY

3.7%

3.1%

6.3%

4.6%

1.1%

1.9%

WIBOR 3M

average

3.7%

3.9%

5.1%

5.3%

2.7%

2.7%

unemployment rate

% active

3.1%

3.1%

3.0%

2.9%

3.2%

3.5%

CPI

YoY

3.0%

2.5%

3.2%

2.8%

2.6%

2.2%

EURPLN

period-end

4,25

4,25

4,07

4,09

4,42

4,40

Scenario as at 31.12.2024

baseline

best case

worst case

likelihood

60%

20%

20%

 

 

 

2025

average, next 3 years

2025

average, next 3 years

2025

average, next 3 years

GDP

YoY

3.5%

3.1%

5.7%

5.1%

1.6%

1.7%

WIBOR 3M

average

5.2%

4.5%

5.6%

5.3%

3.9%

3.7%

unemployment rate

% active

2.9%

2.9%

2.7%

2.3%

3.2%

3.7%

CPI

YoY

4.6%

2.8%

5.2%

3.1%

4.0%

2.4%

EURPLN

period-end

4,35

4,37

4,24

4,26

4,43

4,46

Management ECL overlays

At the end of the 2025, Santander Banka Polska S.A. has no significant overlays due to credit risk.

Potential variability of ECL

Significant volatility for the income statement may be reclassifications to Stage 2 from Stage 1. The theoretical reclassification of given percentage of exposures from Stage 1 with the highest risk level to Stage 2 for each type of exposure would result in an increase in allowances according to below table. The above estimates show expected variability of loss allowances as a result of transfers between Stage 1 and Stage 2, resulting in significant changes in the degree to which exposures are covered with allowances in respect of different ECL horizons.

 

additional expected credit loss (PLN m)

reclassification from stage 1 to stage 2

individual

mortgage loans

business

Total 31.12.2025

Total 31.12.2024

1%

8,0

4,7

5,0

17,7

14,4

5%

30,9

13,2

43,0

87,1

65,1

10%

49,6

20,7

69,9

140,2

119,1

Changes in forecasts of macroeconomic indicators may result in significant effects affecting the level of created provisions. Adoption of macroeconomic parameter estimates at only one scenario level (pessimistic or optimistic) will result in a one-off change in ECL at the level below.

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

In thousands of PLN

in PLN m

 

change in ECL level

 

 

scenario

 

 

 

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

 

individuals

housing loans

business

Total

Total

pessimistic

58,3

9,9

33,9

102,1

79,2

optimistic

(55,2)

(9,5)

(28,4)

(93,1)

(81,0)

Based on GDP as the main factor determining the condition of the economy, Santander Bank Polska S.A. estimates that a 1% reduction in the target level of gross domestic production in 2025 would translate into an increase in expected credit losses of PLN 39,799 k. The above analysis was prepared assuming that the relationships between macroeconomic factors remain unchanged.

Fair value of financial instruments, including instruments which do not meet the contractual cash flows test

Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.

Santander Bank Polska S.A. applies a methodology for measuring the fair value of credit exposures and debt instruments. 

In the case of the instruments with distinguishable on-balance sheet and off-balance sheet components, the extent of fair value measurement will depend on the nature of the underlying exposure, and:

·    the on-balance sheet portion always will be measured at fair value;

·    the off-balance sheet portion will be measured at fair value only if at least one of the following conditions is met:

·     condition 1: the exposure has been designated as measured at fair value (option) or

·     condition 2: the exposure may be settled net in cash or through another instrument or

·     condition 3: Santander Bank Polska S.A. sells the obligation immediately after its granting or

·     condition 4: the obligation was granted below the market conditions.

The fair value is measured with the use of valuation techniques appropriate in the circumstances and for which sufficient data are available, maximising the use of relevant observable inputs and minimising the use of unobservable inputs.

 The Bank applies following valuation techniques:

·       market approach – uses prices and other relevant information generated by market transactions involving identical or comparable (similar) assets, liabilities, or a group of assets and liabilities (e.g. a business unit)

·       income approach – converts future amounts (cash flows or income and expenses) to a single current (discounted) date. When the income approach is used, the fair value measurement reflects the current market expectations as to the future amounts.

Santander Bank Polska S.A. uses the income approach for fair value measurement relating to debt financial instruments which do not meet contractual cash flows test.

In the case of credit exposures and debt instruments, the present value method within income approach is typically used. In this method, the expected future cash flows are estimated and discounted using a relevant interest rate. In the case of the present value method, Santander Bank Polska S.A. uses the following elements in the valuation:

·    expectations as to the future cash flows;

·    expectations as to potential changes in cash flow amounts and timing (uncertainties are inherent in cash flow estimates);

·    the time value of money, estimated using risk-free market rates;

·    the price of uncertainty risk inherent in cash flows (risk premium) and

·    other factors that market participants would take into account in the circumstances.

The present value measurement approach used by Santander Bank Polska S.A. is based on the following key assumptions:

·    cash flows and discount rates reflect the assumptions that market participants would adopt in the measurement of an asset;

·    cash flows and discount rates reflect only the factors allocated to the asset which was subject to measurement;

·    discount rates reflect the assumptions which are in line with the cash flow assumptions;

·    discount rates are consistent with the key economic factors relating to the currency in which the cash flows are denominated.

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

In thousands of PLN

The fair value determination methodology developed by Santander Bank Polska S.A. provides for adaptation of the fair value measurement model to the characteristics of the financial asset subject to measurement. When determining the need for adaptation of the model to the features of the asset subject to measurement, Santander Bank Polska S.A. takes into account the following factors:

·    approach to the measurement (individual/collective) given the characteristics of the instrument subject to measurement;

·    whether a schedule of payments is available; 

·    whether the asset subject to measurement is still offered by Santander Bank Polska S.A. and whether the products recently provided to customers can be a reference group for that asset. 

Other significant groups of financial instruments measured at fair value are all derivatives, financial assets held within a residual business model, debt investment financial assets held within a business model whose objective is achieved by both collecting contractual cash flows and selling financial assets, and equity investment financial assets. These financial instruments are either measured with reference to a quoted market price for that instrument or by using a respective measurement model.

Where the fair value is calculated using financial-markets pricing models, the methodology is to calculate the expected cash flows under the terms of each specific contract and then discount these values back to a present value. These models use as their basis independently sourced market parameters including, for example, interest rate yield curves, securities and commodities prices, option volatilities and currency rates. Most market parameters are either directly observable or are implied from instrument prices.

In justified cases, for financial instruments whose carrying amount is based on current prices or valuation models, Santander Bank Polska S.A. takes into account the need to identify additional adjustments to the fair value of the counterparty credit risk.

The fair value measurement models are reviewed periodically.

A summary of the carrying amounts and fair values of the individual groups of assets and liabilities is presented in Note 44.

Estimates for legal claims

Santander Bank Polska S.A. raises provisions for legal claims in accordance with IAS 37. The provisions have been estimated considering the likelihood of unfavourable verdict and amount to be paid, and their impact is presented in other operating income and cost.

Details on the value of the provisions and the assumptions made for their calculation are provided in Notes 35, 45 and 46.

Due to their specific nature, estimates related to legal claims of mortgage loans in foreign currencies are described below.

Estimates of risk arising from mortgage loans in foreign currencies

Due to the revolving legal situation related to mortgage loans portfolio denominated  and indexed to foreign currencies, and inability to  recover all contractual cash flows risk materialisation, Bank estimates impact of legal risk on future cash flows.

Gross book value adjustment resulting from legal risk is estimated based on a number of assumptions, taking into account: a specific time horizon and a number of probabilities such as:

·         the probability of possible settlements and

·         the probability of submitting claims by borrowers,and

·         the probability in terms of the number of disputes

which are described in more details in Note 45.

Legal risk is estimated individually for each exposure in the event of litigation and in terms of portfolio in the absence of such.

As explained in the accounting policies, Santander Bank Polska S.A. accounts for the impact of legal risk as an adjustment to the gross book value of the mortgage loans portfolio. If there is no credit exposure or its value is insufficient, the impact of legal risk is presented as a provision according to IAS 37.

The result on legal risk is presented in a separate position in income statement “Cost of legal risk associated with foreign currency mortgage loans” and “Gain/loss on derecognition of financial instruments measured at amortised cost”.

In 2025, the Bank recognized PLN 1 596 631 k as cost of legal risk related to mortgage loans in foreign currencies and PLN 47 213 k as a cost of signed settlements.

Santander Bank Polska S.A. will continue to monitor this risk in subsequent reporting periods.

Details presenting the impact of the above-mentioned risk on financial statement, assumptions adopted for their calculation, scenario description and sensitivity analysis are contained in notes 45 and 46, respectively.

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

In thousands of PLN

2.7 Judgements that may significantly affect the amounts recognized in the financial statements

When applying the accounting principles, the management of Santander Bank Polska S.A. makes various judgements that may significantly affect the amounts recognized in financial statements.

Assessment whether contractual cash flows are solely payments of principal and interest

The key issue for Santander Bank Polska S.A.'s business, is to assess whether the contractual terms of  financial assets indicate the existence of certain cash flow dates, which are only the repayment of the nominal value and interest on the outstanding nominal value.

For the purposes of this assessment, ‘principal’ is defined as the fair value of the financial asset on initial recognition and ‘interest’ is defined as consideration for the time value of money, for the credit risk associated with the principal amount outstanding during a particular period of time and for other basic lending risks and costs (e.g. liquidity risk and administrative costs), as well as a profit margin.

In assessing whether the contractual cash flows are solely payments of principal and interest, Santander Bank Polska S.A. considers the contractual terms of the instrument. This includes assessing whether the financial assets contain a contractual term that could change the timing or amount of contractual cash flows such that it would not meet this condition. In  making the assessment the Santander Bank Polska S.A. considers:

·       contingent events that would change the amount and timing of cash flows,

·       leverage features,

·       prepayment and extension terms,

·       terms that limit Santander Bank Polska S.A.’s claim to cash flows from specified assets (e.g. non-recourse asset arrangements),

·       features that modify consideration for the time value of money.

A prepayment feature is consistent with the SPPI criterion if the prepayment amount substantially represents unpaid amounts of principal and interest on the principal amount outstanding, which may include reasonable compensation for early termination of the contract.

In addition, a prepayment feature is treated as consistent with this criterion if a financial asset is acquired or originated at a premium or discount to its contractual par amount, the prepayment amount substantially represents the contractual par amount plus accrued (but unpaid) contractual interest (which may also include reasonable compensation for early termination), and the fair value of the prepayment feature is insignificant on initial recognition.

Business Model Assessment

Business models at Santander Bank Polska S.A. are determined at a level that reflects how groups of financial assets are managed together to achieve a particular business objective. The business model does not depend on the intentions of the Santander Bank Polska S.A. management regarding a particular instrument, which is why the model is assessed at a higher level of aggregation.

All business models, quantitative and qualitative criteria used for business model assessment are described in p.2.8 regarding financial asset classification.

2.8 Material accounting policy information

With the exception of the changes described in point 2.3, the Santander Bank Polska S.A. consistently applied the adopted accounting principles both for the reporting period for which the statement is prepared and for the comparative period.

Foreign currency

Foreign currency transactions

The Polish zloty (PLN) is the functional currency of Santander Bank Polska S.A.

Transactions in foreign currencies are translated at the foreign exchange rate ruling at the date of the transaction. Resulting from these transactions monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies, are translated at the foreign exchange rate ruling at the balance sheet date. Non-monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies, which are stated at historical cost, are translated at the foreign exchange rate ruling at the date of the transaction. Non-monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies that are stated at fair value are translated to the reporting currency at the foreign exchange rates ruling at the dates that the fair values were determined. Foreign exchange differences arising on translation are recognised in profit or loss except for differences arising on retranslation of instruments of other entities measured at fair value through other comprehensive income, which are recognised in other comprehensive income.

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

In thousands of PLN

Financial assets and liabilities

Recognition and derecognition

Initial recognition

Santander Bank Polska S.A. recognises a financial asset or a financial liability in its statement of financial position when, and only when, it becomes bound by contractual provisions of the instrument.

A regular way purchase or sale of financial assets is recognised and derecognised, as applicable, at the settlement date.

Derecognition of financial assets

Santander Bank Polska S.A. derecognises a financial asset when and only when, if:

·       contractual rights to the cash flows from that financial asset have expired, or

·       Santander Bank Polska S.A. transfers a financial asset, and such operation meets the derecognition criteria.

The Bank excludes financial assets from the statement of financial position, inter alia, if they are invalidated, settled, written off, overdue, materially modified or uncollectible as a result of a final court judgment. The above-mentioned components are excluded from the statement of financial position as a result of the provisions recognised for them for expected credit losses or losses due to legal risk (in the case of cancellations of CHF loans).

Derecognition of financial liabilities

Santander Bank Polska S.A. shall remove a financial liability (or a part of a financial liability) from its statement of financial position when, and only when, it is extinguished — i.e. when the obligation specified in the contract is discharged or cancelled or expires.

Classification of financial assets and financial liabilities

Classification of financial assets

Classification of financial assets which are not equity instruments

Santander Bank Polska S.A. classifies financial asset that are not an equity instrument as subsequently measured at amortised cost or at fair value through other comprehensive income or fair value through profit or loss on the basis of both:

·       the business model of Santander Bank Polska S.A. for managing the financial assets and

·       the contractual cash flow characteristics of the financial asset (described in point 2.7).

A financial asset is measured at amortised cost if both of the following conditions are fulfilled:

·       the financial asset is held in a business model whose purpose is to hold financial assets to collect contractual cash flows, and

·       the contractual terms of a financial asset give rise on specified dates to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest on the principal amount outstanding.

A financial asset is measured at fair value through other comprehensive income if both of the following conditions are fulfilled:

·       the financial asset is held in a business model whose objective is achieved by both collecting contractual cash flows and selling financial assets, and

·       the contractual terms of a financial asset give rise on specified dates to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest on the principal amount outstanding.

If a financial asset is not measured at amortised cost or at fair value through other comprehensive income, it is measured at fair value through profit or loss.  

Classification of financial assets which are equity instruments

Santander Bank Polska S.A. measures the financial asset that is an equity instrument at fair value through  profit or loss, unless Santander Bank Polska S.A. made an irrevocable election at initial recognition for particular investments in equity instruments to present subsequent changes in fair value in other comprehensive income.

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

In thousands of PLN

Business models

Business models at Santander Bank Polska S.A. are determined at a level that reflects how groups of financial assets are managed together to achieve a particular business objective. The business model does not depend on the intentions of the Santander Bank Polska S.A. key management regarding a particular instrument.

The business model refers to how Santander Bank Polska S.A. manages its financial assets in order to generate cash flows. That is, the business model determines whether cash flows will result from:

·    collecting contractual cash flows

·    selling financial assets

·    or both.

Consequently, the business model assessment is not performed on the basis of scenarios that Santander Bank Polska S.A. does not reasonably expect to occur, such as so-called “worst case” or “stress case” scenarios.

Santander Bank Polska S.A. determines the business model on the basis of the assessment of qualitative and quantitative criteria.

The qualitative criteria include, m.in, how the risks associated with these assets are managed and the principles of remunerating the persons managing these portfolios.

The quantitative criteria are intended to determine whether the sale of financial assets during the analysed period does not exceed the threshold values set in the internal regulations set in percentage terms. The frequency, value, timing of the sale of assets and reasons for the sale are analysed.

Business model types

The analysis of qualitative and quantitative criteria makes it possible to identify three basic business models applied in the operations of Santander Bank Polska S.A.:

·       the business model whose objective is to hold assets in order to collect contractual cash flows (hold to collect),

·       the business model whose objective is achieved by both collecting contractual cash flows and selling financial assets (hold to collect and sell),

·       the other/ residual business model (the business model whose objective is achieved by selling assets).

The predominant business model in the Santander Bank Polska S.A.  is a business model that involves holding assets for the purpose of generating contractual cash flows, with the exception of:

·    debt instruments measured at fair value through other comprehensive income held in the ALM segment and loans and advances subject to the underwriting process described below, for which a business model has been established, the purpose of which is achieved both by generating cash flows arising from the agreement, as well as through the sale of financial assets,

·       instruments held for trading, including debt instruments and derivatives, for which hedge accounting is not used – the appropriate business model is a different/residual business model.

A business model whose objective is to hold assets in order to collect contractual cash flows

In the hold-to-maturity model, incidental sales are possible. Such sales are each time analyzed in terms of frequency, value and distribution of sales in earlier periods, reasons for these sales and expectations as to future sales operations.

A business model whose objective is to hold assets in order to collect contractual cash flows spans the entire spectrum of credit activity, including but not limited to corporate loans, mortgage and consumer loans, credit cards, loans granted and debt instruments (e.g. treasury bonds, corporate bonds), which are not held for liquidity management purposes. Financial assets on account of trading settlements are substantially also recognised under this model. Such assets are recognised in the books of Santander Bank Polska S.A. on the basis of an invoice issued payable within maximum one year.

A business model whose objective is achieved by both collecting contractual cash flows and selling financial assets

A business model whose objective is achieved by both collecting contractual cash flows and selling financial assets includes:

·       financial assets acquired for the purpose of liquidity management, such as State Treasury bonds or NBP bond and

·       loans and advances subject to underwriting, i.e. portion of credit exposures that are planned to be sold before maturity for reasons other than increase in credit risk.

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

In thousands of PLN

Other/ residual business model

Other, residual, model is used for classifying assets held by Santander Bank Polska S.A. but not covered by the first or second category of the business model. They include assets from the “held for trading” category in the financial statements, such as listed equity instruments, commercial bonds acquired for trading purposes and derivatives (e.g. options, IRS, FRA, CIRS, FX Swap contracts) which are not embedded derivatives.

Changing the business model

Santander Bank Polska S.A. reclassifies all affected financial assets when, and only when, it changes its business model for managing financial assets.

If Santander Bank Polska S.A. reclassifies a financial asset, reclassification occurs prospectively from the first day of the reporting period following the change.

Classification of financial liabilities

Santander Bank Polska S.A. classifies all financial liabilities as subsequently measured at amortised cost, except for: 

·       financial liabilities measured at fair value through profit or loss. Such liabilities, including derivatives that are liabilities, shall be subsequently measured at fair value.

·       financial liabilities that arise when a transfer of a financial asset does not qualify for derecognition or when the continuing involvement approach applies;

·       financial guarantee contracts. After initial recognition , the issuer shall measure contract at the higher of:

(1)     amount of the expected credit loss allowance,

(2)     initial recognised amount, less respective accumulated income recognised as per IFRS 15;

·       commitments to provide a loan at a below-market interest rate. If the liability is not measured at fair value through profit or loss, the issuer shall subsequently measure it at the higher of:

(1)      amount of the expected credit loss allowance,

(2)     initial recognised amount, less respective accumulated income recognised as per IFRS 15;

·       contingent consideration recognised by the acquire under the business combination arrangement governed by IFRS 3. Such contingent consideration shall subsequently be measured at fair value with changes recognised in profit or loss.

Embedded derivatives

For financial assets, that meet the definition of hybrid contracts with an embedded derivative, a derivative that is a component of such a contract is not separated from the host contract which is not a derivative, the entire contract is assessed in terms of the contractual cash flow characteristics.

Measurement of financial assets and financial liabilities

Initial measurement

At initial recognition, Santander Bank Polska S.A. measures a financial asset or financial liability at its fair value plus or minus, in the case of a financial asset or financial liability not at fair value through profit or loss, transaction costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition or issue of the financial asset or financial liability.

However, if the fair value of the financial asset or financial liability at initial recognition differs from the transaction price, Santander Bank Polska S.A. recognises this instrument on that date as follows:

·       when the fair value is evidenced by a quoted price in an active market for an identical asset or liability (i.e. a Level 1 input) or based on a valuation technique that uses only data from observable markets, then Santander Bank Polska S.A. recognises the difference between the transaction price and the fair value at initial recognition as a gain or loss.

·       in all other cases, at the measurement adjusted to defer the difference between the fair value at initial recognition and the transaction price. After initial recognition, Santander Bank Polska S.A. recognises that deferred difference as a gain or loss only to the extent that it arises from a change in a factor (including time) that market participants would take into account when pricing the asset or liability.

At initial recognition, Santander Bank Polska S.A. shall measure trade receivables that do not have a significant financing component (determined in accordance with IFRS 15) at their transaction price (as defined in IFRS 15).

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

In thousands of PLN

Subsequent measurement of financial assets

After initial recognition, Santander Bank Polska S.A. recognises a financial asset:

·    at amortised cost, or

·    fair value through other comprehensive income, or

·    at fair value through profit or loss.

Allowances for expected credit losses  are not calculated for financial assets measured at fair value through profit or loss.

Subsequent measurement of financial liabilities

After initial recognition, Santander Bank Polska S.A. recognises a financial liability:

·    at amortised cost, or

·    at fair value through profit or loss.

Liabilities measured at amortised costs include: deposits from banks, deposits from customers, liabilities due to repo transactions, loans and advances obtained, issued debt instruments and subordinated liabilities.

Liabilities are recognised as subordinated liabilities  which in the event of liquidation or bankruptcy of Santander Bank Polska S.A. are repaid after satisfaction of claims of all other Santander Bank Polska S.A.’s creditors. Financial liabilities are classified as subordinated liabilities by the decision of the Polish Financial Supervision Authority issued at the request of Santander Bank Polska S.A..  

Amortised cost measurement

Financial assets

Effective interest method

Interest revenue is calculated by applying the effective interest rate to the gross carrying amount of financial assets and presented in “Net interest income”, except for credit-impaired financial assets. At the time a financial asset or a group of similar financial assets is reclassified to stage 3, interest revenue is calculated on the basis of a net value of a financial asset and presented at the interest rate used for the purpose of discounting the future cash flows for the purpose of measurement of impairment.

This does not apply to POCI assets, in the case of which the interest revenue is calculated on the basis of the net carrying amount, applying the effective interest rate adjusted for credit risk over the lifetime of the asset. The credit-adjusted effective interest rate is calculated by taking into account the future cash flows adjusted for the effect of credit risk over the lifetime of the asset.

The gross carrying amount of a financial asset is its amortised cost, before adjusting for any expected credit loss allowances.

Purchased or originated credit-impaired assets  (POCI)

Santander Bank Polska S.A. distinguished the category of purchased or originated credit-risk assets. POCI are assets that are credit-impaired on initial recognition. Financial asset that were classified as POCI at initial recognition should be treated as POCI in all subsequent periods until they are derecognized.

At initial recognition, POCI assets are recognized at their fair value. After initial recognition POCI assets are measured  at amortized costs.

Valuation of POCI assets is based on the  effective interest rate  adjusted for the effect of credit risk .

For POCI assets (purchased or originated credit impaired) expected credit losses are recognised over the lifetime of the asset.

Portfolio of mortgage loans denominated/indexed to foreign currencies

Santander Bank Polska S.A. reduces the gross carrying amount of mortgage loans denominated/indexed to foreign currencies in accordance with IFRS 9 by the impact of legal risk for potential and existing disputes. In the absence of gross carrying amount or its insufficient value to cover, it records a provision in accordance with IAS 37.

Modification of contractual cash flows

The concept of modification

Changes to the contractual cash flows in respect of the financial asset are regarded by Santander Bank Polska S.A. as modification if made in the form of an annex. Changes to the contractual cash flows arising from performance of the contractual obligations are not considered to be a modification.

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

In thousands of PLN

If the terms of the financial asset agreement change, the Santander Bank Polska S.A. assesses whether the cash flows generated by the modified asset differ significantly from cash flows generated by financial asset before modification of the terms of the asset agreement.

Modification criteria

When assessing whether a modification is substantial or minor, Santander Bank Polska S.A. takes into account both quantitative and qualitative criteria. Both criteria groups are each time analyzed together.

Quantitative criteria

To determine the significance of the impact of modifications, the so-called "10% test" is carried out which is based on a comparison of discounted cash flows of the modified financial instrument (using the original effective interest rate) with discounted (also with the original effective interest rate) cash flows of the financial instrument before modification, whose value should correspond to the value of undue capital, increased by the value of undue interest and adjusted for the amount of unsettled commission.

Qualitative criteria

During the qualitative analysis, Santander Bank Polska S.A. takes into account the following aspects:

·    adding / removing a feature that violates the contractual cash flow test result,

·    currency conversion - except for currency conversions resulting from the transfer of the contract for collection,

·    change of the main debtor - change of the contractor results in a significant modification of contractual terms and

·    consolidation of several exposures into one under an annex.

Substantial modification

Identification of substantial modification resulting in the exclusion of a financial instrument from the statement of financial position is based on qualitative and quantitative criteria described above.

The occurrence of at least one of these quality criteria results in a significant modification. In the case of quantitative criteria, exceeding the "10% test" also indicates a significant modification.

As a result of a significant modification, the existing financial instrument is derecognized. The new instrument is recognized at fair value.

Minor modification

If neither the qualitative criteria, not the quantitative are met ( eg. “10% test” exceeded), the modification is regarded by Santander Bank Polska S.A. as insignificant.

The change in the gross carrying amount is recognized in interest income/expense as a modification gain or loss.

Write-off

Santander Bank Polska S.A. directly reduces the gross carrying amount of a financial asset when the entity has no reasonable expectations of recovering a financial asset in its entirety or a portion thereof. A write-off constitutes a derecognition event. Financial asset can be written off partially or in its entirety.

Santander Bank Polska S.A. writes off financial assets if at least one of the following conditions apply:

·       Santander Bank Polska S.A. has documented the irrecoverability of the debt ;

·       there are no reasonable expectations of recovering the financial asset in full or in part;

·       the debt is due and payable in its entirety and the value of the credit loss allowance corresponds to the gross value of the exposure, while the expected debt recovery proceeds are nil; 

·       the asset originated as a result of a crime and the perpetrators have not been identified or

·       Santander Bank Polska S.A. has received:

·       a decision on discontinuation of debt enforcement proceedings due to irrecoverability of the debt (in relation to all obligors), issued by a relevant enforcement authority pursuant to Article 824 § 1 (3) of the Polish Code of Civil Procedure, which is recognised by the creditor (Santander Bank Polska S.A.) as corresponding to the facts; or

·       a court decision:

-     dismissing a bankruptcy petition, if the insolvent debtor's assets are insufficient to cover the cost of the proceedings or suffice to cover this cost only; or

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

In thousands of PLN

-     discontinuing the bankruptcy proceedings or

-     closing the bankruptcy proceedings.

Financial assets written off are then recorded off balance sheet.

Impairment

General approach

Santander Bank Polska S.A. recognises allowances for expected credit losses  in respect of:

·    financial assets measured at amortised cost or at fair value through other comprehensive income;

·    lease receivables;

·    contract assets, i.e. the consideration to which Santander Bank Polska S.A. is entitled in exchange for the goods or services transferred to the customer in accordance with IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers;

·    loan commitments and

·    off-balance sheet credit liabilities and financial guarantees.

Details regarding the calculation are described in point 2.6 "Allowances for expected credit losses"

Santander Bank Polska S.A. recognises in profit or loss, as an impairment gain or loss, the amount of expected credit losses that is required to adjust the loss allowance at the reporting date to the amount that is required to be recognised.

Santander Bank Polska S.A. charges interest on exposures classified in Stage 3 on the net exposure value .

Simplified approach for trade receivables and contract assets

In the case of trade receivables and contract assets, Santander Bank Polska S.A. always measures the loss allowance at an amount equal to lifetime expected credit losses for trade receivables or contract assets that result from transactions that are within the scope of IFRS 15, and that do not contain a significant financing component.

Contingent liabilities

Santander Bank Polska S.A. creates provisions for impairment risk-bearing irrevocable contingent liabilities (irrevocable credit lines, financial guarantees, letters of credit, etc.). The value of the provision is determined as the difference between the estimated amount of available contingent exposure set using the Credit Conversion Factor (CCF) and the current value of expected future cash flows under this exposure.

Santander Bank Polska S.A. raises provisions for off-balance sheet liabilities subject to credit risk, broken down into 3 stages.

Gains and losses

Financial instruments in amortized cost

A gain or loss on a financial asset that is measured at amortised cost and is not part of a hedging relationship is recognised in profit or loss through the amortisation process or in order to recognise impairment gains or losses. A gain or loss on a financial liability that is measured at amortised cost and is not part of a hedging relationship is recognised in profit or loss when the financial liability is derecognised and through the amortisation process.  

With regard to the financial assets recognised by Santander Bank Polska S.A. at the settlement date, any change in the fair value of the asset to be received during the period between the trade date and the settlement date is not recognised for assets measured at amortised cost. For assets measured at fair value, however, the change in fair value is recognised in profit or loss or in other comprehensive income. The trade date means the date of initial recognition for the purposes of applying the impairment requirements.

Financial instruments measured at fair value

A gain or loss on a financial asset or liability measured at fair value is recognised in profit or loss unless the asset or liability is:

·       a part of a hedging relationship,

·       an investment into an equity instrument and Santander Bank Polska S.A. has decided to present gains and losses on that investment in other comprehensive income,

·       a financial liability designated as measured at fair value through profit or loss and Santander Bank Polska S.A. is required to present the effects of changes in the liability's credit risk in other comprehensive income; or

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

In thousands of PLN

·       is a financial asset measured at fair value through other comprehensive income and Santander Bank Polska S.A. is required to recognise some changes in fair value in other comprehensive income.

Investments in equity instruments

Investments in equity instruments are measured at fair value through profit or loss unless at their initial recognition Santander Bank Polska S.A. makes an irrevocable election to present in other comprehensive income subsequent changes in the fair value of an investment in an equity instrument within the scope of this policy that is not held for trading.

If Santander Bank Polska S.A. has elected to measure equity instruments at fair value through other comprehensive income , dividends from that investment are recognised in profit or loss.

Liabilities designated as measured at fair value through profit or loss

Santander Bank Polska S.A. presents a gain or loss on a financial liability that is designated as measured at fair value through profit or loss as follows:

·       the amount of change in the fair value of the financial liability that is attributable to changes in the credit risk of that liability is presented in other comprehensive income, and

·       the remaining amount of change in the fair value of the liability is presented in profit or loss unless the treatment of the effects of changes in the liability's credit risk described in (a) would create or enlarge an accounting mismatch in the profit or loss of Santander Bank Polska S.A..

If the requirements specified above would create or enlarge an accounting mismatch in the profit or loss of Santander Bank Polska S.A., Santander Bank Polska S.A. presents all gains or losses on that liability (including the effects of changes in the credit risk of that liability) in profit or loss.

Santander Bank Polska S.A. presents in profit or loss all gains and losses on loan commitments and financial guarantee contracts that are designated as measured at fair value through profit or loss.

Assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income

A gain or loss on a financial asset measured at fair value through other comprehensive income is recognised in other comprehensive income, except for impairment gains or losses and foreign exchange gains and losses, until the financial asset is derecognized.  If the financial asset is derecognised, Santander Bank Polska S.A. accounts for the cumulative gain or loss that was previously recognised in other comprehensive income in profit or loss. Interest calculated using the effective interest method is recognised in profit or loss.

Financial instruments held for trading

Derivative financial instruments are recognised at fair value without any deduction for transactions costs to be incurred on sale. The best evidence of the fair value of a financial instrument at initial recognition is the transaction price i.e. the fair value of the consideration given or received.

If a hybrid contract contains a host contract that is not an asset within the scope of this IFRS 9, Santander Bank Polska S.A. separates the embedded derivative from the host contract and accounts for it as other derivatives if the economic characteristics and risks of the embedded derivative are not closely related to the economic characteristics and risks of the host contract and the host contract is not carried at fair value through profit or loss. Embedded derivatives are measured at fair value with changes recognised in the profit and loss account.

Hedge accounting

Pursuant to paragraph 7.2.21 of IFRS 9, Santander Bank Polska S.A. chose to continue to apply the hedge accounting requirements and hedging relationships arising from IAS 39.

The Santander Bank Polska S.A. uses derivative financial instruments among others to hedge its exposure to interest rate risks arising from Santander Bank Polska S.A. operational, financing and investment activities.

The Santander Bank Polska S.A. discontinues hedge accounting when:

·         it is determined that a derivative is not, or has ceased to be, highly effective as a hedge;

·         the derivative expires, or is sold, terminated, or exercised;

·         the hedged item matures or is sold, or repaid,

·         the hedging relationship ceases.

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

In thousands of PLN

Fair value hedge

A fair value hedge is accounted for as follows: the gain or loss from remeasuring the hedging instrument at fair value (for a derivative hedging instrument) shall be recognised in profit or loss; and the gain or loss on the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk shall adjust the carrying amount of the hedged item and be recognised in profit or loss. This rule applies if the hedged item is otherwise measured at amortised cost or is a financial asset measured at fair value through other comprehensive income.

Cash flow hedge

A cash flow hedge is accounted for as follows: the portion of the gain or loss on the hedging instrument that is determined to be an effective hedge shall be recognised directly in other comprehensive income and the ineffective portion of the gain or loss on the hedging instrument shall be recognised in income statement.

Interest income and expenses on hedged and hedging instruments are recognised as net interest income.

Amounts recognised in ‘Other comprehensive income’ are reclassified to profit or loss during the period of time in which the hedged item affects the income statement.

If the hedging instrument expires or is sold or the hedge accounting relationship is terminated, Santander Bank Polska S.A. discontinues hedge accounting. All profits or losses on the hedging instrument pertaining to the effective hedge recognised in other comprehensive income remains an element of equity until the forecast transaction occurs, when it is recognised in income statement.

If the transaction is no longer expected to occur, the cumulative gain or loss relating to the hedging instrument recognised in other comprehensive income is reclassified to profit or loss.

Repurchase and reverse repurchase transactions

The Santander Bank Polska S.A. also generates/invests funds by selling/purchasing financial instruments under repurchase/reverse repurchase agreements whereby the instruments must be repurchased/resold at the previously agreed price.

Securities sold subject to repurchase agreements (“repo and sell-buy-back transaction”) are not derecognised from the statement of financial position at the end of the reporting period. The difference between sale and repurchase price is treated as interest cost and accrued over the life of the agreement.

Securities purchased subject to resale agreements (“reverse repo and buy-sell-back transactions”) are not recognised in the statement of financial position at the end of the reporting period. The difference between purchase and resale price is treated as interest income and accrued over the life of the agreement.

The principles described above are also applied by Santander Bank Polska  S.A.  to transaction concluded as separate transaction of sale and repurchase of financial instruments but having the economic nature of repurchased and reverse repurchase transactions.

Property, plant and equipment

Owned fixed assets

Property, plant and equipment including those under operating leases, are stated at cost or deemed cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses.

Subsequent expenditure

Santander Bank Polska S.A. recognises in the carrying amount of property, plant and equipment the cost of replacing part of such an asset when that cost is incurred if it is probable that the future economic benefits embodied with the item will flow to Santander Bank Polska S.A. and the cost of the item can be measured reliably. All other costs are recognised in the income statement as an expense as incurred.

Depreciation

Depreciation is charged to the income statement on a straight-line basis over the estimated economic useful lives of each part of an item of property, plant and equipment.

The estimated economic useful lives are as follows:

·    buildings: 22-40 years

·    IT equipment: 3-5 years

·    transportation means: 3-4 years

·    other fixed assets: 3-14 years.

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

In thousands of PLN

Right-of-use assets are depreciated on a straight basis overt the assets’s useful life.

Depreciation rates are verified annually. On the basis of this verification, depreciation periods might be changed.

Goodwill and Intangible assets

Goodwill

Goodwill as of the acquisition date measured as the excess of the consideration transferred over the net of the acquisition-date amounts of the identifiable assets acquired and the liabilities, contingent liabilities less impairment. Goodwill value is tested for impairment annually.

Licenses, patents, concessions and similar assets

Acquired computer software licenses are recognized on the basis of the costs incurred to acquire and bring to use the specific software.

Expenditures that are directly associated with the production of identifiable and unique software products controlled by Santander Bank Polska S.A., and that will probably generate economic benefits exceeding expenditures beyond one year, are recognised as intangible assets.

Amortisation

Amortisation is charged to the income statement on a straight-line or degressive method (for intangible assets resulting from business combinations) over the estimated economic useful lives of intangible assets, which for the majority of intangibles equals to three years.

Amortisation rates are verified annually. On the basis of this verification, amortisation periods might be changed.

Leasing

Separating elements of the leasing contract

Lessee

Santander Bank Polska S.A. (the lessee) does not separate non-lease components from lease components, and instead accounts for each lease component and any associated non-lease components as a single lease component for each underlying asset class where it is not possible and where the share of non-lease components is not significant compared to total net lease payments.

Lease term

Santander Bank Polska S.A. determines the lease term as the non-cancellable period of a lease, together with both:

·       periods covered by an option to extend the lease if the Santander Bank Polska S.A. (the lessee) is reasonably certain to exercise that option; and

·       periods covered by an option to terminate the lease if the Santander Bank Polska S.A.  (the lessee) is reasonably certain not to exercise that option.

The lease term is updated upon the occurrence of either a significant event or a significant change in circumstances.

Santander Bank Polska S.A.as the lessee

Recognition

At the commencement date, Santander Bank Polska S.A. (the lessee) recognises a right-of-use asset and a lease liability.

Recognition exemptions

Santander Bank Polska S.A. (the lessee) does not apply the recognition and measurement requirements arising from the accounting policy to:

·    leases that have a leasing period of no more than 12 months at the start date; and

·    leases for which the underlying asset is of low value (i.e. if the net value of a new asset is lower or equal to PLN 20,000).

In the case of short-term leases or leases for which the underlying asset is of low value, the Santander Bank Polska S.A. (the lessee)  recognises the lease payments associated with those leases as an expense on  a straight-line basis over the lease term.

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

In thousands of PLN

Other items of the statement of financial position

Other trade and other receivables

Trade receivables and other receivables payable within 12 months from the origination are measured at the initial recognition at par due to the immaterial effect of discounting. Trade receivables and other receivables payable within 12 months are at the balance sheet day recognised in the amount of the required payment less impairment loss

Credit risk-linked bonds issued

Santander Bank Polska issues credit-linked notes (CLNs) in connection with the securitization transactions described in Note 22, Information on Asset Securitization. The issued notes are measured at amortized cost because the default element embedded in the CLN meets the definition of a financial guarantee agreement and does not constitute an embedded derivative.

Trade payables and other liabilities

Other liabilities payable within 12 months from the initial recognition are measured at par due to the immaterial effect of discounting. Like other liabilities payable within 12 months, trade payables are recognised at the balance sheet day in the amount of the payment due.

Equity

Equity comprises capital and funds created in accordance with applicable law, acts and the Articles of Association. Equity also includes retained earnings and prior year losses carried forward.

Share capital is stated at its nominal value in accordance with the Articles of Association and the entry in the court register.

Supplementary capital is created from profit allocations and share issue premiums.

Reserve capital is created from profit allocations and may be earmarked for covering balance sheet losses or dividend payment.

The result of valuation of management share-based incentive program is included in reserve capital (IFRS 2.53).

The supplementary, reserve, general banking risk fund and share premium  are presented jointly under category “Other reserve funds”.

Revaluation reserve is comprised of adjustments relating to the valuation of financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income and adjustments relating to the valuation of effective cash flow hedges taking into account deferred tax and actuarial gains from estimating provision for retirement. The revaluation reserve is not distributable.

Except for own equity, non-controlling interests are also recognised in Santander Bank Polska S.A. capital.

On derecognition of all or part of financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income the total effects of periodical change in the fair value reflected in the revaluation reserve are reversed. The value of a given financial asset measured at fair value through other comprehensive income is increased or decreased by the whole amount or an adequate portion of the impairment allowance made previously. The effects of the fair value changes are removed from the revaluation reserve with a corresponding change in the income statement.

The net financial result for the accounting year is the profit disclosed in the income statement of the current year adjusted by the corporate income tax charge.

Custody services

Income from custody services is an element of the fee and commission income. The corresponding customer assets do not form part of Santander Bank Polska S.A.’s assets and as such are not disclosed in the standalone statement of financial position.

Capital payments (Dividends)

Own dividends for a particular year, which have been approved by the General Meeting of Shareholders but not paid at the at the end of the reporting period are recognised as dividend liabilities in “other liabilities” item.

Provisions

A provision is recognised when Santander Bank Polska S.A. has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of a past event, and it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation. If the amount is material, provisions are determined by discounting the expected future cash flows at a pre-tax rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the liability.

Santander Bank Polska S.A. recognizes provisions for legal risk in accordance with IAS 37 Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets, where the estimated legal risk loss exceeds the gross value of the loan, and for settled loans,

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

In thousands of PLN

Income statement

Net interest income

Santander Bank Polska S.A. presents the interest income recognised at the effective interest rate and credit-adjusted effective interest rate in separate lines of the income statement: “Interest income from financial assets measured at amortised cost” and “Interest income from assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income”.

In turn, the interest income from financial assets which do not meet the contractual cash flows test is presented in line “Income similar to interest - financial assets measured at fair value through profit or loss”.

Net fee and commission income

Santander Bank Polska S.A. recognizes the fee and commission income that is not accounted for using the effective interest rate  in such a manner so as to reflect the transfer of the goods or services promised to a customer in an amount reflecting the  consideration to which it will be entitled in return for the goods or services in accordance with the 5 -stage model for recognizing income .

The Bank identifies separate obligations to perform the service to which it assigns a transaction price. If the amount of remuneration is variable, the transaction price includes part or all of the variable remuneration to the extent that there is a high probability that there will be no refund of previously recognized revenues. Revenues equal to the transaction price are recognized when the service is performed or when it is performed by providing the customer with the promised good or service.

The costs leading to the conclusion of the contract and the costs of performing the contract are activated and then systematically depreciated by the Bank taking into account the period of transferring goods or services to the customer.

The significant commission income of the Santander Bank Polska S.A. includes:

1.  Fee and commission income from loans includes fees charged by Santander Bank Polska S.A. in respect of reminders, certificates, guarantees, debt collection activities as well as  commitment fees. Due to its nature, the majority of such income is taken to profit or loss on a  one-off basis, i.e. when a specific operation is performed for a customer. Other income, such as a guarantee fee, is settled over time during the term of an agreement with a customer.

2.  Fee and commission income from credit cards includes fees in respect of card issuance, ATM withdrawals, issuance of a new card, generation of a credit card statement or activation of optional credit card-related services. The vast majority of income is recognised at a specific point in time, i.e. when a specific operation is performed for a customer. Fees in respect of additional services related to credit cards are recognised over time.

3.  Income from asset management is recognised in accordance with a 5-step model based on the value of assets provided to Santander Bank Polska S.A. for management. Pursuant to the agreements in place, Santander Bank Polska S.A. does not receive any upfront fees or additional commissions calculated after the end of the accounting year on the basis of factors beyond the Santander Bank Polska S.A.’s control.

Gain/loss on derecognition of financial instruments measured at amortised cost

In the event of derecognition of an asset measured at amortized cost, Santander Bank Polska S.A. in this position presents the difference in value between financial instruments. The value of this item for 2025 relates almost entirely to settlements concluded for the portfolio of mortgage loans in foreign currencies. Upon concluding a settlement with a customer, the Bank loses its rights to the foreign currency instrument and a new PLN instrument is created. In addition to settlements for the mortgage portfolio, this item presents significant modifications to other instruments like individual and corporate loans.

Costs of legal risk of mortgage loans in foreign currencies

This income statement line presents the total impact of the legal risk of mortgage loans denominated/indexed to foreign currencies and concerns mainly changes in the amount of the adjustment for legal risk reducing the gross carrying amount of the exposure and/or

Net income on bancassurance

For the selected loan products, where linkage to the insurance product has been identified, the Santander Bank Polska S.A. splits realised income into a portion recognised as interest income according to effective interest rate method and a portion recognised as fee income. The Santander Bank Polska S.A. qualifies distributed insurance products as linked to loans in particular if the insurance product influences contractual provisions of a loan.

To determine what part of income is an integral part of the credit agreement recognised as interest income using effective interest rate, the Santander Bank Polska S.A. separates the fair value of the financial instrument offered and the fair value of the intermediation service of insurance product sold together with such instrument. The portion that represents an element of the amortised cost of the financial

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

In thousands of PLN

instrument and the portion that represents remuneration for the agency services are split in proportion to the fair value of the financial instrument and the fair value of the agency service cost, respectively, relative to the sum of the two values.

The portion of income that is considered an agency fee for sales of an insurance product linked to a loan agreement is recognised by the Santander Bank Polska S.A. as fee income when the fee is charged for sales of an insurance product.

The Santander Bank Polska S.A. verifies the accuracy of the assumed allocation of different types of income at least annually.

Employee benefits

Short-term employee benefits

The Santander Bank Polska S.A.’s short-term employment benefits which include wages, bonuses, holiday pay and social insurance payments are recognised as an expense as incurred.

Long-term employee benefits

The Santander Bank Polska S.A.’s obligation in respect of long-term employee benefits is the amount of future benefits that employees have earned in return for their service in the current and prior periods. The accrual for retirement bonus is estimated using actuarial valuation method. The valuation of those provisions is updated at least once a year.

Equity-settled share-based payment transactions

For equity-settled share-based payment transactions, the entity measures the goods or services received, and the corresponding increase in equity, directly, at the fair value of the goods or services received, unless that fair value cannot be estimated reliably. If the Santander Bank Polska S.A. cannot estimate reliably the fair value of the goods or services received, the Santander Bank Polska S.A. measures their value, and the corresponding increase in equity, indirectly, by reference to the fair value of the equity instruments granted.

Vesting conditions included in the terms of the grant are not taken into account in estimating fair value except where those terms are dependent on market conditions. Non-market vesting conditions are taken into account by adjusting the number of awards included in the measurement of the cost of employee services so that ultimately, the amount recognised in the income statement reflects the number of vested awards.

The expense related to share based payments is credited to shareholder’s equity. Where the share based payment arrangements give rise to the issue of new shares, the proceeds of issue of the shares are credited to share capital (nominal amount) and share premium (if any) when awards are exercised.

Incentive Program

The Group has implemented an incentive program (Incentive Program VII) for selected groups of Group employees (in particular material risk takers - MRT and management staff not eligible for this MRT group), under which remuneration is paid to eligible employees through the free transfer of own shares of Santander Bank Polska S.A. The program is classified in accordance with IFRS 2 as a share-based payment program settled in equity instruments. Employees acquire the right to remuneration in the form of own shares of Santander Bank Polska S.A. depends on conditions not directly related to the market price of these shares. Detailed conditions are described in note  52. The Group recognizes the cost of the program during the vesting period in correspondence with equity. During the vesting period, it recognizes an amount for the goods or services received, using the best available estimate of the number of equity instruments that will vest. The Group adjusts these estimates, if necessary, if subsequent information indicates that the number of equity instruments that will vest differs from previous estimates.

In order to implement the program in the above formula, the Group, after an appropriate decision at the General Meeting, purchases an appropriate number of own shares from the market from investors and at the market price for the needs of a given settlement cycle of the incentive program.

Cash-settled share-based payment transactions

For cash-settled share-based payment transactions, the Santander Bank Polska S.A. measures the goods or services acquired and the liability incurred at the fair value of the liability. Until the liability is settled, the Santander Bank Polska S.A. remeasures the fair value of the liability at each reporting date and at the date of settlement, with any changes in fair value recognised in profit or loss for the period. The Santander Bank Polska S.A. recognises the services received, and a liability to pay for those services, as the employees render the service. The liability is measured, initially and at each reporting date until settled, at the fair value of the share appreciation rights, by applying an option pricing model, taking into account the terms and conditions on which the share appreciation rights were granted, and the extent to which the employees have rendered the service to that date.

Net trading income and revaluation

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

In thousands of PLN

Net trading income and revaluation include profits and losses resulting from changes in fair value of financial assets and liabilities classified as held for trading that are measured at fair value through profit and loss. Interest cost and income related to the debt instruments are also reflected in the net interest income.

Dividend income

Dividends are taken to the income statement at the moment of acquiring rights to them by shareholders provided that it is probable that the economic benefits will flow to the Santander Bank Polska S.A. and the amount of income can be measured reliably.

Gain on disposal of subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures

Gain or loss on the sale of shares in subsidiaries is determined as the difference between the subsidiary’s net book value of assets, adjusted for the unwritten portion of goodwill, and the sale price.

Profit on the sale of interests in associates and joint ventures is the difference between the book value of the assets and the sale price.

Gains or loss on other financial instruments

Gains or loss on other financial instruments include:

·       gains and losses on disposal of equity instruments and debt instruments classified to the portfolio of financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income; and

·       changes in the fair value of hedged and hedging instruments, including ineffective portion of cash flow hedges.

Santander Bank Polska S.A. uses fair value hedge accounting and cash flow hedge accounting. Details are presented in Note 44 “Hedge accounting”.

Other operating income and other operating costs

Other operating income and cost include the cost of provisions for legal risk excluding legal risk arising from mortgage loans in foreign currencies, as well as operating cost and income not directly related to the statutory activity of Santander Bank Polska S.A., including i.e. revenues and cost from the sale and liquidation of fixed assets, revenues from the sale of other services, received and paid damages, penalties and fines.

Impairment losses on loans and advances

The line item “Net impairment losses on loans and advances” presents impairment losses on balance sheet and off-balance sheet exposures and the gains/losses on the sale of credit receivables.

Staff and general and administrative expenses

The “Staff expenses” line item presents the following costs:

·       remuneration and social insurance (including pension benefit contributions);

·       provisions for unused leaves;

·       pension provisions;

·       bonus provisions;

·       the programme for variable components of remuneration paid to individuals holding managerial positions, a part of which is recognised as an obligation on account of share-based payment in cash, in accordance with IFRS 2 Share-Based Payment; and

·       employee training and other salary and non-salary benefits for employees.

The line item “General and administrative expenses” presents the following costs:

·       maintenance and lease of fixed assets;

·       IT and telecommunication services;

·       administrative activity;

·       promotion and advertising;

·       property protection;

·       short term lease costs and low-value assets lease cost

·       charges paid to the Bank Guarantee Fund, the Financial Supervision Authority, the National Depository of Securities;

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

In thousands of PLN

·       taxes and fees (property tax, payments to the National Fund for the Rehabilitation of the Disabled, municipal and administrative fees, perpetual usufruct fees);

·       insurance;

·    repairs not classified as fixed asset improvements.

Tax on financial institutions

Introduced by an act implemented on 1 February 2016, the tax on financial institutions is calculated on the excess of the entity’s total assets over the PLN 4 billion level; in the case of banks the excess results from the statement of turnover and balances at the end of each month. Banks are permitted to reduce the tax base by e.g. the value of own funds and the value of treasury securities. In addition, banks reduce the tax base by the value of assets purchased from the National Bank of Poland held as collateral for a refinancing credit facility granted by the latter. The tax rate for all tax payers in 2024 and 2025 is 0.0366% per month, and the tax is paid monthly by the 25th day of the month following the month it relates to.

Santander Bank Polska S.A. reports the tax charge under “Tax on financial institutions”, separately from the income tax charge.

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

In thousands of PLN

3.     Risk management

Santander Bank Polska S.A. is exposed to a variety of risks in its ordinary business activities. The objective of risk management is to ensure that the Bank takes risk in a responsible and controlled manner when maximising the value for shareholders. Risk is a possibility of materialisation of events impacting the achievement of the Bank’s strategic goals.

The primary goal of risk management at the bank and Santander Bank Polska is to conduct safe and efficient operations that generate profits and grow within established risk parameters. Risk management practices are defined by standards applicable in the banking sector and guidelines contained in regulations and recommendations issued by banking supervisory authorities.

Risk management at the Santander Bank Polska is conducted within a risk profile, which is derived from the Bank's overall risk appetite. The acceptable risk level (risk appetite)—expressed in the form of defined and quantified limits—is set forth in the "Risk Appetite Statement," adopted by the Management Board and approved by the Supervisory Board. Limits are established using stress tests and scenario analyses to ensure the stability of the Bank's position even in the event of significantly adverse events. Based on the approved risk limits, observation limits are established and risk management policies are developed. Risk management policies are designed to identify and measure risk, define the most profitable return within the accepted risk level (risk-reward), and to continually set and verify appropriate risk mitigation limits. Santander Bank Polska modifies and develops risk management methods on an ongoing basis, taking into consideration changes in the Bank’s risk profile, economic environment, regulatory requirements and best market practice.

Within the integrated risk management structure, dedicated organizational units responsible for risk identification, measurement, monitoring, and mitigation have been established, ensuring the independence of the risk management function from risk-taking units. The responsibilities of these units are defined by risk management policies, which regulate the process of identifying, measuring, and reporting risk levels and the regular setting of limits limiting the scale of exposure to individual risks.

The Management Board and Supervisory Board set the business direction and actively support the risk management strategies. This is achieved by defining the risk management and risk appetite strategy, as well as approving the key risk management policies, participation of the Management Board Members in the risk management committees, reviewing and signing off on the key risks and risk reports.

The Supervisory Board continuously oversees the risk management system. The Supervisory Board approves the strategy, key risk management policies and risk appetite, and monitors the use of internal limits in relation to the current business strategy and macroeconomic environment. It conducts the reviews of the key risk areas, the identification of threats and the process of defining and monitoring remedial actions. The Supervisory Board assesses if the control activities performed by the Management Board are effective and aligned with the Supervisory Board’s policy. The assessment also includes the risk management system.

The Audit and Compliance Committee supports the Supervisory Board in fulfilment of its oversight obligations. The Committee performs annual reviews of the Bank’s financial controls, and receives reports from the independent audit function and the compliance function. The Committee also receives quarterly reports on the degree of implementation of post-audit recommendations, and on that basis evaluates the quality of the actions taken. The Committee assesses the effectiveness of internal control system and risk management system. Moreover, the Committee monitors financial audits, in particular inspections carried out by the audit company, controls, monitors and assesses independence of the chartered auditor and audit company, and reports the outcomes of inspections to the Supervisory Board. In addition, the Committee develops the policy and procedure for selecting the audit company and presents to the Supervisory Board the recommendations on election, re-election and recalling of External Auditor and on the External Auditor’s fee.

The Risk Committee supports the Supervisory Board in assessing the effectiveness of the internal control and risk management systems and measures adopted and planned to ensure an effective management of material risks.

Moreover,in the Bank the Supervisory Board is also supported by the Remuneration Committee and the Nominations Committee, however outside the risk management area.

The Management Board is responsible for the effectiveness of risk management. In particular, it introduces the organisational structure aligned with the level and profile of the risk being undertaken, split of the responsibilities providing the separation of the risk measurement and control function from the operational activity, implements and updates the written risk management strategies, and ensures transparency of the activities. The Management Board reviews the financial results of the Bank. It established a number of committees which are directly responsible for the development of the risk management methodology and monitoring of risks in particular areas.

The Management Board fulfils its risk management role also through the following committees: Risk Management Committee and Risk Control Committee, where the Management Board members are supported by key risk management officers.

The Risk Management Committee approves the key decisions taken by the lower-level risk committees (above established limits), approves annual limits for securities transactions as well as ALCO limits and plans for risk assessing models.

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

In thousands of PLN

The Risk Control Committee monitors the risk level across different areas of the bank’s operations and supervises the activities of lower-level risk management committees set up by the Management Board. These committees, acting within the respective remits defined by the Management Board, are directly responsible for developing risk management methods and monitoring risk levels in specific areas.

The Risk Control Committee supervises the activities of the below-listed committees operating in the risk management field:

Credit Risk Committee, which approves and supervises the risk management policy and risk measurement methodology as well as monitors credit risk of cpnsolidated credit portfolio or in cases pertaining to more than one business segment;

Credit Policy Forum for Retail Portfolios/ SME Portfolios/ Business and Corporate Loans Portfolios, which are authorised to approve and supervise the the risk measurement policy and methodology, and monitoring credit risk only in relation to their respective business segments.

The Credit Committee takes credit decisions within the assigned lending discretions.

The Provisions Committee takes decisions on impairment charges in an individual and collective approach, for credit exposures, as well as other financial instruments and assets and on legal risk provisions. Moreover, the Committee formulates the methodology, reviews and verifies the adequacy of parameters applied when setting the impairment in an individual and collective approach for Santander Bank Polska SA, and takes decisions about debts sales.

The Recovery Committee takes decisions regarding corporate clients with financial difficulties, including with respect to the relationship management strategy, approval of the causes of loss analysis and monitoring of the portfolio and effectiveness of recovery processes.

Market and Investment Risk Committee, which approves and supervises the risk management policy and risk measurement methodology as well as monitors market risk in the banking book, market risk in the trading book, structural risk for the balance sheet, liquidity risk and investment risk;

Model Risk Management Committee, which is responsible for model risk management as well as supervises the methodology of models used in Santander Bank Polska S.A.;

The Information Management Committee is responsible for the quality and organisation of data related to risk management and other

areas of the bank’s operations.

The Operational Risk Management Committee (ORMCo) monitors the level, sets the direction for strategic operational risk actions in Santander Bank Polska SAin the area of business continuity, information security and fraud prevention.

Suppliers Panel establishes standards and carries out monitoring regarding providers and services, incl. outsourcing; main forum for discussion on risk resulting from the cooperation with suppliers.

The Assets and Liabilities Management Committee supervises the activity on the bank’s and the Group’s banking book, manages liquidity and interest rate risk in the banking book and is responsible for the funding and balance sheet management, including for the pricing policy.

Liquidity Forum monitors liquidity position of the Bank, with a special focus on the dynamics of deposit and credit volumes, the Bank’s needs for financing and the general market situation.

The Capital Committee is responsible for capital management, in particular the ICAAP.

The Disclosure Committee verifies if the financial information published by Santander Bank Polska SA meets the legal and regulatory requirements.

The Local Marketing and Monitoring Committee approves new products and services to be implemented in the market, taking into  account the reputation risk analysis.

The Compliance Committee is responsible for setting standards with respect to the management of compliance risk and the codes of conduct adopted in the Bank.

The ESG Committee is the main forum to discuss issues concerning responsible banking, sustainable development, ESG and corporate culture. It sets the direction of strategic activities and monitors the related objectives. As part of the Committee, the ESG Forum has been established to analyse challenges, opportunities and risks related to the EU Sustainable Finance agenda, including ESG risks, plan activities and coordinate their implementation at the Bank, and to submit regular reports to the Responsible Banking and Corporate Culture Committee and the Bank’s Management Board.

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

In thousands of PLN

The chart below presents the corporate governance in relation to the risk management process.

Obraz zawierający tekst, zrzut ekranu, Równolegle, Czcionka

Zawartość wygenerowana przez AI może być niepoprawna.

The Bank has dedicated committees which are convened in crisis situations:

Gold Committee, which takes decisions in crisis situations affecting Santander Bank Polska Group: it recommends the Management Board to activate the Recovery Plan, activates liquidity and capital contingency plans, and activates business continuity plans and the communication plan (if not already implemented).

Silver Committee, the main special situations governance body following the activation of the contingency situation, which assesses the impact of that situation and coordinates activities as part of the special situation management, activates action plans (e.g. business continuity plans) and BAU restoration procedures, and draws lessons learned after the special situation is resolved. 

Bronze Group, which is responsible for the identification of and prompt response to threats or events that may pose a risk to the normal functioning of the Subsidiary and/or the Group. It identifies new threats in cooperation with the committees which manage risks on a daily basis.

Risk management is in line with the risk profile resulting from risk appetite. At Santander Bank Polska risk appetite is expressed as quantitative limits and captured in the “Risk Appetite Statement” adopted by the Management Board and approved by the Supervisory Board. Global limits are used to set watch limits and shape risk management policies.

Bank continuously analyses the risks to which it is exposed in its operations, identifies their sources, creates the relevant risk management mechanisms including among others the measurement, control, mitigation and reporting. The key risks include:

·         credit risk

·         concentration risk

·         market risk in the banking book and trading book

·         liquidity risk

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

In thousands of PLN

·         operational risk,

·         compliance risk.

The key rules, roles and responsibilities of the Group companies are set out in relevant internal policies relating to the management of individual risk types.

Santander Bank Polska SA pays special attention to the consistency of risk management processes across the Group, which ensures adequate control of the risk exposure. The subsidiaries implement risk management policies and procedures reflecting the principles adopted by Santander Bank Polska SA.

From the point of view of negative impact of those risks on society, environment, employees, human rights and anti-corruption measures, particular importance is attached to operational risk, compliance risk and reputational risk. In addition, the bank has identified social and environmental risks (including climate risks) related to financing customers from sensitive sectors.

Credit risk

Santander Bank Polska S.A. credit activities focus on growing of a loan portfolio while guaranteeing its high quality, a good yield and customer satisfaction.

Credit activity includes all products subject to credit risk (credit facilities), originated by the Bank or its leasing and factoring subsidiaries.

Credit risk is defined as the possibility of suffering a loss as a result that a borrower will fail to meet its credit obligation, including interest and fees. Credit risk arises from the impairment of credit assets and contingent liabilities, resulting from worsening of the borrower’s credit quality. Credit risk measurement is based on the estimation of credit risk weighted assets, with the relevant risk weights representing both the probability of default and the potential loss given default of the borrower.

Bank’s credit risk arises mainly from lending activities on the retail, SME, business, corporate segments and interbank markets. This risk is manager as part of the policy approved by the Management Board on the basis of the adopted credit procedures as well as on the basis of discretionary limits allocated to individual credit officers based on their knowledge and experience. The internal monitoring system and credit classification used by the Bank allows for an early identification of situations threatening the deterioration of the quality of the loan portfolio. Additionally the bank uses large set of credit risk mitigation tools, both collaterals (financial and non-financial) and specific credit provisions and clauses (covenants).

The bank continues to develop and implement risk based methods of grading loans, allocating capital and effectiveness measurement. Risk valuation models are used for all credit portfolios.

The bank regularly reviews processes and procedures for measurement, management and monitoring of the Bank’s credit portfolio risk, adjusting them to the amended laws and regulatory requirements, especially to the KNF recommendations and the EBA guidelines.

.Impact of the geopolitical situation (including the conflict in Ukraine) on credit risk measurement

In 2025, the Bank continued to thoroughly analyse developments in the macroeconomic environment and monitored credit exposures in individual customer segments and sectors in order to promptly and duly align the credit policy parameters where required.

In 2025, the Bank focused on the analysis of potential impact of the geopolitical situation, the impact of increasing uncertainty, the risk of deglobalization and changing macroeconomic environment on customers’ standing across individual customers segments and economic sectors. The analysis of macroeconomic factors covered in particular inflation and interest rates, exchange rates, labour cost as well as gas and energy prices. The Bank closely monitored risk indicators of individual credit portfolios and analysed the sensitivity of customers’ risk profile to changes in the economic and geopolitical environment. In addition, credit portfolios were stress tested in terms of the impact of individual factors and their combination. Additionally, draft legislative changes that may have a significant impact on the situation in individual sectors were monitored, resulting in appropriate, pre-emptive regulatory actions being taken on the portfolio. The Bank closely monitored the portfolio of customers doing business in Ukraine, Russia, Belarus or Israeli and/or cooperating with companies from those countries. These risks were reflected through modifications to the ratings of entities, which directly translated into the level of provisions for expected credit losses. An appropriate strategy was applied to identified clients..

The overall quality of the credit portfolio is still assessed as satisfactory.

As part of regular reviews of ECL parameter models, the Bank takes into account the latest macroeconomic projections, using its predictive models based on historical observations of relationships between those variables and risk parameters.  ECL parameters were last updated in Q4 2024 to account for the impact of the geopolitical situation on the current economic situation and macroeconomic projections.  The values of macroeconomic indicators included in the calculation of ECLs are presented in section ‘Allowances for expected credit losses in respect of financial assets’.

Credit risk management committees

Consolidated credit risk oversight at Santander Bank Polska is performed by the Credit Risk Committee (CRC).  Its key responsibilities include development and approval of the best sectoral practice, industry analyses, credit policies, individual credit discretion systems

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

In thousands of PLN

and risks grading systems. The CRC also receives advanced credit portfolio analyses and recommends to the Management Board credit risk appetite limits to ensure balanced and safe growth of the credit portfolio.

The Bank also has three committees referred to as Credit Policy Forums, which deal with the key customer segments: retail segment, SME segment and the business/ corporate segment. These committees are responsible for shaping the credit policy and processes within their respective segments. If needed, their decisions may be escalated to the Credit Risk Committee.

In turn, oversight over credit risk models and the risk valuation methodology is the responsibility of the Models Risk Management Committee.

Risk Management Division

The Risk Management Division is responsible for a consolidated credit risk management process, including management and supervision of credit delivery, defining credit policies, providing decision-making tools and credit risk measurement tools, quality assurance of the credit portfolio and provision of reliable management information on the credit portfolio.

Credit Policies

Credit policies refer to particular business segments, loan portfolios and banking products. They contain guidelines for the identification of the areas where specific types of risks manifest themselves, specifying the methods of their measurement and mitigation to the level acceptable to the bank (e.g. “Loan-to-Value” ratios, FX risk in the case of foreign currency loans).

The bank reviews and updates its credit policies on a regular basis, aiming to bring them in line with the bank’s strategy, current macroeconomic situation, legal developments and changes in regulatory requirements.

Credit Decision Making Process

The credit decision-making process as a part of the risk management policy is based upon Individual Credit Discretions vested in credit officers, commensurate with their knowledge and experience within the business segments. Credit exposures in excess of PLN 50m are referred to the Credit Committee composed of senior management and top executives. Transactions above established thresholds (from PLN 85m to PLN 920m, depending on the transaction type) are additionally ratified by Risk Management Committee.

Bank continually strives to ensure best quality credit service while satisfying the borrowers’ expectations and ensuring security of the credit portfolio. To this end, the existing system of credit discretions ensures segregation of the credit risk approval function from the sales function.

Credit Grading

Santander Bank Polska S.A. dynamically developes credit risk assessment tools adapting them to the KNF’s guidelines, International Accounting Standards/ International Financial Reporting Standards (IAS/IFRS) and best market practice.

Bank uses credit risk grading models for its key credit portfolios, including corporate customers, SMEs, mortgage loans, property loan, cash loans, credit cards and personal overdrafts.

The bank regularly monitors its credit grading using the rules specified in its Lending Manuals. Additionally, for selected models, automated process of credit grade verification is carried out based on the number of overdue days or an analysis of the customer’s behavioural data. Credit grade is also verified at subsequent credit assessments.

Credit Reviews

The bank performs regular reviews to determine the actual quality of the credit portfolio, confirm that adequate credit grading and provisioning processes are in place, verify compliance with the procedures and credit decisions and to objectively assess professionalism in credit management. The reviews are performed by the two specialised units: Office of Non-Retail Process Control and Department of Financial Crime Control and Prevention, which are independent of the risk-taking units.

Collateral

In the Santander Bank Polska S.A. security model, the Collateral and Credit Agreements Department is the central unit responsible for creation and maintenance of securities. The Security Manual as a procedure describing legal standards for the application of collateral security is managed by the Legal and Compliance Division. The Collateral and Credit Agreements Department is the owner of the security contract templates.

The role of the department is to ensure that security covers are duly established and held effective in line with the lending policy for all business segments. The unit is also responsible for developing standardised internal procedures with respect to perfecting and maintaining validity of collateral as well as ensuring that establishment, monitoring and release of security covers is duly effected.

Furthermore, the Collateral and Credit Agreements Department provides assistance to credit units in credit decision making and development of credit policies with respect to collateral. The unit gathers data on collateral and ensures appropriate management information. The tables below show types of collateral that can be used to secure loans and advances to customers from non-banking sector.

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

In thousands of PLN

Retail customers

Type of loan/receivables

Type of collateral

Cash loan

bills, guarantees, credit insurance

Credit on liquid assets

guaranty deposit, amounts frozen on account, investment funds

Student loan

sureties

Housing loan

mortgage, credit insurance, transfer of claim

Leasing

bills, guarantees, transfer of rights to bank’s account; court registered pledge on movables; transfer of ownership, mortgage, obligation of the leased asset supplier to buy the asset back (buy-back guarantee)

Business customers

Type of loan/receivables

Type of collateral

Commercial credit

guaranty deposit, registered pledge, bills

Revolving credit

assignment of credit, bills, guarantees, registered pledge

Building credit

mortgage

Investment credit

mortgage, sureties, warranty

Granted and with supplements

guarantees, warranty

Leasing

bills, guarantees, transfer of rights to bank’s account; court registered pledge on movables; transfer of ownership, mortgage, obligation of the leased asset supplier to buy the asset back (buy-back guarantee)

Collateral management process

Before a credit decision is approved, in the situations provided for in internal regulations, the Collateral and Credit Agreements Department assesses the collateral quality and value, a process that includes:

·         verification of the security valuation prepared by external valuers, and assessment of the security value for business loans,

·         assessment of the legal status of the security for business loans,,

·         assessment of the investment process for the properties,

·         seeking legal advises on the proposed securities.

The Collateral and Credit Agreements Department actively participates in credit processes, executing tasks including:

·         verification of signed collateral documentation received from law firms, whether complete and compliant with the Bank’s internal procedures (verification carried out before or immediately after disbursement);

·         registration and verification of the data in information systems,

·         collateral monitoring and reporting,

·         reporting on the status of collateral by segments,

·         releasing of the collateral.

In managing its receivables, Bank carries out the process of collateral execution. Selection of proper action towards execution of specific collateral depends on the type of the collateral (personal or tangible). In principle the Bank aims at voluntary proceedings in the course of collateral execution. When there is no evidence of cooperation with a collateral provider, the bank’s rights are fulfilled in compliance with the law and internal regulations in the bankruptcy and enforcement proceedings.

Financial effect of the accepted collateral

The financial effect of the accepted collateral was calculated as a change in the credit loss allowance as a result of exclusion of the cash flow from collateral (non-performing exposures are assessed on an case-by-case basis). For other portfolios (mortgage, SME and corporate loans), this effect was calculated by adjusting the LGD parameter to the level observed for particular clients on unsecured products.

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

In thousands of PLN

The table below present financial effect of collateral of Santander Bank Polska S.A. as at 31.12.2025:

31.12.2025

 

 

Financial effect of collateral

Gross Amount

Allowance for impairment

Financial effect of collateral

Loans and advances to customers

 

 

 

individuals

22 733 892

(1 299 822)

-

housing loans

56 716 404

(348 831)

(698 006)

business

75 960 176

(1 753 993)

(1 076 204)

Total balance sheet

155 410 472

(3 402 646)

(1 774 210)

Total off-balance sheet

45 577 743

(161 881)

(61 880)

The table below present financial effect of collateral of Santander Bank Polska S.A. as at 31.12.2024:

31.12.2024

 

 

Financial effect of collateral

Gross Amount

Allowance for impairment

Financial effect of collateral

Loans and advances to customers

 

 

 

individuals

21 202 105

(1 207 980)

-

housing loans

54 551 095

(359 831)

(838 509)

business

73 592 721

(1 962 950)

(1 116 138)

Total balance sheet

149 345 921

(3 530 761)

(1 954 647)

Total off-balance sheet

37 695 467

(170 350)

(46 047)

Credit risk stress testing

Stress testing is a part of the credit risk management process used to evaluate potential effects of specific events or movement of a set of financial and macroeconomic variables or change in risk profile on Santander Bank Polska condition. Stress tests are composed of assessment of potential changes in credit portfolio quality when faced with adverse conditions. The process also delivers management information about adequacy of agreed limit and internal capital allocation.

Impairment calculation

Santander Bank Polska posts impairment for expected losses in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standard 9 (IFRS 9). IFRS 9 introduced a new approach to the estimation of allowances for credit losses. The approach is based on estimation of the expected credit loss (ECL). ECL allowances reflect an unbiased and probability-weighted amount that is determined by evaluating a range of possible outcomes, the time value of money; and reasonable and supportable information that is available without undue cost or effort at the reporting date about past events, current conditions and forecasts of future economic conditions. ECL allowances are measured at an amount equal to a 12-month ECL or the lifetime ECL, when it is deemed there has been a significant increase in credit risk since initial recognition. Accordingly, the ECL model gives rise to measurement uncertainty, especially in relation to:

·         measurement of a 12-month ECL or the lifetime ECL;

·         determination of when a significant increase in credit risk occurred;

·         determination of any forward-looking events reflected in ECL estimation, and their likelihood.

In accordance with IFRS 9, the recognition of expected credit losses will depend on changes in risk after recognition of the exposure. The standard introduces three main stages for recognising expected credit losses:

·         Stage 1 – exposures with no significant increase in risk since initial recognition, i.e. the likelihood of the exposure being downgraded to the impaired portfolio (Stage 3 exposures) has not increased. For such exposures, 12-month expected credit losses will be recognised.

·         Stage 2 – exposures with a significant increase in risk since initial recognition, but with no objective evidence of default. For such exposures, lifetime expected credit losses will be recognised.

·         Stage 3: exposures for which the risk of default has materialised (indications of impairment have been identified). For such exposures, lifetime expected credit losses will be recognised.

The basis for classification into stages are described in Note 2.6.

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

In thousands of PLN

In addition, for exposures classified as POCI (purchased or originated credit impaired) – i.e. purchased or originated financial assets that are impaired due to credit risk at initial recognition – expected losses will be recognized over the remaining life horizon. Such an asset is created when an impaired asset is recognized, and the POCI classification is maintained throughout the asset's life.

In the case of classification into stage 3, the Bank applies objective indications of impairment, as defined in accordance with the Basel Committee’s recommendations and Recommendation R from KNF and EBA.

The bank estimates ECL using both an individual approach (for individually significant exposures with objectively evidenced impairment [stage 3]) and collective approach (individually insignificant exposures with objectively evidenced impairment, and incurred but not reported losses).

The Bank on a regular basis recalibrates its models and updates the forward-looking information used for estimating ECL, taking into account the impact of changes in economic conditions, modifications of the Bank’s credit policies and recovery strategies, which is designed to ensure appropriate level of impairment allowances.

The tables below present Santander Bank Polska SA exposure to credit risk.

Assets have been classified into respective risk grades based on the one-year probability of default arising from current credit rating (business customers) or score (personal customers) used for the purpose of business processes or, if not available, based on the one-year probability of default used for calculation of expected credit losses.

The tables below present the quality of financial assets of Santander Bank Polska broken down into risk groups as at 31.12.2025 and in the comparative period. The portfolio consisis of loans and advances to clients measured at amortised cost.

31.12.2025

 

Loans and advances to individuals

Loans and advances to individuals- mortgage loans

Loans and advances to enterprises

 

PD range at recognition date

Balance sheet exposures gross

Off-balance sheet exposures

Balance sheet exposures gross

Off-balance sheet exposures

Balance sheet exposures gross

Off-balance sheet exposures

Stage 1

from 0,00% to <0,15%

909 510

2 354 209

40 855 584

1 002 695

21 653 277

21 392 844

from 0,15% to <0,25%

1 491 232

157 076

938 965

71 747

4 888 423

8 319 094

from 0,25% to <0,50%

649 141

1 396 982

5 180 637

45 912

15 486 608

11 160 559

from 0,50% to <0,75%

757 164

15

1 349 389

-

7 755 401

10 124 093

from 0,75% to <2,50%

9 512 583

478 625

1 621 978

7 767

14 878 165

7 832 597

from 2,50% to <10,0%

2 955 568

55 362

364 144

1 411

3 376 010

2 182 563

from 10,0% to <45,0%

361 443

10 982

692

-

162 225

583

 

from 45,0% to <100,0%

3 451

-

-

-

1 023

-

Total Stage 1

16 640 092

4 453 252

50 311 388

1 129 532

68 201 133

61 012 331

Stage 2

from 0,00% to <0,15%

202 831

27 577

4 079 065

-

16 670

-

from 0,15% to <0,25%

1 248 282

42 498

76 640

-

343 736

16 307

from 0,25% to <0,50%

117 374

-

792 022

-

715 419

21 898

from 0,50% to <0,75%

158 140

212 615

188 439

126

514 713

85 330

from 0,75% to <2,50%

1 926 427

84 467

268 786

8 935

1 111 574

393 536

from 2,50% to <10,0%

814 666

35 329

120 883

78 423

1 043 968

646 982

from 10,0% to <45,0%

233 515

151

3 820

76

1 068 507

25 337

 

from 45,0% to <100,0%

35 244

-

311

-

21 971

-

Total Stage 2

4 736 479

402 638

5 529 965

87 560

4 836 558

1 189 389

.

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

In thousands of PLN

Default period

EAD after credit risk mitigation and credit conversion factor applied

 

 

Loans and advances to individuals

Loans and advances to individuals- mortgage loans

Loans and advances to enterprises

Stage 3

up to 12 months

939 902

234 428

753 597

from 13 to 24 months

419 454

126 364

630 480

from 25 to 36 months

248 179

140 932

444 275

from 37 to 48 months

125 455

91 239

158 038

from 49 to 60 months

68 023

41 282

69 364

from 61 to 84 months

69 283

46 125

220 508

 

above 84 months

70 162

57 862

201 460

POCI

up to 12 months

34 508

3 232

107 526

from 13 to 24 months

22 239

2 947

269 743

from 25 to 36 months

12 010

3 027

58 575

from 37 to 48 months

10 158

9 384

17 560

from 49 to 60 months

4 838

6 376

52 828

from 61 to 84 months

3 239

2 732

110 411

 

above 84 months

36 712

24 410

53 710

..

31.12.2024

 

Loans and advances to individuals

Loans and advances to individuals- mortgage loans

Loans and advances to enterprises

 

PD range at recognition date

Balance sheet exposures gross

Off-balance sheet exposures

Balance sheet exposures gross

Off-balance sheet exposures

Balance sheet exposures gross

Off-balance sheet exposures

Stage 1

from 0,00% to <0,15%

787 196

1 563 693

37 307 409

950 346

23 136 536

16 351 853

from 0,15% to <0,25%

294 089

209 813

945 813

275

3 160 361

5 461 699

from 0,25% to <0,50%

493 794

1 445 231

5 611 896

125 450

14 008 627

9 992 612

from 0,50% to <0,75%

1 773 026

101 398

1 396 832

12 051

6 524 387

8 427 225

from 0,75% to <2,50%

9 391 994

775 419

1 634 947

13 943

14 720 218

11 142 960

from 2,50% to <10,0%

3 666 854

115 307

406 849

1 675

3 694 604

1 552 827

from 10,0% to <45,0%

440 852

20 541

390

-

300 060

1 033

 

from 45,0% to <100,0%

2 650

-

-

-

18

-

Total Stage 1

16 850 455

4 231 403

47 304 136

1 103 739

65 544 810

52 930 208

Stage 2

from 0,00% to <0,15%

187 894

32 553

4 406 928

-

25 858

4

from 0,15% to <0,25%

68 997

51 252

118 328

-

223 378

25 664

from 0,25% to <0,50%

72 940

1 514

989 362

-

538 404

25 477

from 0,50% to <0,75%

352 960

230 099

290 812

65

528 399

108 848

from 0,75% to <2,50%

1 571 572

41 340

362 807

12 263

1 503 291

376 959

from 2,50% to <10,0%

673 275

38 051

139 751

107 974

970 281

597 569

from 10,0% to <45,0%

174 527

150

5 162

60

1 001 748

23 254

 

from 45,0% to <100,0%

10 334

-

311

-

18 908

-

Total Stage 2

3 112 500

394 959

6 313 460

120 362

4 810 268

1 157 774

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

In thousands of PLN

Default period

EAD after credit risk mitigation and credit conversion factor applied

 

 

Loans and advances to individuals

Loans and advances to individuals- mortgage loans

Loans and advances to enterprises

Stage 3

up to 12 months

937 645

243 341

1 359 697

from 13 to 24 months

369 509

203 354

617 411

from 25 to 36 months

164 107

134 359

278 847

from 37 to 48 months

74 901

55 279

141 841

from 49 to 60 months

28 736

24 315

129 540

from 61 to 84 months

44 363

56 557

179 008

 

above 84 months

25 358

49 927

284 760

POCI

up to 12 months

40 497

6 126

64 616

from 13 to 24 months

24 286

5 092

76 020

from 25 to 36 months

14 889

12 430

74 916

from 37 to 48 months

5 294

10 412

58 894

from 49 to 60 months

1 705

2 555

18 459

from 61 to 84 months

5 811

6 628

149 182

 

above 84 months

11 543

30 009

32 186

The tables below present the quality of ‘Loans and advances to business customers measured at fait value through other comprehensive income’ broken down into stages as at 31.12.2025 and in the comparative period:

Loans and advances to customers measured at fair value through OCI

31.12.2025

PD

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

od 0,00 do <0,15%

-

-

-

-

 

od 0,15 do <0,25%

368 342

-

-

368 342

 

od 0,25 do <0,50%

996 030

-

-

996 030

 

od 0,50 do <0,75%

377 564

119 266

-

496 830

od 0,75 do <2,50%

822 267

488 903

-

1 311 170

 

od 45,0 do <100%

-

-

146 677

146 677

Gross amount

 

2 564 203

608 169

146 677

3 319 049

 

 

Impairment

 

(10 028)

(36 022)

(105 615)

(151 665)

Net amount

 

2 554 175

572 147

41 062

3 167 384

.

.

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

In thousands of PLN

Loans and advances to customers measured at fair value through OCI

31.12.2024

PD

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

od 0,00 do <0,15%

446 198

-

-

446 198

 

od 0,15 do <0,25%

391 709

-

-

391 709

 

od 0,25 do <0,50%

1 359 639

-

-

1 359 639

 

od 0,50 do <0,75%

812 642

126 106

-

938 748

od 0,75 do <2,50%

1 089 030

-

-

1 089 030

 

od 45,0 do <100%

-

-

164 690

164 690

Gross amount

 

4 099 218

126 106

164 690

4 390 014

 

 

Impairment

 

(10 919)

(19 109)

(69 990)

(100 018)

Net amount

 

4 088 299

106 997

94 700

4 289 996

The tables below present the quality of financial assets of Santander Bank Polska broken down into stages and by ratings as at December 31, 2025 and in the comparative period:

Stage 1

 

 

 

 

 

31.12.2025

Loans and advances to banks**

Debt securities under “Cash and cash equivalents”

Debt securities measured at fair value through other comprehensive income

Debt investment securities measured at amortised cost

Assets pledged as collateral

Debt instruments held for trading

Credit quality level *

 

 

 

 

 

 

1(AAA to AA-)

831 810

545 216

6 227 103

-

-

2(A+ to A-)

3 495 697

5 995 632

28 124 396

43 461 932

2 575 358

3 993 475

3(BBB+ to BBB-)

17 547

-

-

-

-

4(BB+ to BB-)

111

-

-

-

-

5(B+ to B-)

-

-

-

-

6(<B-)

-

-

-

-

no external rating

251 042

-

-

-

1 531

Total Stage 1

4 596 207

5 995 632

28 669 612

49 689 035

2 575 358

3 995 006

* according to Fitch;

** including those shown under “Cash and cash equivalents”

There are no instruments classified to Stage 2 as at 31.12.2025.

.

Stage 3

 

 

 

 

 

31.12.2025

Loans and advances to banks

Debt securities under “Cash and cash equivalents”

Debt securities measured at fair value through other comprehensive income

Debt investment securities measured at amortised cost

Assets pledged as collateral

Debt instruments held for trading

Credit quality level *

 

 

 

 

 

1(AAA to AA-)

-

-

-

-

-

-

2(A+ to A-)

-

-

-

-

-

-

3(BBB+ to BBB-)

-

-

-

-

-

-

4(BB+ to BB-)

-

-

-

-

-

-

5(B+ to B-)

-

-

-

-

-

-

6(<B-)

-

-

-

-

-

-

no external rating

-

-

394

-

-

-

Total Stage 3

-

-

394

-

-

-

* according to Fitch

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

In thousands of PLN

Stage 1

 

 

 

 

 

31.12.2024*restated

Loans and advances to banks**

Debt securities under “Cash and cash equivalents

Debt securities measured at fair value through other comprehensive income

Debt investment securities measured at amortised cost

Assets pledged as collateral

Debt and equity instruments held for trading

Credit quality level *

 

 

 

 

 

 

1(AAA to AA-)

270 337

-

749 881

3 030 738

-

-

2(A+ to A-)

8 683 220

5 995 624

31 385 021

30 197 021

1 198 845 

1 505 030

3(BBB+ to BBB-)

26 031

-

-

-

-

-

4(BB+ to BB-)

1 376

-

-

-

-

-

5(B+ to B-)

-

-

-

-

-

-

6(<B-)

-

-

-

-

-

-

no external rating

22 010

-

-

-

-

12 511

Total Stage 1

9 002 974

5 995 624

32 134 902

33 227 759

1 198 845

1 517 541

* according to Fitch;

** including those shown under “Cash and cash equivalents”

There are no instruments classified to Stage 2 as at 31.12.2024.

.

Stage 3

 

 

 

 

 

31.12.2024

Loans and advances to banks

Debt securities under “Cash and cash equivalents

Debt securities measured at fair value through other comprehensive income

Debt investment securities measured at amortised cost

Assets pledged as collateral

Debt and equity instruments held for trading

Credit quality level *

 

 

 

 

 

1(AAA to AA-)

-

-

-

-

-

-

2(A+ to A-)

-

-

-

-

-

-

3(BBB+ to BBB-)

-

-

-

-

-

-

4(BB+ to BB-)

-

-

-

-

-

-

5(B+ to B-)

-

-

-

-

-

-

6(<B-)

-

-

-

-

-

-

no external rating

-

-

394

-

-

-

Total Stage 3

-

-

394

-

-

-

* according to Fitch

.Loans and advances to banks are assessed using ratings. The assessment method was set out in the Bank’s internal regulations. Each institutional client (exposure) is assigned a rating by one of the reputable rating agencies (Fitch, Moody’s, S&P), in accordance with the CRR. Then, a relevant grade is allocated to the client. There are no overdue or impaired loans and advances to banks.

Financial instruments from the investment securities measured at fair value and held-for-trading portfolio are assessed in accordance with the sovereign rating (treasury bonds, securities issued by the National Bank of Poland [NBP], Bank Gospodarstwa Krajowego [BGK]). The sovereign rating is the same as the NBP/BGK rating. All have the same rating as Poland, according to Fitch it is A-. Reverse sale and repurchase agreements to banks (including those in the item “Cash and cash equivalents”) are in low-risk classes in Stage 1.

For all instruments classified to Stage 1 (including also loans and advances to customers measured at fair value through other comprehensive income), there is no overdue or impairment, therefore they are classified to Stage 1. In accordance with its definition- as exposures with no significant increase in risk since initial recognition, i.e. the likelihood of the exposure being downgraded to the impaired portfolio (Stage 3) has not increased. For such exposures, 12-month expected credit losses will be recognized.

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

In thousands of PLN

Credit risk concentration

Santander Bank Polska adheres to the standards provided for in the Banking Law with regard to the concentration of risk bearing exposures to a single entity or a group of entities connected in terms of capital or organisation. As at 31.12.2025, pursuant to art. 71 of the Banking Law Act, the maximum limits for the Bank amounted to:

·         PLN 6 077 847 k (25% of Bank’s own funds).

As at 31.12.2024, pursuant to art. 71 of the Banking Law Act, the maximum limits for the Bank amounted to:

·         PLN 6 004 354 k (25% of Bank’s own funds).

The policy pursued by the Bank aims at minimising the credit concentration risk, by for example applying more rigorous than regulatory rules in this respect. The effect of this policy is maintenance of high level of diversification of exposures towards individual customers.

The analysis of the Bank’s exposures in terms of sector concentrations, proved that the bank does not have any exposures in excess of the limits imposed by the regulator in 2025.

A list of the 20 largest borrowers (or capital-related group of borrowers) of Santander Bank Polska S.A. (performing loans) as at 31.12.2025:

Industry code(PKD)

Industry description

Total credit exposure

Balance sheet exposure

Committed credit lines, guarantees, treasury limits and capital investments

64

OTHER FINANCIAL SERVICES

17 506 945

13 632 201

3 874 744

64

OTHER FINANCIAL SERVICES

8 127 870

4 737 873

3 389 997

19

RAFINERY

5 343 553

46 760

5 296 793

64

OTHER FINANCIAL SERVICES

5 121 797

816 159

4 305 638

84

PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION

3 205 349

1 920 252

1 285 097

64

OTHER FINANCIAL SERVICES

2 032 693

-

2 032 693

61

TELECOMMUNICATION

1 747 334

1 031 116

716 218

65

REINSURANCE

1 644 207

425 819

1 218 388

77

RENTAL OF CARS

1 513 329

1 465 731

47 598

35

POWER INDUSTRY

1 323 787

71 598

1 252 189

35

POWER INDUSTRY

1 254 676

-

1 254 676

61

TELECOMMUNICATION

1 120 132

523 861

596 271

64

OTHER FINANCIAL SERVICES

1 022 865

50 734

972 131

41

CONSTRUCTION

909 466

156 894

752 572

64

OTHER FINANCIAL SERVICES

907 072

544 483

362 589

64

OTHER FINANCIAL SERVICES

905 436

578 422

327 014

45

WHOLESALE AND RETAIL

871 717

425 542

446 175

68

REAL ESTATE SERVICES

802 937

786 464

16 473

07

MINING

777 611

43 673

733 938

64

OTHER FINANCIAL SERVICES

769 706

631 189

138 517

Total gross exposure

56 908 482

27 888 771

29 019 711

*For clarity, the table does not present connections between the Bank’s customers and the State Treasury; i.e. exposure to the State Treasury is disclosed separately from exposures to entities connected with the State Treasury.

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

In thousands of PLN

A list of the 20 largest borrowers (or capital-related group of borrowers) of Santander Bank Polska S.A. (performing loans) as at 31.12.2024:

Industry code(PKD)

Industry description

Total credit exposure

Balance sheet exposure

Committed credit lines, guarantees, treasury limits and capital investments

64

OTHER FINANCIAL SERVICES

16 109 177

12 998 462

3 110 715

64

OTHER FINANCIAL SERVICES

8 140 628

6 191 714

1 948 914

64

OTHER FINANCIAL SERVICES

7 179 046

500 000

6 679 046

84

PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION

3 062 051

-

3 062 051

64

OTHER FINANCIAL SERVICES

2 144 930

-

2 144 930

19

RAFINERY

2 087 743

450 091

1 637 652

35

POWER INDUSTRY

1 936 808

-

1 936 808

61

TELECOMMUNICATION

1 570 773

1 153 108

417 665

35

POWER INDUSTRY

1 480 252

28 125

1 452 127

64

OTHER FINANCIAL SERVICES

1 400 000

1 400 000

-

64

OTHER FINANCIAL SERVICES

1 311 669

-

1 311 669

64

OTHER FINANCIAL SERVICES

1 307 485

-

1 307 485

64

OTHER FINANCIAL SERVICES

1 269 604

-

1 269 604

64

OTHER FINANCIAL SERVICES

1 253 526

-

1 253 526

64

OTHER FINANCIAL SERVICES

1 201 319

1 148 000

53 319

61

TELECOMMUNICATION

1 127 239

431 275

695 964

70

OPERATIONS OF HEAD OFFICES

1 052 330

-

1 052 330

64

OTHER FINANCIAL SERVICES

978 089

529 098

448 991

20

CHEMICAL INDUSTRY

954 534

938 023

16 511

64

OTHER FINANCIAL SERVICES

886 888

22 204

864 684

Total gross exposure

56 454 091

25 790 100

30 663 991

*For clarity, the table does not present connections between the Bank’s customers and the State Treasury; i.e. exposure to the State Treasury is disclosed separately from exposures to entities connected with the State Treasury.

Industry concentration

The credit policy of Santander Bank Polska S.A. assumes diversification of credit exposures. Risk of particular industry affects value of the exposure limit. In order to ensure adequate portfolio diversification and control the risk of overexposure to a single industry, the Bank provides funding to sectors and groups or capital units representing a variety of industries.

As at 31.12.2025, the highest concentration level was recorded in the “Financial sector (15% of the Santander Bank Polska exposure), “real estate services” sector (7%) and “manufacturing” (7%).

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

In thousands of PLN

Breakdown of non-trading business loans and advances by NACE codes:

NACE sector

Gross exposure

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

 

Agriculture, forestry and fishing

2 000 316

1 832 373

 

Mining and quarrying

65 265

78 125

 

Manufacturing

11 201 895

11 326 662

 

Electricity, gas, steam and air conditioningsupply

2 075 408

2 119 827

 

Water supply

407 883

288 794

 

Construction

2 250 169

2 133 089

 

Wholesale and retail trade

9 028 964

8 777 148

 

Transport and storage

2 165 902

2 188 293

 

Accomodation and food service activities

2 074 775

1 819 673

 

Information and communication

2 978 446

2 703 638

 

Financial and insurance activities

23 454 825

21 354 430

 

Real estate activities

11 598 746

9 432 590

 

Professional, scientific and technical activities

4 260 399

5 465 191

 

Administrative and support service activities

3 144 021

2 722 405

 

Public administration and defence, compulsory social security

814

439

 

Education

211 082

215 709

 

Human health services and social work activities

1 087 702

977 640

 

Arts, entertainment and recreation

575 780

348 403

 

Other services

447 119

3 948 458

A

Total Business Loans

79 029 511

77 732 887

B

Retail (including mortgage loans)

79 450 296

75 754 737

C

Loans to public sector

2 141 807

2 438 883

A+B+C

Santander Bank Polska SA portfolio

160 621 614

155 926 507

D

Other receivables

52 544

61 528

A+B+C+D

Total Santander Bank Polska SA

160 674 158

155 988 035

Climate related risk

At Santander Bank Polska S.A. environmental matters are embedded in decision-making processes.  The ESG (environmental, social, governance) guidelines are used for evaluating the assets to be financed by the Bank.

More broadly, issues related to climate goals, climate policy and initiatives and actions undertaken by the Bank and the Group are described in the "Consolidated Sustainability Statement of Santander Bank Polska Group for 2025" which is part of the Management Board Report on the activities of Santander Bank Polska Group in 2025. This document also contains quantitative disclosures.

The Bank considered the climate-related risks when preparing the financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards, and where necessary, the Standards were applied in a manner that takes this into account.

The subject of the considerations was, in particular, the impact of environmental issues on the Bank in the context of the application of:

- IAS 1: Presentation of Financial Statements

- IAS 12: Income Taxes

- IAS 36: Impairment of Assets

- IFRS 9: Financial Instruments

- IFRS 13: Fair Value

- IAS 37: Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets

At the same time, based on the conducted analysis, no significant impact of environmental issues on the financial statements as a whole was found.

The Bank conducted an analysis of the main transformational and physical risks, and thanks to the identification of key risks for our latitude, the risk in the sectors most affected by climate change was evaluated. This allowed for the improvement of the risk assessment process for individual business clients in these aspects.

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

In thousands of PLN

In 2025, a comprehensive analysis of balance sheet exposures under a stress scenario, taking into account both transition and physical risk, was conducted. The results were incorporated into the process of assessing the adequacy of allocated internal capital. The results indicate no significant correlation between portfolio parameters over the time horizon analyzed in the stress tests. In the climate scenario, capital surpluses achieved relative to the required minimum levels are lower than in the baseline scenarios, but the financial and capital position of the Bank and the Group remains strong and stable.

At the same time, the Bank performed the further iterations of analyzes aimed at identification and of transformational and physical risks in a systemic and quantitative manner at the customer level. By estimating the emissivity of all business entities and retail mortgage products, the Bank assess transformational risks and deliberate actions in key parts of the portfolio. It will also allow for the inclusion of environmental aspects in standard portfolio analysis processes, setting targets and limits at appropriate levels.

ESG risk management as part of the risk management framework

Effective identification of risks and opportunities related to climate change allows Santander Bank Polska S.A. to take measures to ensure reliance to key threats, accelerate growth, improve financial results, and build reputation.

Risks related to social and environmental issues, including climate, are taken into account in the risk management system developed and implemented by the Management Board. This system operates on the basis of three lines of defense, covers all significant types of risk and the interdependencies of individual risks.

In accordance with the recommendations, the Bank performs analyzes of physical and transformational risk, including them in the taxonomy of risks typical for the Bank. The Bank does not separate ESG risk as a separate material risk, but indicates its transmission channels into: credit, market and liquidity, compliance, reputation, business and operational risks.

A methodology for assessing the level of climate risks – physical and transition for individual climate sectors and real estate (introducing a taxonomy of climate sectors to the Bank) has been introduced, which allowed for a portfolio analysis of the significance of climate risks for the credit portfolio. The reports in question are already presented to selected committees, and this information is used in the assessment of credit risk of clients and transactions.

The Social, Environmental and Climate Change Risk Management Policy is in force at Bank, approved by the Bank's Management Board. It specifies the criteria for the Bank's ability to cooperate with clients operating in selected sensitive sectors. The document defines areas of activity divided into two categories: prohibited activities and activities subject to additional analysis. In connection with the adjustment of credit processes to the provisions of the Policy, some exposures characterized by too high and unmanaged transformation risk are not accepted.

Concentration limits have been defined:

• for sectors that contribute the most to climate change, which are also most exposed to transformation risks.

• for business and mortgage-secured exposures in locations assessed as highly exposed to physical risks

and measures of the acceptable level of risk regarding the Bank's declarations included in the Environmental, Social and Climate Change Risk Management Policy.

Depending on the level of climate risk assessment for individual sectors, elements influencing the estimation of the level of credit risk are added to the credit process. For selected clients from business segments, an individual ESCC (Environmental Social & Climate Change) risk analysis is performed for clients / transactions operating in sectors defined in the Bank's policies. The conducted ESCC risk analysis and recommendation is included in the client's credit application, and if it affects the assessment of credit risk parameters, it is included in the client's rating assessment. In 2025, a dedicated internal system tool was implemented in this area.

In 2025, credit policy requirements for mortgage collateral established for exposures to individual clients were strengthened to reduce the materialization of flash flood risk. These changes concern both the scope of mandatory insurance and the exclusion of the most vulnerable areas from financing.

In 2025, the Bank refreshed its portfolio sensitivity analysis to climate risks, taking into account the sensitivity of its most exposed sectors. This year, this analysis was expanded to include biodiversity, and the scope of sectors analyzed was aligned with EBA regulatory requirements. The analysis was carried out in three time horizons - short (2030), medium (2040) and long (2050). It was decided to use climate scenarios defined by a group of central banks and supervisory institutions, which brings together over 130 institutions (including the largest ones, such as the European Central Bank, the Bank of England and the United States Federal Reserve System) determined to act for better understanding and management of climate risks (Network for Greening the Financial System, NGFS). For physical risk, the analysis was based on external data defining the level of physical risks for over 15 climate phenomena (sudden and chronic) at the municipal level, using RCP (representative concentration pathways) scenarios. These are four scenarios of changes in carbon dioxide concentration that were accepted by the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change in the project of comparing global climate models.

In 2025, the Bank introduced two high-level regulations formalizing its management system:

• ESG risk, along with transmission channels for all material risks mentioned above,

• Greenwashing risk across all affected processes: strategy, policies, financial products and operations, communications and marketing, reporting and disclosure, and suppliers.

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

In thousands of PLN

The Bank has undertaken a number of activities to supplement its ESG risk management system to align with the requirements of the EBA Guidelines (EBA/GL/2025/01) on managing environmental, social, and governance risks. In particular, it has developed and reinforced a Transition Plan for the Bank's Management, which will be further developed in subsequent phases.

Responsibility for ESG risk management

The responsibility for managing climate risk and leveraging climate-related opportunities rests with the Management Board and the Supervisory Board. They support risk management strategies by approving key policies, sitting on dedicated committees, participating in reviews and approving risks and reports. The member of the Management Board supervising ESG risk management is the member managing the Risk Management Division.

Since 2023, the ESG Risk Management Office was established within the Risk Management Division, whose responsibility is to ensure the appropriate organization of the ESG Risk management function.

The Bank’s Management Board is responsible for defining long-term action plans and approving the responsible banking strategy, including the climate strategy and its main objectives (in a short, medium and/or long term), and as part of the risk management framework. ESG direction has become one of the 3 pillars of Group's strategy for 2024-2026, it is the TOTAL Responsibility pillar, creating the strategy together with the TOTAL Experience and TOTAL Digitalization pillars.

The Supervisory Board verifies the Bank’s management strategy and ESG risk management strategy, also in terms of the Bank’s long-term interest.

There is also the ESG Committee, which provides support to the Bank’s Management Board in the performance of oversight over the responsible banking and sustainability strategy both locally and at the level of Santander Bank Polska Group. The Committee, which is chaired by the President of the Management Board, defines the strategy and annual goals related to ESG and ensures compliance with environmental and social policies of Santander Bank Polska S.A. The Committee is supported by the ESG Forum composed of senior managers representing all Divisions. The Forum analyses challenges, opportunities and risks related to the EU Sustainable Finance agenda (including ESG risks), plans activities and coordinates their implementation at the Bank, and submits regular reports to the Responsible Banking and Corporate Culture Committee and the Bank’s Management Board.

The Bank has a formalized process for accepting sustainable financing. In 2023, the ESG Panel was established within the Risk Management Division, whose responsibility is to certify sustainable financing in relation to internal and external regulations, thereby contributing to reducing the risk of greenwashing.

Market risk

Introduction

Market risk is defined as an adverse earnings impact of changes in interest rates, FX rates, share quotations, stock exchange indices, etc. It arises both in trading and banking activity (FX products, interest rate products, equity linked trackers).

Santander Bank Polska is exposed to market risk arising from its activity in money and capital markets and services provided to customers. Additionally, the bank undertakes the market risk related to the active management of balance sheet structure (assets and liabilities management).

The activity and strategies on market risk management are directly supervised by the the Market and Investment Risk Committee and are pursued in accordance with the framework set out in the Market Risk Policy and the Structural Risk Policy approved by the Management Board and the Supervisory Board.

Risk management structure and organisation

The key objective of the market risk policy pursued by the Bank is to reduce the impact of variable market factors on the bank’s profitability and to grow income within the strictly defined risk limits while ensuring the bank’s liquidity and market value.

The market risk policies of Santander Bank Polska establish a number of risk measurement and mitigation parameters in the form of limits and metrics. Risk limits are periodically reviewed to align them with the bank’s strategy.

Interest rate and FX risks linked to the banking business are managed centrally by the Financial Management Division. The Division is also responsible for acquiring funding, managing liquidity and making transactions on behalf of ALCO. This activity is controlled by the measures and limits approved by the Market and Investment Risk Committee, the bank’s Management Board and the Supervisory Board.

The debt securities and the interest rate and FX hedging portfolio is managed by ALCO, which takes all decisions on the portfolio’s value and structure.

The market risk on the trading portfolio is managed by the Corporate and Investment Banking Department, which is also responsible for the activities of Santander Brokerage Poland. The Group’s trading activity is subject to a system of measures and limits, including Value

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

In thousands of PLN

at Risk, stop loss, position limits and sensitivity limits. These limits are approved by the Market and Investment Risk Committee, the bank’s Management Board and the Supervisory Board.

The Banking Book Risk Office and Trading Book Risk Office within the Risk Management Division is responsible for ongoing risk measurement, implementation of control procedures and risk monitoring and reporting. The Offices are also responsible for shaping the market risk policy, proposing risk measurement methodologies and ensuring consistency of the risk management process across the Group. Owing to the fact that the Banking Book Risk Office and Trading Book Risk Office are a part of the Risk Management Division, the risk measurement and monitoring processes are separate from the risk-taking units.

The market risk of equity instruments held by Santander Brokerage Poland (shares, index-linked securities) is managed by Santander Brokerage Poland itself and supervised by the Market and Investment Risk Committee of Santander Bank Polska S.A.

The bank’s Market and Investment Risk Committee, chaired by the Management Board member in charge of the Risk Management Division, is responsible for independent control and monitoring of market risk in the Bank’s banking and trading books.

Risk identification and measurement

The trading book of Santander Bank Polska contains securities and derivatives held by the Corporate and Investment Banking Division for trading purposes. The instruments are marked to market each day, and any changes in their value are reflected in the profit and loss. Market risk in the trading book includes interest rate risk, currency risk and repricing risk.

The interest rate risk in the bank’s banking book is the risk of adverse impact of interest rate changes on the Group’s income and the value of its assets and liabilities. Interest rate risk arises primarily on transactions entered in the bank’s branches and in the business and corporate centres, as well as the transactions made in the wholesale market by the Financial Management Division. Additionally, interest rate risk can be generated by transactions concluded by other units, e.g. through acquisition of  municipal/ commercial bonds or the bank’s borrowings from other sources than the interbank market.

Santander Bank Polska uses several methods to measure its market risk exposure. The methods employed for the banking portfolio are the MVE and NII sensitivity measures, stress tests and Value at Risk (VaR), while the methods used for the trading portfolio include: VaR and stressed VaR, stop loss, sensitivity measures (PV01) and stress tests. The risk measurement methodology is subject to an independent initial and periodic validation, the results of which are presented for approval to the Models and Methodology Panel.

At Santander Bank Polska, the VaR in the trading portfolio is determined using a historical method as a difference between the mark-to-market value of positions and the market values based on the most severe movements in market rates from a determined observation window. VaR is calculated separately for interest rate risk, FX risk and the two risks at the same time. VaR is also calculated for the repricing risk of the equity instruments portfolio of Santander Brokerage Poland.

Due to the limitations of the VaR methodology, the bank additionally performs sensitivity measurement (showing how position values change in reaction to price/profitability movements), Stressed VaR measurement and stress tests.

Risk reporting

The responsibility for reporting liquidity risk rests with the Risk Management Division, specifically the Trading Book Risk Office.

Each day, the Trading Book Risk Office controls the market risk exposure of the trading book in accordance with the methodology laid down in the Market Risk Policy. It verifies the use of risk limits and reports risk levels to units responsible for risk management in the trading book, to Santander Group and to the Market and Investment Risk Committee. 

Once a month, the Trading Book Risk Office provides information about the risk exposure of the trading book and selected measures to the Market and Investment Risk Committee and prepares the Risk Dashboard (in cooperation with other units of the Risk Management Division), which is presented to the Market and Investment Risk Committee.

The results of market risk measurement with regard to the banking book are reported by the Banking Book Risk Office to persons responsible for operational management of the bank’s balance sheet structure and to persons in charge of structural risk management on a daily basis (information about the ALCO portfolio) or on a monthly basis (interest rate gap, NII and MVE sensitivity measures, stress test results, VaR). This information is also reported each month to the bank’s senior executives (the Market and Investment Risk Committee, ALCO). The selected key interest rate risk measures, including risk appetite measures defined for the bank’s banking book, are reported to the bank’s Management Board and Supervisory Board.

Risk prevention and mitigation

The Bank has adopted a conservative approach to  risk-taking both in terms of the size of exposures and the types of products. A large portion of the Financial Market Area activity revolves around mitigating the risk related to customer transactions at  the retail and corporate level.  In addition, flows from customer transactions are generally for non-market amounts and tenors non-quoted directly at the market and thus risk capacity is required to manage these mismatches with wholesale transactions.

In the opinion of the Management Board, the market risk limits are at a safe and relatively low level in relation to the scale of the Bank's core business and are in place to allow sufficient capacity and time to neutralise interest rate and foreign exchange risks, while at the same time allowing the Financial Market Area to hold some of portfolio positions opened to add value to the organisation. 

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

In thousands of PLN

As part of the activities of the Financial Markets Area, the activity is focused on hedging the risk arising from customer transactions and on the role of a market maker, which is directly reflected in the level of limits and budgetary targets of the Financial Markets Area.

The combination of transactions made by the Financial Market Area and positions transferred from the bank arising from customers’ FX and derivative activity create the overall interest rate and currency risk profilesin the bank’s trading portfolio, which are managed under the market risk policy and operational limits in place. The Financial Market Area subsequently decides either to  close these positions or keep them open in line with approved strategy, market view and within the approved limits. The return earned is a mix of flow management and market making. However, there is no intention to keep aggressive trading positions.

The interest rate and currency risk of the Financial Market Area is managed via the trading book in accordance with the Market Risk Policy approved by the Management Board. Accounting and risk systems help to ensure  allocation of each position into appropriate books. The relevant desks are responsible for suitable risk activity (interest rate or currency risk).

To ensure that the trading book positions are marketable, the bank controls the gross value of the positions (separately long and short positions) versus the entire market. This is to check if it is technically possible to close an open position one way, without taking into account other closings. The control is performed by the Trading Book Risk Office separately for currency positions and interest rate positions.  The control results are reported to the first line of defence.

As regards market risk in the banking book, all positions that generate repricing risk are transferred for management to the Financial Management Division, responsible for shaping the bank’s balance sheet structure, including by entering into transactions in the interbank market so as to manage the interest rate risk profile according to the approved risk strategy and in compliance with the allocated risk limits.

The interest rate risk in the banking book is managed based on the following limits: 

·         NII sensitivity limit (the sensitivity of net interest income to a parallel shift of the yield curve by 100 bp);

·         MVE sensitivity limit (the sensitivity of the market value of equity to a parallel shift of the yield curve by 100 bp).

The table below presents the sensitivity of net interest income (NII) and economic value of equity (MVE) to a parallel shift in yield curves at the end of 2025 and the comparative period. It presents the results of scenarios in which the impact of interest rate changes on net interest income and economic value of equity would be negative. Data are presented in millions of PLN and cover Santander Bank Polska.

 

NII Sensitivity

MVE Sensitivity

1 day holding period (m PLN)

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

Santander Bank Polska

(258)

(313)

(1 070)

(963)

Compared to 2024, the utilisation of the MVE sensitivity limit increased, while the utilisation of the NII sensitivity limit decreased. There were no exceedances of RED operational limits. The increase in MVE exposure was caused by the implementation of the interest income sensitivity hedging strategy, which consequently increased the duration of the banking book portfolio. The implementation of the aforementioned hedging strategy was mainly based on concluding cash flow hedging transactions under hedge accounting and increasing the ALCO portfolio with fixed-coupon debt securities.

VaR in the banking portfolio is calculated separately as a combined effect of EaR (Earnings-at-Risk) and EVE VaR (value at risk of the economic value of equity).

The key methods of measurement of the interest rate risk in the trading book include the VaR methodology, stop loss, PV01 sensitivity measurement and stress tests.

The VaR is set for open positions of the Financial Market Area using the historical simulations method. Under this method the bank estimates the portfolio value of 520 scenarios generated on the basis of historically observable changes in market parameters. VaR is then estimated as the difference between the current valuation and the valuation of the 99th percentile of the lowest valuations.

The stop-loss mechanism is used to manage the risk of loss on positions subject to fair value measurement through profit or loss.

Stress tests are used in addition to these measures by providing an estimate of the potential losses in the event of materialisation of the stressed conditions in the market. The assumptions of stress scenarios are based on sensitivity reports and on extreme market rate movement scenarios set using the highest daily and monthly changes in interest rates.

The table below shows risk measures at the end of 2025 and 2024 for 1-day position holding period (in PLN k):

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

In thousands of PLN

Interest rate risk

VAR

1 day holding period

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

Average

4 300 

8 203

Maximum

12 576 

12 892

Minimum

1 781 

3 913

as at the end of the period

4 240 

3 913

Limit

15 343

16 036

The observed values of the VaR in 2025 were lower than in 2024 reflecting lower volatility and stabilization in the interest rate market. The maximum observed interest rate VaR lower compared to previous year. Approved for 2025 VaR-like limit levels were, in average, larger by several percent than those in effect in 2024 for values expressed in USD, but the decline in the dollar-zloty exchange rate during the year resulted in a decrease in the PLN limits. Based on that, average VaR position held across the year remains in line with expected risk exposure for 2025.

FX risk is the risk that adverse movements in foreign exchange rates will have an impact on performance (and result in losses).  This risk is managed on the basis of the VaR limit for the open currency positions in the Group’s trading portfolio and the portfolio of Santander Brokerage Poland which manages open positions linked to the market maker activity. Stress tests are used in addition to this measure by providing an estimate of the potential losses in the event of materialisation of the stressed conditions in the market. Stress tests use the currency exposure and the scenarios of extreme movements in currency rates based on historical data. Furthermore, the stop-loss mechanism is used for managing the risk of losses on trading positions.

In 2025, the Bank's policy changed, allowing for the maintenance of open positions in currency and interest rate options on trading book portfolios. This change resulted in the introduction of a new VAR Vega metric, which is calculated daily and includes the VAR value for open options positions. The VAR Vega limit for 2025 was set at PLN 180,000.

The table below illustrates the risk measures at the end of December 2025 and 2024 (in PLN k).

FX risk

VAR

1 day holding period

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

Average

465 

679

Maximum

1 838 

1 742

Minimum

67 

234

as at the end of the period

501 

356

Limit

3 241 

3 691

Both the VaR limits for currency risk and the exposure values remain stable year-on-year. In 2025, there were no exceedances of VaR limits, which confirms the adequacy of the established VaR limits, corresponding to the Bank's business activities and the related exposure to market risk.

The tables below present the bank’s key FX positions as at 31 December 2025 and in the comparable period.

31.12.2025

PLN

EUR

CHF

USD

Other

Total

ASSETS

 

Cash and cash equvalents

21 436 904

4 285 141

49 451

2 996 591

1 736 664

30 504 751

Loans and advances to banks

322 033

2 048 158

-

10

-

2 370 201

Loans and advances to customers

129 788 925

25 589 384

6 993

1 552 511

82 287

157 020 100

Investment securities

71 161 050

7 230 214

-

454 607

-

78 845 871

Selected assets

222 708 912

39 152 897

56 444

5 003 719

1 818 951

268 740 923

LIABILITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits from banks

963 557

901 771

32 608

47 967

1 072

1 946 975

Deposits from customers

185 571 768

32 722 618

1 078 688

8 992 395

1 834 839

230 200 308

Subordinated liabilities

1 014 851

587 114

-

-

-

1 601 965

Selected liabilities

187 550 176

34 211 503

1 111 296

9 040 362

1 835 911

233 749 248

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

In thousands of PLN

31.12.2024 restated*

PLN

EUR

CHF

USD

Other

Total

ASSETS

 

Cash and cash equvalents

16 609 948

5 540 097

133 408

4 837 163

1 601 553

28 722 169

Loans and advances to banks

291 839

3 875 858

-

-

-

4 167 697

Loans and advances to customers

125 541 984

24 720 840

219 907

1 619 736

154 935

152 257 402

Investment securities

60 861 325

4 456 849

-

507 198

-

65 825 372

Selected assets

203 305 096

38 593 644

353 315

6 964 097

1 756 488

250 972 640

LIABILITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits from banks

974 252

2 067 435

1 190

5 872

1 683

3 050 432

Deposits from customers

173 350 049

30 567 335

954 318

9 168 360

1 736 305

215 776 367

Subordinated liabilities

1 017 962

1 110 023

-

-

-

2 127 985

Selected liabilities

175 342 263

33 744 793

955 508

9 174 232

1 737 988

220 954 784

*Data restated following changes to the presentation of cash and cash equivalents; details are presented in Note 2.5.

In regards to the structural exposure to currency risk in the Bank’s balance sheet, in 2025 the share of foreign currency assets in the balance sheet decreased. This was due to an smaller increase in the balance of assets in foreign currencies compared to the increase in total assets, with further gradual decrease of CHF loans, as a result of the continuing amortisation of the CHF mortgage portfolio.

The risk attached to the prices of equity instruments listed in active markets is managed by Santander Brokerage Poland, which operates within the Corporate and Investment Banking Division.  This risk is generated by own trades of Santander Brokerage Poland concluded in regulated markets (spot market instruments and futures).

It is measured using a Value at Risk model based on the historical analysis method.

The market risk management in Santander Brokerage Poland is supervised by the Market and Investment Risk Committee of Santander Bank Polska S.A. The Committee sets the VaR limit for Santander Brokerage Poland, approves changes in the risk measurement methodology and oversees the risk management process.

The table below presents the risk measures in 2025 and 2024 (in PLN k).

Equity risk

VAR

1 day holding period

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

Average

1 717

761

Maximum

2 301

2 059

Minimum

1 070

439

as at end of the period

2 002

2 059

Limit

2 881

1 638

In 2025 there was no exceedance of the VAR limit for equity risk.

Interest Rate Benchmark reform

Santander Bank Polska S.A. has been running the IBOR Programme from 2022 to mid-2023, aimed at adapting the Bank and its subsidiaries to the decision of the ICE Benchmark Administration to gradually discontinue calculating LIBOR indices. After the establishment of the National Working Group for the reform of benchmarks in Poland (NGR), the Bank adjusted the scope of work and composition of the previously operating Programme in order to introduce products based on the so-called RFR (risk-free rate) indicators to the offer. The work at the Bank is carried out in accordance with the decisions and recommendations of the NGR Steering Committee and the assumptions of the Road Map for the process of replacing the WIBOR and WIBID reference indicators. In December 2024, NGR selected an index to replace the WIBOR and WIBID reference indices, and in January 2025, it selected the name POLSTR for this index proposal. According to the announcements, the final moment of conversion of the historical portfolio is planned for the end of 2027.

The reform work is being carried out by a wide group of experts representing the Bank's key business lines, supported by a renowned consulting firm under the supervision of the Steering Committee, which includes members of the Management Board and top management.

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

In thousands of PLN

The table presents break down of assets and liabilities of Santander Bank Polska as at 31 December 2025:

31.12.2025

Nominal value

Assets

Liabilities

Assets and liabilities exposed to PLN WIBOR

Cash and cash equivalents

-

-

Loans and advances to/deposits from banks

690 000

307 000

Loans and advances to/deposits from customers

66 944 100

14 191 000

Reverse repurchase/repurchase agreements

637 400

30 000

Debt securities/ in issue

15 678 900

9 201 800

Total  value of assets and liabilities exposed to PLN WIBOR

83 950 400

23 729 800

Trading Derivatives (notional)

806 397 000

820 663 000

Hedging Derivatives (notional)

3 070 000

42 931 000

The table presents break down of assets and liabilities of Santander Bank Polska as at 31 December 2024: Cash and cash equivalents

31.12.2024

Nominal value

Assets

Liabilities

Assets and liabilities exposed to PLN WIBOR

Cash and cash equivalents

-

-

Loans and advances to/deposits from banks

690 000

433 000

Loans and advances to/deposits from customers

72 969 500

12 506 000

Reverse repurchase/repurchase agreements

2 781 400

734 500

Debt securities/ in issue

15 362 200

8 347 492

Total  value of assets and liabilities exposed to PLN WIBOR

91 803 100

22 020 992

Trading Derivatives (notional)

681 987 000

668 384 000

Hedging Derivatives (notional)

8 058 000

36 328 000

In connection with the IBOR and WIBOR Reform, the Bank is exposed to the following risks:

Business Risk:

Switching to alternative benchmarks may lead to a risk of abuse or misconduct towards clients, resulting in customer complaints, penalties or reputational damage. Possible risks include: risk of misleading customers, risk of market abuse (including insider dealing and market manipulation), risk of anti-competitive practices, both during and after the transition (e.g. collusion and exchange of information) and risks caused by conflicts of interest. The Group has strong transition management structures in place to ensure risk mitigation.

Price risk:

The transition to alternative benchmarks and the discontinuation of the use of interest rate benchmarks may affect the pricing mechanisms applied by the Group for certain transactions, including the establishment of a Standard Variable Rate applicable to mortgage loans. For some financial instruments, it will be necessary to develop new pricing models.

Risk associated with the interest rate base:

 This risk consists of two components:

– if bilateral negotiations with the Group's counterparties are not successful before the IBOR ceases to apply, there is significant uncertainty as to the future interest rate. This situation leads to additional interest rate risk, which was not taken into account at the time of entering into contracts and is not the subject of our interest rate risk management strategy. For example, in some cases, provisions on the use of other indicators in contracts where the IBOR rate is applied, may result in the remaining period maintaining a fixed interest rate at the level of the last IBOR rate The Group works closely with all counterparties to avoid such a situation, but if it occurs, the interest rate risk management policy applied in the Group will be applied as standard and may result in liquidation of the interest rate swaps or the conclusion of new swaps to maintain the combination of variable and fixed interest rates for the debt held.

 – interest rate risk may also arise where the transition to alternative benchmarks for non-derivatives and derivatives held to manage the interest rate risk associated with the non-derivative occurs at different times. This risk may also occur if you switch to different rates for back-to-back derivatives at different times. The Group will monitor that the risk management referred to above is carried out in accordance with the applicable risk management principles, updated to allow for a temporary mismatch not exceeding 12 months and to establish an additional basis for interest rate swaps, if required.

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

In thousands of PLN

Hedge Accounting:

If the transition to alternative benchmarks for certain contracts does not allow the application of the exemptions provided for by the Phase 2 amendments, then the effect may be to terminate the hedging relationship and, consequently, increased volatility in the income statement. This may happen if the newly designated hedging relationships are not carried out or if the non-derivative financial instruments are amended or removed from the financial statements.

The Bank did not decide to change the existing hedging relationships with WIBOR. However, due to the expected replacement of the benchmark, the Bank identifies that hedging relationships in which this benchmark is present may be exposed to the risk described above related to the effectiveness of the relationship.

In the case of credit agreements referring to the CHF LIBOR rate, the Bank switched to RFR indicators in accordance with the decision of the European Commission, and in the case of derivative instruments that hedge this portfolio, the CHF LIBOR rate switched to the SARON rate, in accordance with the ISDA Protocol standard.

Based on the conducted efficiency test based on the new rates for CHF - both for the credit portfolio and the hedging instrument - the Bank assessed that there is a high probability of meeting the efficiency requirement of the established hedging relationships in the future.

In connection with the above, in the case of strategies hedging the CHF credit portfolio, the Bank decided to continue the established hedging relationships based on the existing instruments.

Risk of legal proceedings:

In the absence of agreement on the implementation of the Interest Rate Benchmark Reform for existing contracts (e.g. due to different interpretations of the applicable provisions on the use of other benchmarks), there is a risk of litigation and protracted disputes with counterparties, which may result in additional costs, e.g. legal costs. The Group works closely with all contractors to avoid such a situation.

Regulatory risk:

Regulatory models and methodologies are currently being updated (e.g. to take account of new market data). There is a risk that full updates, testing and acceptance of models by regulators will not take place on time.

Operational risk:

We are updating our IT systems to fully manage the transition to alternative benchmarks. There is a risk that such updates will not be fully on time, resulting in additional manual procedures involving operational risk.

Liquidity risk

Introduction

Liquidity risk is the risk that the bank fails to meet its contingent and non-contingent obligations towards customers and counterparties as a result of a mismatch of financial cash flows.

The activity and strategies on liquidity risk management are directly supervised by the Market and Investment Risk Committee and are pursued in accordance with the framework set out in the Liquidity Risk Policy approved by the Management Board and the Supervisory Board.

Risk management structure and organisation

The objective of the Liquidity Risk Policy of Santander Bank Polska is to:

·         ensure the ability to finance assets and satisfy claims, both current and future, in a timely manner and at an economic price;

·         manage the maturity mismatch between assets and liabilities, including the intraday mismatch of cash flows; under normal and stress conditions;

·         set a scale of the liquidity risk in the form of various internal limits;

·         ensure proper organisation of the liquidity management process within the whole Santander Bank Polska;

·         prepare the organisation for emergence of adverse factors, either external or internal;

·         ensure compliance with regulatory requirements, both qualitative and quantitative.

The general principle adopted by Santander Bank Polska in its liquidity management process is that all expected outflows occurring within one month in respect of deposits, current account balances, loan drawdowns, guarantee payments and transaction settlements should be at least fully covered by the anticipated inflows or available High Quality Liquid Assets (HQLA) assuming normal or predictable conditions for the Group’s operations. The HQLA category substantially includes: cash on hand, funds held in the nostro account with the NBP (National Bank of Poland) in excess of the minimum reserve requirement and securities which may be sold or pledged under repo transactions or NBP lombard loans. As at 31 December 2025, the value of the HQLA buffer was PLN 102.0 bn for the Bank and

PLN 102.0 bn for the Group.

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

In thousands of PLN

The purpose of this policy is also to ensure an adequate structure of funding in relation to the growing scale of the bank’s business by maintaining structural liquidity ratios at pre-defined levels.

The bank uses a suite of additional watch limits and thresholds with respect to the following:

·         loan-to-deposit ratio;

·         ratios of reliance on wholesale funding, which are used to assess the concentration of foreign currency funding from the wholesale market;

·         concentration of deposit;

·         level of encumbered assets;

·         ratios laid down in CRD IV/CRR – LCR and NSFR;

·         survival horizon under stressed conditions;

·         the HQLA buffer;

·         the buffer of assets which might be liquidated over an intraday horizon.

The internal liquidity limits, including the limits established in the Risk Appetite Statement, are set on the basis of both historical values of the selected liquidity ratios as well as their future values which are estimated against a financial plan. The limits also take into account the results of stress tests.

At least once a year, Santander Bank Polska carries out the Internal Liquidity Adequacy Assessment Process (ILAAP), which is designed to ensure that the bank can effectively control and manage liquidity risk. In particular, the ILAAP ensures that the bank:

·         maintains sufficient capacity to meet its obligations as they fall due;

·         reviews the key liquidity risk drivers and ensures that stress testing reflects these drivers and that they are appropriately controlled;

·         provides a record of both the liquidity risk management and governance processes;

·         carries out assessment of counterbalancing capacity.

The ILAAP results are subject to approval by the Management Board and the Supervisory Board to confirm adequacy of the liquidity level of Santander Bank Polska in terms of liquid assets, prudent funding profile and the Group’s liquidity risk management and control mechanisms.

Risk identification and measurement

The responsibility for identification and measurement of liquidity risk rests with the Risk Management Division, specifically the Financial Risk Department.

The role of the Department is to draft liquidity risk management policies, carry out stress tests and to measure and report on risk on an ongoing basis.

Liquidity is measured by means of the modified liquidity gap, which is designed separately for the PLN and currency positions. The reported future contractual cash flows are subject to modifications based on: statistical analyses of the deposit and credit base behaviour and assessment of product/ market liquidity – in the context of evaluation of the possibility to liquidate Treasury securities by selling or pledging them in repo transactions or using liquidity support instruments with NBP, as well as the possibility of transaction rolling in the interbank market.

When measuring liquidity risk, the bank additionally analyses the degree of liquidity outflows arising from potential margin calls due to changes in the value of derivative transactions and collateral needs related to secured financing transactions resulting from the downgrade of the bank’s credit rating, among other things.

Concurrently, liquidity is measured in accordance with the requirements laid down in the CRD IV/ CRR package and in their implementing provisions.

In order to establish a detailed risk profile, the bank conducts stress tests using the nine following scenarios:

·         baseline scenario, which assumes non-renewability of wholesale funding;

·         idiosyncratic liquidity crisis scenarios (specific to the bank);

·         local systemic liquidity crisis scenario;

·         global systemic liquidity crisis scenario;

·         combined liquidity crisis scenarios (idiosyncratic crisis with local systemic crisis and seperately idiosyncratic crisis withglobal systemic crisis);

·         deposit outflows in a one-month horizon;

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

In thousands of PLN

·         scenario of accelerated deposit withdrawals via electronic channels;

·         ESG liquidity crisis scenario.

For each of the above scenarios, the bank estimates the minimum survival horizon. For selected scenarios, the bank sets survival horizon limits which are subsequently included in the liquidity risk appetite.

In addition, the bank performs stress tests for intraday liquidity as well as reverse stress tests.

Risk reporting

The responsibility for reporting liquidity risk rests with the Risk Management Division, specifically the Financial Risk Department.

The results of liquidity risk measurement are reported by the Financial Risk Department on a daily basis to persons in charge of operational management of the bank’s liquidity and to persons responsible for liquidity risk management (information about intraday and current liquidity, including FX funding ratios and LCR) and – on a monthly basis – to senior executives (other liquidity ratios, including regulatory ratios).

Risk prevention and mitigation

The responsibility for supervision over the liquidity risk management process rests with the Assets and Liabilities Committee (ALCO), which also provides advice to the Management Board. ALCO prepares management strategies and recommends to the Management Board appropriate actions with regard to strategic liquidity management, including strategies of funding the bank’s activity. Day-to-day management of liquidity is delegated to the Financial Management Division. The Assets and Liabilities Management Department, which is a part of the Division, is responsible for developing and updating the relevant liquidity management strategies.

The bank has a liquidity contingency plan approved by the Management Board and Supervisory Board to cater for unexpected liquidity problems, whether caused by external or internal factors.

The plan, accompanied by stress tests, includes different types of scenarios and enables the bank to take adequate and effective actions in response to unexpected external or internal liquidity pressure through:

·         identification of threats to the bank’s liquidity on the basis of a set of early warning ratios which are subject to ongoing monitoring;

·         effective management of liquidity/ funding, using a set of possible remedial actions and the management structure adjusted to the stressed conditions;

·         communication with customers, key market counterparties, shareholders and regulators.

In 2025, the Santander Bank Polska S.A. Group focused on the maintenance adequate level of liquidity buffer and effective allocation of the liquidity. With falling market interest rates in PLN and of the persistent liquidity surplus on the market we observed moderate competition for customer deposits in the banking sector. At the end of December 2025, the loan-to-deposit ratio was 68%, compared to 71% at the end of December 2024, while the liquidity coverage ratio on a consolidated basis was 220%, compared to 216% in the previous year. The Bank also took care of the proper diversification of financing sources by limiting the funds obtained from the wholesale market and from the strategic investor. The wholesale market financing concentration ratio for the Bank as at 31 December 2025 amounted to 36.6% compared to 33.7% at the end of 2024, while the financing ratio from the strategic investor was 0% and it hasn't changed over the year.

The tables below show the cumulated liquidity gap on the standalone level (for Santander Bank Polska S.A.) as at 31 December 2025 and in the comparable period (by nominal value).

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

In thousands of PLN

31.12.2025

A'vista

up to 1 month

from 1 to 3 months

from 3 to 6 months

from 6 to 12 months

from 1 to 2 years

from 2 to 5 years

above 5 years

TOTAL

Assets, incl:

37 405 784

19 243 530

14 327 530

12 446 435

20 439 234

32 957 115

67 550 695

75 613 532

279 983 855

- Cash and cash equivalents

15 294 477

15 134 994

-

-

-

-

-

-

30 429 471

-Loans and advances to banks

-

-

5 000

10 000

100 000

2 189 420

-

-

2 304 420

-Loans and advances to customers

21 490 378

2 351 137

4 999 891

10 562 943

10 546 594

17 994 400

32 248 315

56 640 497

156 834 155

-Investment securities

-

507 294

2 990 907

1 385 611

7 735 969

12 773 295

33 979 556

18 973 035

78 345 667

Liabilities, incl:

166 306 512

37 006 275

25 023 694

3 495 004

3 472 433

5 785 657

1 503 910

3 472 504

246 065 989

- Sell-buy-back transactions

-

2 579 714

-

-

-

-

-

-

2 579 714

- Deposits from banks

1 675 067

182 032

4 227

61 600

10 000

-

-

-

1 932 926

- Deposits from customers

164 631 445

34 244 529

25 019 467

3 433 341

1 662 433

306 176

503 910

130 705

229 932 006

- Debt securities in issue

-

-

-

-

1 800 000

4 900 000

-

3 341 799

10 041 799

- Subordinated liabilities

-

-

-

-

-

579 481

1 000 000

-

1 579 481

Contractual liquidity gap

(128 900 728)

(17 762 746)

(10 696 163)

8 951 432

16 966 801

27 171 458

66 046 785

72 141 028

33 917 867

Cummulated contractual liquidity gap

(128 900 728)

(146 663 473)

(157 359 637)

(148 408 205)

(131 441 404)

(104 269 946)

(38 223 161)

33 917 867

-

Off Balance positions Total, of which:

62 467 753

40 295

118 012

130 391

667 937

641 242

380 924

1 166 057

65 612 611

-guarantees & letters of credits

20 205 572

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

20 205 572

* The vast majority of other financial liabilities are within the range of 1 month

31.12.2024-restated*

A'vista

up to 1 month

from 1 to 3 months

from 3 to 6 months

from 6 to 12 months

from 1 to 2 years

from 2 to 5 years

above 5 years

TOTAL

Assets, incl:

36 472 827

18 542 149

11 786 911

16 846 121

18 199 221

23 010 587

62 557 579

66 709 260

254 124 655

- Cash and cash equivalents

11 558 138

17 002 708

-

-

-

-

-

-

28 560 846

-Loans and advances to banks

876 670

-

1 709 200

1 281 900

-

-

-

290 000

4 157 770

-Loans and advances to customers

24 034 604

1 109 044

4 619 301

11 257 235

8 447 875

13 724 247

35 802 827

52 851 258

151 846 391

-Investment securities

-

119 928

2 504 989

3 076 378

9 750 859

9 286 066

26 754 751

13 568 002

65 060 973

Liabilities, incl:

158 190 616

31 414 343

23 943 808

4 268 668

4 807 425

2 673 920

4 170 153

118 660

229 587 593

- Sell-buy-back transactions

-

1 198 068

-

-

-

-

-

-

1 198 068

- Deposits from banks

2 944 199

27 004

35 201

10 300

20 000

-

-

-

3 036 704

- Deposits from customers

155 246 417

30 179 005

23 867 193

4 208 491

1 593 087

135 532

123 261

12 285

215 365 271

- Debt securities in issue

-

-

19 933

19 024

3 137 162

1 947 129

2 192 277

98 472

7 413 997

- Subordinated liabilities

-

-

-

-

-

512 760

1 585 828

-

2 098 588

- Lease liabilities

10 266

21 481

30 853

57 176

78 499

268 787

7 903

474 965

Contractual liquidity gap

(121 717 788)

(5 290 625)

(12 156 897)

12 577 453

13 391 796

20 336 667

58 387 426

66 590 600

24 537 063

Cummulated contractual liquidity gap

(121 717 788)

(127 008 414)

(139 165 311)

(126 587 858)

(113 196 062)

(92 859 395)

(34 471 969)

24 537 063

-

Off Balance positions Total, of which:

58 063 956

35 011

379 297

429 065

761 252

371 504

633 572

23

60 673 680

-guarantees & letters of credits

20 206 713

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

20 206 713

*Data restated following changes to the presentation of cash and cash equivalents; details are presented in Note 2.5.

** The vast majority of other financial liabilities are within the range of 1 month

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

In thousands of PLN

The tables below show maturity analysis of financial liabilities and receivables on the standalone level (for Santander Bank Polska S.A.) as at 31 December 2025 and in the comparable period (the undiscounted cash flow – capital and interests).

31.12.2025

A'vista

up to 1 month

from 1 to 3 months

from 3 to 6 months

from 6 to 12 months

from 1 to 2 years

from 2 to 5 years

above 5 years

TOTAL

Assets, incl:

37 410 140

19 993 574

15 870 760

14 651 400

24 383 263

39 860 917

82 980 909

112 086 546

347 237 509

- Cash and cash equivalents

15 294 505

15 134 994

-

-

-

-

-

-

30 429 499

-Loans and advances to banks

-

-

5 000

10 000

100 000

2 189 420

-

-

2 304 420

-Loans and advances to customers

21 494 676

3 090 076

6 518 419

12 765 773

14 460 282

24 778 299

47 145 650

92 928 351

223 181 526

-Investment securities

-

516 386

2 990 907

1 387 744

7 766 309

12 893 198

34 512 435

19 158 194

79 225 173

Liabilities

166 665 253

37 185 357

25 293 078

3 728 611

3 742 907

6 122 544

1 756 837

3 561 008

248 055 595

including:

- Sell-buy-back transactions

-

2 581 698

-

-

-

-

-

-

2 581 698

- Deposits from banks

1 675 077

182 032

4 227

61 600

10 000

-

-

-

1 932 936

- Deposits from customers

164 990 176

34 404 159

25 220 208

3 482 605

1 694 382

315 977

509 428

130 772

230 747 707

- Debt securities in issue

-

-

53 378

135 388

1 960 025

5 081 798

-

3 430 237

10 660 826

- Subordinated liabilities

-

-

15 265

30 716

41 415

650 802

1 025 508

-

1 763 706

Contractual liquidity gap

(129 255 113)

(17 191 783)

(9 422 318)

10 922 789

20 640 356

33 738 373

81 224 072

108 525 538

99 181 914

Cummulated contractual liquidity gap

(129 255 113)

(146 446 896)

(155 869 214)

(144 946 425)

(124 306 069)

(90 567 696)

(9 343 624)

99 181 914

-

Off Balance positions Total, of which:

62 467 753

40 295

118 012

130 391

667 937

641 242

380 924

1 166 057

65 612 611

-guarantees & letters of credits

20 205 572

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

20 205 572

*The vast majority of other financial liabilities are within the range of 1 month

The table below presents cash flows from derivative financial instruments whose valuation was negative at the reporting date. The cash flows include IRS, FRA, CIRS, Fx Swap, Fx Forward and options transactions. The data below include undiscounted cash flow amounts from these transactions according to the contract dates. In the case of options, the valuation amount at the reporting date is included:

31.12.2025

up to 1 month

from 1 to 3 months

from 3 to 6 months

from 6 to 12 months

from 1 to 2 years

from 2 to 5 years

above 5 years

TOTAL

Inflows

24 497 999

27 231 272

16 037 478

22 372 658

15 831 044

9 189 132

20 443 117

135 602 700

Outflows

25 066 906

27 746 177

16 350 596

22 616 198

15 987 540

9 247 987

20 814 510

137 829 914

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

In thousands of PLN

31.12.2024 restated

A'vista

up to 1 month

from 1 to 3 months

from 3 to 6 months

from 6 to 12 months

from 1 to 2 years

from 2 to 5 years

above 5 years

TOTAL

Assets, incl:

36 478 807

26 889 777

13 670 889

19 360 497

22 572 842

30 375 465

78 087 679

103 611 714

331 047 670

- Cash and cash equivalents

11 558 138

17 002 708

-

-

-

-

-

-

28 560 846

-Loans and advances to banks

876 801

-

1 723 259

1 300 172

-

-

-

290 000

4 190 232

-Loans and advances to customers

24 040 451

1 801 496

6 437 491

13 712 041

12 757 017

20 995 755

50 948 149

89 623 723

220 316 123

-Investment securities

-

125 883

2 532 856

3 092 797

9 815 317

9 379 426

27 139 529

13 697 991

65 783 799

Liabilities

158 517 249

31 624 032

24 301 240

4 616 826

5 195 891

3 116 986

4 471 652

149 862

231 993 738

including:

- Sell-buy-back transactions

-

1 199 153

-

-

-

-

-

-

1 199 153

- Deposits from banks

2 944 280

27 004

35 201

10 300

20 000

-

-

-

3 036 785

- Deposits from customers

155 572 969

30 387 160

24 118 589

4 295 444

1 631 005

149 458

142 066

12 360

216 309 052

- Debt securities in issue

-

-

106 848

226 525

3 420 010

2 243 199

2 343 016

120 299

8 459 897

- Subordinated liabilities

-

-

18 966

51 742

65 492

633 936

1 697 715

-

2 467 850

- Lease liabilities

-

10 715

21 636

32 815

59 384

90 393

288 855

17 203

521 001

Contractual liquidity gap

(122 038 442)

(4 734 255)

(10 630 351)

14 743 671

17 376 951

27 258 479

73 616 027

103 461 852

99 053 932

Cummulated contractual liquidity gap

(122 038 442)

(126 772 697)

(137 403 048)

(122 659 377)

(105 282 426)

(78 023 947)

(4 407 920)

99 053 932

-

Off Balance positions Total, of which:

58 063 956

35 011

379 297

429 065

761 252

371 504

633 572

23

60 673 680

-guarantees & letters of credits

20 206 713

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

20 206 713

*Data restated following changes to the presentation of cash and cash equivalents; details are presented in Note 2.5.

** The vast majority of other financial liabilities are within the range of 1 month

The table below presents cash flows from derivative financial instruments whose valuation was negative at the reporting date. The cash flows include IRS, FRA, CIRS, Fx Swap, Fx Forward and options transactions. The data below include undiscounted cash flow amounts from these transactions according to the contract dates. In the case of options, the valuation amount at the reporting date is included:

31.12.2024

up to 1 month

from 1 to 3 months

from 3 to 6 months

from 6 to 12 months

from 1 to 2 years

from 2 to 5 years

above 5 years

TOTAL

Inflows

34 049 544

30 323 895

28 821 985

31 954 661

23 313 334

15 323 721

24 348 840

188 135 980

Outflows

34 089 182

28 273 183

24 860 495

35 230 961

21 445 705

14 506 305

22 536 127

180 941 958

In the tables above, the liquidity gap analysis does not take into account the effect of uncertainty related to flows related to CHF-indexed mortgage loans. Due to the risks described in note 46, cash flows may occur in terms, currencies and amounts other than currently included in In the opinion of the bank, however, this should not cause problems related to compliance with the liquidity regulations of the Bank.

The Bank uses secured instruments to fund its activity to a limited degree only. Based on existing contractual provisions, there is no need to provide additional security for the above-mentioned instruments in the event of a rating downgrade.

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

in thousands of PLN

4.     Capital management 

Introduction

It is the policy of Santander Bank Polska to maintain a level of capital adequate to the type and scale of operations and the level of risk.

The level of own funds required to ensure safe operations of Santander Bank Polska S.A. and capital requirements estimated for unexpected losses is determined in accordance with:

           ·           Regulation (EU) No. 575/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of June 26, 2013, on prudential requirements for credit institutions and investment firms, amending Regulation (EU) No. 648/2012, as amended, including by Regulation (EU) 2019/876 of the European Parliament and of the Council of May 20, 2019, and Regulation (EU) 2024/1623 of the European Parliament and of the Council of May 31, 2024 (hereinafter referred to as CRR).

The Management Board is accountable for capital management, calculation and maintenance processes, including the assessment of capital adequacy in different economic conditions and the evaluation of stress test results and their impact on internal and regulatory capital and capital ratios.

The Bank Capital Committee regular assessment of the capital adequacy of Santander Bank Polska S.A., including in extreme conditions, the monitoring of the actual and required capital levels and the initiation of transactions affecting these levels.

Pursuant to the Bank's disclosure policy, detailed information on the level of own funds and capital requirements is provided in the report entitled ‘Information on the capital adequacy of the Santander Bank Polska S.A. Capital Group as at 31 December 2025’.

According to information provided internally to the Bank's key management in 2025 and 2024, Santander Bank Polska met all regulatory requirements regarding capital management.

Capital Policy

As at 31 December 2025, the minimum capital ratios, in accordance with the provisions of the CRR Regulation and the Act on Macroprudential Supervision, as well as supervisory recommendations regarding Pillar II surcharges, at the level of the Bank and Santander Bank Polska S.A. Group, are as follows:

·         Tier 1 capital ratio of 10.99%;

·         Total capital ratio of 12.99%;

The aforementioned capital ratios take into account:

·         The minimum capital ratios as required by the CRR: Common Equity Tier 1 ratio at 4.5%, Tier 1 capital ratio at 6.0% and total capital ratio at 8.0%.

·         On 11 March 2025, the Bank received a decision from the Polish Financial Supervision Authority stating that the decision of 21 December 2023 ordering the Bank to comply, on a consolidated basis, with an additional own funds requirement in excess of the amount calculated in accordance with the CRR, by maintaining own funds to cover the additional capital requirement to secure the risk arising from mortgage-backed foreign currency loans and advances to households. Based on the decision issued by the Polish Financial Supervision Authority on November 5, 2019, earlier recommendations concerning Santander Bank Polska S.A. maintaining an additional capital requirement related to the portfolio of foreign currency mortgage loans for households at the individual level also expired.

·         Capital buffer due to the classification of Santander Bank Polska S.A. as another systemically important institution. Pursuant to the letter of 19 December 2017, Santander Bank Polska S.A. was identified as another systemically important institution and an additional capital buffer was imposed on it. Based on the decision of the Polish Financial Supervision Authority of 21 November 2025, Santander Bank Polska S.A. maintains additional own funds of 1.5 p.p. The Santander Bank Polska S.A. Group maintains its capital buffer at the same level.

·         The buffer is maintained in accordance with the Act on Macroprudential Supervision. In line with the adjustment to the CRR regulations in 2019, this buffer reached its maximum value of 2.50 p.p.

·         The countercyclical buffer was introduced in accordance with the Macroprudential Supervision Act and amended by the Minister of Finance by way of a regulation  At the meeting held on 14 June 2024, the Financial Stability Committee passed a resolution on the recommendation for setting the countercyclical capital buffer for institutions that have exposures in the Republic of Poland at the level of:

o    1% – after 12 months;

o    2% – after 24 months

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

in thousands of PLN

·         from the date of announcement of the relevant regulation by the Minister of Finance. The Regulation of the Minister of Finance of 18 September 2024 on the countercyclical buffer rate entered into force on 24 September 2024. Pursuant to this Regulation, as of 25 September 2025, the countercyclical buffer rate is 1%.

·         The institution-specific countercyclical buffer for Santander Bank Polska S.A. as at 31 December 2025 at the individual level was 0.99%. The Santander Bank Polska S.A. Bank calculates the institution-specific countercyclical buffer rate in accordance with the provisions of the Act of 5 August 2015 on macroprudential supervision of the financial system and crisis management in the financial system.

·         On 25 November 2025, the Bank received a letter from the Polish Financial Supervision Authority informing it that in the supervisory assessment process, the Bank's sensitivity to the possible materialisation of stress scenarios affecting the level of own funds and risk exposure was assessed as low. The total capital add-ons recommended under Pillar II, offset by the buffer requirement, amount to 0.00 p.p. at the individual level and 0.00 p.p. at the consolidated level. Therefore, the Polish Financial Supervision Authority does not impose an additional P2G capital charge to absorb potential losses resulting from extreme conditions.

The table below presents the minimum capital ratios at the individual level as at the end of 2025 and in the comparative period.

Components of the minimum capital requirement

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

Minimal capital ratios

Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio

4.5%

4.5%

Tier 1 capital ratio 

6%

6%

Total capital ratio

8%

8%

Additional capital requirement for Santander Bank Polska relating to the portfolio of FX mortgage loans for households

no requirement

no requirement

The capital buffer for Santander Bank Polska as other systemically important institution

ü 1.5 p.p.

ü 1 p.p.

The capital conservation buffer maintained in accordance with the Macroprudential Supervision Act

ü  2.5 p.p.

ü  2.5 p.p.

The countercyclical buffer(BRS)

ü  0 p.p.

ü  0 p.p.

An institution-specific counter-cyclical buffer

ü  0.99 p.p.

ü  0.02 p.p.

The bank's sensitivity to an unfavorable macroeconomic scenario measured using the supervisory stress tests results (P2G)

ü  0.0 p.p.

ü  0.0 p.p.

Regulatory Capital

The capital requirement of the Santander Bank Polska S.A. is determined in accordance with Part Three of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 2013 on prudential requirements for credit institutions and investment firms, amending Regulation (EU) No 648/2012, which constituted the legal basis as at the reporting date, i.e. 31 December 2025.

Santander Bank Polska uses the standardised approach to calculate the capital requirement for credit risk, market risk and operational risk. According to this approach, the total capital requirement for credit risk is calculated as the sum of risk-weighted exposures multiplied by 8%. The exposure value for these assets is equal to the carrying amount, while the value of off-balance sheet liabilities corresponds to their balance sheet equivalent. Risk-weighted exposures are calculated by means of applying risk weights to all exposures in accordance with the CRR.

The table below presents the calculation of the capital ratio for Santander Bank Polska SA as at 31 December 2025 and in the comparative period.

 

Santander Bank Polska S.A.   (in PLN k)

31.12.2025

31.12.2024*

I

Total own funds 2)

27 269 662,5

26 692 496,9

II

Reductions

2 958 275,7

2 675 080,2

III

Own funds after reductions (I-II)

24 311 386,8

24 017 416,7

IV

Tier 1 Capital

23 662 435,5

22 813 768,4

* data for the relevant periods include earnings included in own funds in accordance with the applicable EBA guidelines

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

in thousands of PLN

Internal Capital

Notwithstanding the regulatory methods for measuring capital requirements, Santander Bank Polska S.A. carries out an independent assessment of current and future capital adequacy as part of the internal capital adequacy assessment process (ICAAP). The purpose of the process is to ensure that the level and nature of own funds guarantee the solvency and stability of the Bank’s and the Group’s operations.

The capital adequacy assessment is one of the fundamental elements of the Bank’s strategy, the process of defining risk appetite and the process of planning.

In the ICAAP the Bank uses assessment models based on the statistical loss estimation for measurable risks, such as credit risk, market risk and operational risk, plus its own assessment of capital requirements for other material risks not covered by the model, e.g. reputational risk and compliance risk.

The internal capital is estimated on the basis of risk parameters including the probability of default (PD) by Santander Bank Polska S.A. customers and the loss given default (LGD).

The Bank performs an internal assessment of capital requirements, including under stressed conditions, taking into account different macroeconomic scenarios.

Internal capital estimation models are assessed and reviewed annually to adjust them to the scale and profile of the business of Santander Bank Polska S.A. and to take account of any new risks and the management’s judgement.

The review and assessment is the responsibility of the bank’s risk management committees, including: the Capital Committee and the Model Risk Management Committee.

Subordinated Liabilities

As part of its strategy to increase Tier II supplementary capital, on 22 May 2017, the Bank issued subordinated bonds with a nominal value of EUR 137.1 million and received approval to include them in Tier II capital by decision of the Polish Financial Supervision Authority dated 19 October 2017. From 22 May 2022, it is subject to linear amortisation as provided for in Article 64 of the CRR due to the last 5 years of its maturity.

On 12 June 2018, Santander Bank Polska S.A. received approval from the Polish Financial Supervision Authority to classify the Series F subordinated bonds issued on 5 April 2018 by Santander Bank Polska S.A. with a total nominal value of PLN 1 billion as Tier II capital instruments of the Bank. From 5 April 2023, it is subject to straight-line amortisation as provided for in Article 64 of the CRR due to the last 5 years of its maturity.

For more information on subordinated liabilities, see Note 33.

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

in thousands of PLN

5.     Net interest income

Interest income and similar to interest

1.01.2025-31.12.2025

1.01.2024-31.12.2024

Interest income on financial assets measured at amortised cost

14 629 603

14 173 256

Loans and advances to enterprises and leasing agreements

4 549 691

4 841 708

Loans and advances to individuals, of which:

6 326 130

6 346 836

Home mortgage loans

3 770 732

3 743 245

Loans and advances to banks

798 373

886 723

Loans and advances to public sector

133 783

108 774

Reverse repo transactions

652 639

667 909

Debt securities

2 077 979

1 380 452

Interest recorded on hedging IRS

91 008

(59 146)

Interest income on financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income

1 848 593

1 875 462

Loans and advances to enterprises

272 133

283 496

Loans and advances to public sector

15 527

16 789

Debt securities

1 560 933

1 575 177

Income similar to interest - financial assets measured at fair value through profit or loss

102 663

54 536

Loans and advances to individuals

200

1 336

Debt securities

102 463

53 200

Total income

16 580 859

16 103 254

The impact of payment deferrals on the Bank’s net interest income in 2025 totalled PLN nil k and PLN 134,500k respectively.

It was recognised as an adjustment to the gross carrying amount of mortgage loans due to the change of expected cash flows and a decrease in interest income.

 

Interest expenses

1.01.2025-31.12.2025

1.01.2024-31.12.2024

Interest expenses on financial liabilities measured at amortised cost

(4 257 693)

(4 185 792)

Liabilities to individuals

(1 554 756)

(1 572 468)

Liabilities to enterprises

(1 216 467)

(1 166 049)

Repo transactions

(344 760)

(271 877)

Liabilities to public sector

(307 751)

(373 972)

Liabilities to banks

(84 525)

(122 028)

Lease liability

(22 846)

(21 749)

Subordinated liabilities and issue of securities

(726 588)

(657 649)

Total costs

(4 257 693)

(4 185 792)

Net interest income

12 323 166

11 917 462

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

in thousands of PLN

6.     Net fee and commission income

Fee and commission income

1.01.2025-31.12.2025

1.01.2024-31.12.2024

eBusiness & payments

304 448

296 034

Account maintenance and payment transactions

408 244

399 726

Foreign exchange commissions

912 341

871 056

Credit commissions incl. factoring commissions and other

374 528

351 908

Insurance commissions

164 530

160 346

Commissions from brokerage activities

196 613

156 210

Credit cards

92 786

88 780

Debit cards

465 440

441 454

Off-balance sheet guarantee commissions

164 552

147 183

Issue arrangement fees

28 612

18 311

Distribution fees

118 965

97 185

Total

3 231 059

3 028 193

Fee and commission expenses

1.01.2025-31.12.2025

1.01.2024-31.12.2024

eBusiness & payments

(95 214)

(94 061)

Account maintenance and payment transactions

(16 332)

(13 698)

Commissions from brokerage activities

(21 113)

(15 293)

Credit cards

(17 529)

(10 166)

Debit cards

(159 517)

(136 863)

Credit agency fees

(48 983)

(27 551)

Other agency fees*

(68 552)

(61 001)

Insurance commissions

(9 469)

(11 806)

Finance lease commissions

(1 105)

(759)

Commissions paid to other banks

(12 476)

(15 454)

Off-balance sheet guarantee commissions

(9 785)

(20 071)

Brokerage fees

(19 592)

(21 050)

Other

(54 085)

(47 940)

Total

(533 752)

(475 713)

Net fee and commission income

2 697 307

2 552 480

* To better reflect the nature of the transactions, the Group has changed the presentation of the Cost of agency fees by creating a separate line item: “Other agency fees”. The data for 2024 have been re-presented for comparison purposes. Previously, the above costs were presented in the following line items: “Account maintenance and payment transactions”, “Credit agency fees” and “Other”.

Included above is fee and commission income on credits, credit cards, off-balance sheet guarantees and leases of PLN 631,866 k (31.12.2024: PLN 587,871 k) and fee and commission expenses on credit cards, leases and paid to credit agents of PLN (66,512) k (31.12.2024: PLN (37,717)) k) other than fees included in determining the effective interest rate, relating to financial assets and liabilities not carried at fair value through profit and loss.

7.     Dividend income

Dividend income

1.01.2025-31.12.2025

1.01.2024-31.12.2024

Dividends income from subsidiaries and associates

211 576

196 919

Dividends income from investment securities measured at fair value through other comprehensive income

11 268

10 226

Dividends income from equity financial assets held for trading

4 633

5 187

Total

227 477

212 332

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

in thousands of PLN

8.     Net trading income and revaluation

Net trading income and revaluation

1.01.2025-31.12.2025

1.01.2024-31.12.2024

Derivative instruments

(28 508)

192 413

Interbank fx transactions

92 429

(88 195)

Net gains on sale of equity securities measured at fair value through profit or loss

58 004

(8 926)

Net gains on sale of debt securities measured at fair value through profit or loss

137 875

93 158

Change in fair value of loans and advances mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss

2 473

972

Total

262 273

189 422

The amounts included CVA and DVA adjustments which in 2025 and 2024 totalled PLN 481 k and PLN 227 k respectively.

9.     Gains (losses) from other financial securities

Gains (losses) from other financial securities

1.01.2025-31.12.2025

1.01.2024-31.12.2024

Net gains on sale of debt securities measured at fair value through other comprehensive income

15 397

14 482

Total gains (losses) on financial instruments

15 397

14 482

Change in fair value of hedging instruments

(112 162)

(28 645)

Change in fair value of underlying hedged positions*

107 908

37 582

Total gains (losses) on hedging and hedged instruments

(4 254)

8 937

Total

11 143

23 419

* details are described in Note 41

10.Other operating income

Other operating income

1.01.2025-31.12.2025

1.01.2024-31.12.2024

Income from services rendered

20 979

29 548

Release of provision for legal cases and other assets

13 084

28 780

Recovery of other receivables (expired, cancelled and uncollectable)

35 773

29

Income from claims received from the insurer

673

1 653

Received compensations, penalties and fines

1 067

1 664

Gains on lease modifications

-

3 641

Other

11 102

9 576

Total

82 678

74 891

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

in thousands of PLN

11.Impairment allowances for expected credit losses

Impairment allowances for expected credit losses on loans and advances measured at amortised cost

1.01.2025-31.12.2025

1.01.2024-31.12.2024

Charge for loans and advances to banks

(137)

81

Stage 1

(137)

81

Stage 2

-

-

Stage 3

-

-

POCI

-

-

Charge for loans and advances to customers

(544 729)

(621 575)

Stage 1

(12 317)

(30 798)

Stage 2

(233 017)

(336 538)

Stage 3

(364 645)

(360 216)

POCI

65 250

105 977

Recoveries of loans previously written off

(3 170)

3 572

Stage 1

-

-

Stage 2

-

-

Stage 3

(3 170)

3 572

POCI

-

-

Off-balance sheet credit related facilities

7 922

(20 002)

Stage 1

(6 158)

1 663

Stage 2

1 699

12 111

Stage 3

12 381

(33 776)

POCI

-

-

Total

(540 114)

(637 924)

12.Employee costs

Employee costs

1.01.2025-31.12.2025

1.01.2024-31.12.2024

Salaries and bonuses

(1 809 383)

(1 681 635)

Salary related costs

(307 610)

(283 935)

Cost of contributions to Employee Capital Plans

(15 445)

(13 746)

Staff benefits costs

(52 923)

(51 673)

Professional trainings

(9 319)

(8 722)

Retirement fund, holiday provisions and other employee costs

(4 086)

1 886

Total

(2 198 766)

(1 922 631)

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

in thousands of PLN

13.General and administrative expenses

General and administrative expenses

1.01.2025-31.12.2025

1.01.2024-31.12.2024

Maintenance of premises

(112 111)

(119 687)

Cost of short-term lease, low-value assets lease and other payments

(8 626)

(10 740)

Non-tax deductible VAT- lease

(35 529)

(34 024)

Marketing and representation

(135 634)

(137 965)

IT systems costs

(446 813)

(408 440)

Cost of BFG, KNF and KDPW

(400 110)

(273 285)

Postal and telecommunication costs

(52 242)

(53 594)

Consulting and advisory fees

(76 004)

(42 636)

Cars, transport expenses, carriage of cash

(32 156)

(41 254)

Other external services

(256 633)

(248 430)

Stationery, cards, cheques etc.

(14 022)

(13 782)

Sundry taxes and charges

(33 833)

(36 533)

Data transmission

(21 009)

(20 146)

KIR, SWIFT settlements

(41 697)

(38 623)

Security costs

(15 797)

(14 987)

Costs of repairs

(10 603)

(9 724)

Other

(24 455)

(25 077)

Total

(1 717 274)

(1 528 927)

Amounts payable to market regulators (BFG, KNF and KDPW) totalled PLN (400,110)k and were higher than in 2024 due to the reinstatement (after two years) of a quarterly contribution to the BFG guarantee fund totalling PLN (83,685)k, and higher annual contribution to the BFG bank resolution fund, which totalled PLN (271,442)k in accordance with the BFG Council’s resolution of 21 March 2025. Total contributions payable by the Group to the Bank Guarantee Fund were PLN (355,127)k, as compared to PLN (233 075)k in 2024 r.

14.Other operating expenses

Other operating expenses

1.01.2025-31.12.2025

1.01.2024-31.12.2024

Charge of provisions for legal cases and other assets

(44 176)

(57 296)

Impairment loss on property, plant, equipment, intangible assets covered by financial lease agreements and other fixed assets

(626)

(14 304)

Gain on sales or liquidation of fixed assets, intangible assets and assets for disposal

(8 109)

(8 445)

Costs of purchased services

(2 021)

(7 486)

Other membership fees

(852)

(1 567)

Paid compensations, penalties and fines

(212)

(126)

Donations paid

(3 989)

(8 691)

Other

(47 327)

(23 255)

Total

(107 312)

(121 170)

15.Corporate income tax

Corporate income tax

1.01.2025-31.12.2025

1.01.2024-31.12.2024

Current tax charge in the income statement

(2 449 474)

(1 553 511)

Deferred tax charge in the income statement

209 835

(294 100)

Adjustments from previous years for current and deferred tax

11 039

15 505

Total tax on gross profit

(2 228 600)

(1 832 106)

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

in thousands of PLN

Corporate total tax charge information

1.01.2025-31.12.2025

1.01.2024-31.12.2024

Profit before tax

8 937 407

7 029 586

Tax rate

19%

19%

Tax calculated at the tax rate

(1 698 107)

(1 335 621)

Non-tax-deductible expenses

(16 422)

(16 496)

Provisions for legal claims regarding fx loans

(107 659)

(312 043)

The fee to the Bank Guarantee Fund

(67 474)

(44 284)

Tax on financial institutions

(158 949)

(147 817)

Non-taxable income

43 221

40 343

Non-tax deductible bad debt provisions

(14 557)

(20 913)

Adjustment of prior years tax

11 039

15 505

Impact of the recalculation of deferred tax at new CIT rates

173 541

-

Difference between the carrying amount and the tax value of the sold SCB shares *)

(399 489)

-

Other

6 256

(10 780)

Total tax on gross profit

(2 228 600)

(1 832 106)

*) The total tax charge on the sale of shares in SCB amounts to kPLN 579 721. PLN 180,231k of this charge is disclosed under “Income tax charge on profit before tax”. The remaining amount of the tax charge, amounting to PLN 399 489 k, results from the fact that in relation to the sale of the SCB shares, the Bank set the tax deductible acquisition cost of the shares on the basis of the share exchange. Then, it used the nominal value of own shares issued at the time of the acquisition as the acquisition cost in order to determine the taxable income from the sale of the SCB shares.

Deferred tax recognised in other comprehensive income

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

Relating to valuation of debt investments measured at fair value through other comprehensive income

45 696

147 791

Relating to valuation of equity investments measured at fair value through other comprehensive income

(105 722)

(82 678)

Relating to cash flow hedging activity

(224 669)

(19 315)

Relating to valuation of defined benefit plans

(288)

623

Total

(284 983)

46 421

At the start of 2025, the act implementing a global top-up tax in Poland became effective. As the Bank is required to apply the provisions of this act, it assessed their potential impact based on the latest financial statements and tax calculations of the Group companies. In the Bank’s opinion, the provisions on top-up tax will not result in an additional tax charge in 2025 and 2026..

Pursuant to applicable laws, significant changes were introduced to the taxation of the banking sector in Poland, effective as of 1 January 2026.

They include an increase in the standard corporate income tax rate for banks from 19% to 30% from 1 January 2026, followed by a gradual reduction to 26% in 2027 and a target level of 23% from 2028 onwards.

Due to the change of CIT rates applicable as of 1 January 2026 and in 2027–2028, the Bank recalculated deferred tax items as at

31 December 2025.

The impact of the recalculation on the deferred tax totals PLN 173m.

The comparative data have not been restated.

16.Earnings per share

Earnings per share

1.01.2025-31.12.2025

1.01.2024-31.12.2024

Profit for the period attributable to ordinary shares

6 708 807

5 197 480

Weighted average number of ordinary shares

102 189 314

102 189 314

Earnings per share (PLN)

65,65

50,86

Profit for the period attributable to ordinary shares

6 708 807

5 197 480

Weighted average number of ordinary shares

102 189 314

102 189 314

Diluted earnings per share (PLN)

65,65

50,86

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

in thousands of PLN

17.Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents

31.12.2025

31.12.2024*

restated

1.01.2024*

restated

Cash and balances with central banks

13 696 120

10 240 316

8 275 110

Loans and advances to banks

2 226 006

4 835 277

8 686 926

Reverse sale and repurchase agreements from banks

8 586 993

7 650 952

10 640 461

Debt securities measured at fair value through other comprehensive income

5 995 633

5 995 624

6 096 392

Total

30 504 752

28 722 169

33 698 889

*Data restated following changes to the presentation of cash and cash equivalents; details are presented in Note 2.5.

Santander Bank Polska SA hold an obligatory reserve in a current account in the National Bank of Poland. The figure is calculated at a fixed percentage of minimal statutory reserve of the monthly average balance of the customers’ deposits, which was 3.5% as at 31 December 2025 and 31 December 2024.

In accordance with the applicable regulations, the amount of the calculated provision is reduced by the equivalent of EUR 500 k.

18.Loans and advances to banks

Loans and advances to banks

31.12.2025

31.12.2024*

restated

1.01.2024*

restated

Measured at amortised cost

 

Loans and advances

1 799 230

4 167 606

359 767

Current accounts

15 177

177

1 870

Gross receivables measured at amortised cost

1 814 407

4 167 783

361 637

Measured at fair value through other comprehensive income

Loans

556 022

-

-

Gross receivables measured at fair value through other comprehensive income

556 022

-

-

Gross receivables

2 370 429

4 167 783

361 637

Allowance for impairment

(228)

(86)

(163)

Total

2 370 201

4 167 697

361 474

*Data restated following changes to the presentation of cash and cash equivalents; details are presented in Note 2.5.

Fair value of loans and advances to banks is presented in Note 44.

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

in thousands of PLN

Loans and advances to banks

measured at amortised cost

31.12.2025

 

 

 

 

 

Gross carrying amount

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

POCI

Total

As at the beginning of the period

4 167 783

-

-

-

4 167 783

Transfers

 

 

 

 

 

Transfer to Stage 1

-

-

-

-

-

Transfer to Stage 2

-

-

-

-

-

Transfer to Stage 3

-

-

-

-

-

New financial assets originated

1 522 901

-

-

-

1 522 901

Changes in existing financial assets

(39)

-

-

-

(39)

Financial assets derecognised that are not write-offs

(3 831 578)

-

-

-

(3 831 578)

Write-offs

-

-

-

-

-

Other movements incl. FX differences

(44 660)

-

-

-

(44 660)

As at the end of the period

1 814 407

-

-

-

1 814 407

.

Loans and advances to banks

measured at fair value through other comprehensive income

31.12.2025

 

 

 

 

 

Gross carrying amount

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

POCI

Total

As at the beginning of the period

-

-

-

-

-

Transfers

 

 

 

 

-

Transfer to Stage 1

-

-

-

-

-

Transfer to Stage 2

-

-

-

-

-

Transfer to Stage 3

-

-

-

-

-

New financial assets originated

556 022

-

-

-

556 022

Changes in existing financial assets

-

-

-

-

-

Financial assets derecognised that are not write-offs

-

-

-

-

-

Write-offs

-

-

-

-

-

Other movements incl. FX differences

-

-

-

-

-

As at the end of the period

556 022

-

-

-

556 022

Loans and advances to banks

31.12.2024*

restated

 

 

Gross carrying amount

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

POCI

Total

As at the beginning of the period

361 637

-

-

-

361 637

Transfers

 

 

 

 

 

Transfer to Stage 1

-

-

-

-

-

Transfer to Stage 2

-

-

-

-

-

Transfer to Stage 3

-

-

-

-

-

New financial assets originated

3 979 210

-

-

-

3 979 210

Changes in existing financial assets

(50 610)

-

-

-

(50 610)

Financial assets derecognised that are not write-offs

(110 170)

-

-

-

(110 170)

Write-offs

-

-

-

-

-

Other movements incl. FX differences

(12 284)

-

-

-

(12 284)

As at the end of the period

4 167 783

-

-

-

4 167 783

*Data restated following changes to the presentation of cash and cash equivalents; details are presented in Note 2.5.

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

in thousands of PLN

19.Financial assets and liabilities held for trading

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

Financial assets and liabilities held for trading

Assets

Liabilities

Assets

Liabilities

Trading derivatives

10 974 686

11 182 984

7 728 709

8 222 452

Interest rate operations

8 567 118

8 502 729

5 124 291

5 237 019

Forward

28

-

62

-

Options

40 557

40 961

95 715

96 066

IRS

8 352 334

8 300 399

4 819 115

4 955 212

FRA

174 199

161 369

209 399

185 741

FX operations

2 407 568

2 680 255

2 604 418

2 985 433

CIRS

877 256

1 111 278

675 305

1 001 811

Forward

237 211

197 678

254 083

270 288

FX Swap

1 183 317

1 261 832

1 575 868

1 614 354

Spot

1 426

1 019

1 148

670

Options

108 358

108 448

98 014

98 310

Debt and equity securities

4 304 272

-

1 637 872

-

Debt securities

3 995 006

-

1 517 541

-

Government securities:

3 978 470

-

1 490 857

-

- bills

311 948

-

-

-

- bonds

3 666 522

-

1 490 857

-

Commercial securities:

16 536

-

26 684

-

- bonds

16 536

-

26 684

-

Equity securities:

309 266

-

120 331

-

- listed

309 266

-

120 331

-

Short sale

-

1 180 478

-

1 703 764

Total

15 278 958

12 363 462

9 366 581

9 926 216

Financial assets and liabilities held for trading - trading derivatives include the change in the value of counterparty risk in the amount of PLN (390) k as at 31.12.2025 and PLN (874) k as at 31.12.2024.

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

in thousands of PLN

The table below presents derivatives’ nominal values:

Derivatives’ nominal values

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

Term derivatives (hedging)

62 065 153

62 312 085

Single-currency interest rate swap

3 305 529

6 333 554

Macro cash flow hedge -purchased (IRS)

55 202 239

51 235 900

Macro cash flow hedge -purchased (CIRS)

1 714 300

2 162 613

Macro cash flow hedge -sold (CIRS)

1 843 085

2 580 018

Term derivatives (trading)

1 756 519 284

1 631 474 095

Interest rate operations

1 327 299 049

1 094 117 924

-Single-currency interest rate swap

1 029 559 538

826 327 196

-FRA - purchased amounts

292 124 500

260 551 000

-Options

5 536 697

7 125 228

-Forward- purchased amounts

53 150

-

-Forward- sold amounts

25 164

114 500

FX operations

429 220 235

537 356 171

-FX swap – purchased amounts

147 128 707

194 155 974

-FX swap – sold amounts

147 221 752

194 260 627

-Forward- purchased amounts

19 205 218

22 407 221

-Forward- sold amounts

19 166 113

22 348 963

-Cross-currency interest rate swap – purchased amounts

40 496 805

40 893 547

-Cross-currency interest rate swap – sold amounts

40 733 057

41 178 953

-FX options -purchased CALL

3 775 807

5 314 983

-FX options -purchased PUT

3 858 472

5 740 460

-FX options -sold CALL

3 775 822

5 314 983

-FX options -sold PUT

3 858 482

5 740 460

Currency transactions- spot

2 910 222

3 238 593

Spot-purchased

1 455 289

1 619 550

Spot-sold

1 454 933

1 619 043

Transactions on equity financial instruments

313 460

123 222

Derivatives contract - purchased

313 098

122 469

Derivatives contract - sold

362

753

Total

1 821 808 119

1 697 147 995

In the case of single-currency transactions (IRS, FRA, non-FX options) only purchased amounts are presented.

20.Hedging derivatives

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

Hedging derivatives

Assets

Liabilities

Assets

Liabilities

Derivatives hedging fair value

61 758

31 738

173 150

95 108

Derivatives hedging cash flow

1 961 969

161 137

1 190 169

504 963

Total

2 023 727

192 875

1 363 319

600 071

As at 31.12.2025, the line item: hedging derivatives – derivatives hedging cash flows reflects a change in the first-day valuation of forward-starting CIRS transactions of PLN (0) k and PLN (114) k as at 31.12.2024.

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

in thousands of PLN

21.Loans and advances to customers

31.12.2025

Loans and advances to customers

Measured at amortised cost

Measured at fair value through other comprehensive income

Measured at fair value through profit or loss

Total

Loans and advances to enterprises

75 960 176

3 069 335

-

79 029 511

Loans and advances to individuals, of which:

79 450 296

-

-

79 450 296

Home mortgage loans*

56 716 404

-

-

56 716 404

Loans and advances to public sector

1 892 281

249 526

-

2 141 807

Other receivables

52 356

188

-

52 544

Gross receivables

157 355 109

3 319 049

-

160 674 158

Allowance for impairment

(3 502 393)

(151 665)

-

(3 654 058)

Total

153 852 716

3 167 384

-

157 020 100

* Includes changes in gross book value described in note 45 Legal risk connected with CHF mortgage loans

31.12.2024

Loans and advances to customers

Measured at amortised cost

Measured at fair value through other comprehensive income

Measured at fair value through profit or loss

Total

Loans and advances to enterprises

73 592 721

4 140 166

-

77 732 887

Loans and advances to individuals, of which:

75 753 200

-

1 537

75 754 737

Home mortgage loans*

54 551 095

-

-

54 551 095

Loans and advances to public sector

2 189 158

249 725

-

2 438 883

Other receivables

61 405

123

-

61 528

Gross receivables

151 596 484

4 390 014

1 537

155 988 035

Allowance for impairment

(3 630 615)

(100 018)

-

(3 730 633)

Total

147 965 869

4 289 996

1 537

152 257 402

* Includes changes in gross book value described in note 45 Legal risk connected with CHF mortgage loans

Impact of the legal risk of mortgage loans in foreign currency

Gross carrying amount of mortgage loans in foreign currency before adjustment due to legal risk costs

Impact of the legal risk of mortgage loans in foreign currency

Gross carrying amount of mortgage loans in foreign currency after adjustment due to legal risk costs*

31.12.2025

 

 

 

Mortgage loans in foreign currency - adjustment to gross carrying amount

2 641 967

2 571 589**

70 378

Provision in respect of legal risk connected with foreign currency mortgage loans

 

2 194 704

 

Total

 

4 766 293

 

31.12.2024

 

 

 

Mortgage loans in foreign currency - adjustment to gross carrying amount

4 005 092

3 722 362

282 730

Provision in respect of legal risk connected with foreign currency mortgage loans

 

1 461 997

 

Total

 

5 184 359

 

* Includes changes in gross book value described in note 45 Legal risk connected with CHF mortgage loans

**of which the amount of PLN 2,350,380 k refers to loans denominated in and indexed to CHF, and the amount of PLN 221,209 k converted into PLN loans subject to debt enforcement

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

in thousands of PLN

Santander Bank Polska may write-off financial assets that are still subject to enforcement activity. The outstanding contractual amount of such assets written off during the year ended 31.12.2025 was PLN 132,536 k and as at 31.12.2024 was PLN 174,426 k.

Fair value of loans and advances to customers is presented in Note 44.

Loans and advances to customers

31.12.2025

 

 

Gross carrying amount

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

POCI

Total

As at the beginning of the period

131 745 203

14 405 919

4 903 948

541 414

151 596 484

Transfers

 

 

 

 

 

Transfer to Stage 1

15 818 933

(15 774 781)

(44 152)

-

-

Transfer to Stage 2

(21 189 686)

21 419 315

(229 629)

-

-

Transfer to Stage 3

(129 718)

(1 600 874)

1 730 592

-

-

New financial assets originated

27 092 966

-

-

-

27 092 966

Changes in existing financial assets

704 108

(1 689 557)

(847 747)

138 498

(1 694 698)

Financial assets derecognised that are not write-offs

(16 532 716)

(1 627 353)

(478 312)

(51 671)

(18 690 052)

Write-offs

-

-

(487 738)

-

(487 738)

FX and others movements

(425 591)

(26 469)

(16 196)

6 403

(461 853)

As at the end of the period

137 083 499

15 106 200

4 530 766

634 644

157 355 109

.

Movements on impairment losses on loans and advances to customers measured at amortised cost for reporting period

1.01.2025 - 31.12.2025

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Total

As at the beginning of the period

(299 424)

(761 363)

(2 469 975)

(3 530 762)

Transfers

 

 

 

 

Transfer to Stage 1

(681 229)

667 179

14 050

-

Transfer to Stage 2

219 060

(299 559)

80 499

-

Transfer to Stage 3

1 540

262 430

(263 970)

-

New financial assets originated

(107 093)

-

-

(107 093)

Changes in credit risk of existing financial assets

554 372

(742 029)

(368 699)

(556 356)

Changes in models and risk parameters

2 150

(4 410)

-

(2 260)

Financial assets derecognised that are not write-offs

62 776

79 575

158 200

300 551

Write-offs

-

-

487 738

487 738

FX and others movements

298

1 458

3 936

5 692

As at the end of the period

(247 550)

(796 719)

(2 358 221)

(3 402 490)

Reconciliation to Note 11: Impairment allowances for expected credit losses measured at amortised cost

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Total

Movements on allowances for expected credit losses on loans and advances to customers measured at amortised cost for reporting period 1.01.2025 - 31.12.2025

51 903

(35 357)

111 755

128 301

Transfers that do not go through profit and loss

(63 519)

(180 431)

54 724

(189 226)

Write-offs

-

-

(487 738)

(487 738)

Impairment allowances for expected credit losses on loans measured at fair value through other comprehensive income (underwriting)

(34)

(16 057)

(39 603)

(55 694)

FX differences

(667)

(1 172)

(3 783)

(5 622)

Total

(12 317)

(233 017)

(364 645)

(609 979)

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

in thousands of PLN

Movements on impairment losses on purchased or originated credit-impaired loans (POCI)

 

 

1.01.2025-31.12.2025

1.01.2024-31.12.2024

As at the beginning of the period

 

 

(99 853)

(129 288)

Charge/write back of current period

 

 

(262)

29 157

FX differences

 

 

72

292

Other

 

 

140

(14)

As at the end of the period

 

 

(99 903)

(99 853)

Loans and advances to customers

31.12.2024

 

 

Gross carrying amount

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

POCI

Total

As at the beginning of the period

130 084 322

6 374 101

4 742 799

724 927

141 926 149

Transfers

 

 

 

 

 

Transfer to Stage 1

10 356 522

(10 277 735)

(78 787)

-

-

Transfer to Stage 2

(22 198 149)

22 464 682

(266 533)

-

-

Transfer to Stage 3

(262 357)

(2 187 820)

2 450 177

-

-

New financial assets originated

20 747 171

-

-

-

20 747 171

Changes in existing financial assets

6 625 186

(1 075 773)

(755 048)

23 142

4 817 507

Financial assets derecognised that are not write-offs

(13 294 354)

(861 457)

(426 643)

(203 601)

(14 786 055)

Write-offs

-

-

(750 297)

-

(750 297)

FX and others movements

(313 138)

(30 079)

(11 720)

(3 054)

(357 991)

As at the end of the period

131 745 203

14 405 919

4 903 948

541 414

151 596 484

Movements on impairment losses on loans and advances to customers measured at amortised cost for reporting period

1.01.2024 - 31.12.2024

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Total

As at the beginning of the period

(450 337)

(562 084)

(2 690 684)

(3 703 105)

Transfers

 

 

 

 

Transfer to Stage 1

(668 021)

639 475

28 546

-

Transfer to Stage 2

357 076

(461 598)

104 522

-

Transfer to Stage 3

5 138

339 542

(344 680)

-

New financial assets originated

(125 555)

-

-

(125 555)

Changes in credit risk of existing financial assets

507 759

(801 976)

(451 554)

(745 771)

Changes in models and risk parameters

12 515

38 275

37 260

88 050

Financial assets derecognised that are not write-offs

61 065

45 634

92 696

199 395

Write-offs

-

-

750 297

750 297

FX and others movements

936

1 369

3 622

5 927

As at the end of the period

(299 424)

(761 363)

(2 469 975)

(3 530 762)

.

Reconciliation to Note 11: Impairment allowances for expected credit losses measured at amortised cost

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Total

Movements on allowances for expected credit losses on loans and advances to customers measured at amortised cost for reporting period 1.01.2024 - 31.12.2024

150 913

(199 280)

220 711

172 344

Transfers that do not go through profit and loss

(181 100)

(137 455)

180 147

(138 408)

Write-offs

-

-

(750 297)

(750 297)

Impairment allowances for expected credit losses on loans measured at fair value through other comprehensive income (underwriting)

106

2 099

(6 765)

(4 560)

FX differences

(717)

(1 902)

(4 011)

(6 630)

Total

(30 798)

(336 538)

(360 215)

(727 551)

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

in thousands of PLN

Loans and advances to enterprises

31.12.2025

 

 

Gross carrying amount

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

POCI

Total

As at the beginning of the period

65 521 648

4 804 043

2 965 076

301 954

73 592 721

Transfers

 

 

 

 

 

Transfer to Stage 1

4 498 853

(4 492 440)

(6 413)

-

-

Transfer to Stage 2

(6 803 415)

6 822 530

(19 115)

-

-

Transfer to Stage 3

(74 858)

(642 682)

717 540

-

-

New financial assets originated

10 301 901

-

-

-

10 301 901

Changes in existing financial assets

2 787 015

(788 372)

(743 988)

143 818

1 398 473

Financial assets derecognised that are not write-offs

(7 620 231)

(841 248)

(133 849)

(20 217)

(8 615 545)

Write-offs

-

-

(268 626)

-

(268 626)

FX and others movements

(413 995)

(25 272)

(8 626)

(855)

(448 748)

As at the end of the period

68 196 918

4 836 559

2 501 999

424 700

75 960 176

.

Movements on impairment losses on loans and advances to enterprises measured at amortised cost for reporting period

1.01.2025 - 31.12.2025

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Total

As at the beginning of the period

(142 684)

(362 259)

(1 458 009)

(1 962 952)

Transfers

 

 

 

 

Transfer to Stage 1

(252 290)

248 920

3 370

-

Transfer to Stage 2

75 806

(87 065)

11 259

-

Transfer to Stage 3

1 097

89 898

(90 995)

-

New financial assets originated

(32 066)

-

-

(32 066)

Changes in credit risk of existing financial assets

181 775

(265 691)

(34 275)

(118 191)

Changes in models and risk parameters

1 130

(3 050)

-

(1 920)

Financial assets derecognised that are not write-offs

26 200

43 459

17 208

86 867

Write-offs

-

-

268 626

268 626

FX and others movements

299

1 444

3 900

5 643

As at the end of the period

(140 733)

(334 344)

(1 278 916)

(1 753 993)

.

Movements on impairment losses on purchased or originated credit-impaired loans to enterprises (POCI)

 

 

1.01.2025-31.12.2025

1.01.2024-31.12.2024

As at the beginning of the period

 

 

(50 659)

(65 415)

Charge/write back of current period

 

 

(7 978)

14 487

FX differences

 

 

71

142

Other

 

 

134

127

As at the end of the period

 

 

(58 432)

(50 659)

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

in thousands of PLN

Loans and advances to enterprises

31.12.2024

 

 

Gross carrying amount

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

POCI

Total

As at the beginning of the period

63 320 246

3 853 273

2 701 478

439 322

70 314 319

Transfers

 

 

 

 

 

Transfer to Stage 1

3 305 934

(3 295 634)

(10 300)

-

-

Transfer to Stage 2

(6 638 966)

6 707 567

(68 601)

-

-

Transfer to Stage 3

(175 251)

(1 179 620)

1 354 871

-

-

New financial assets originated

5 694 208

-

-

-

5 694 208

Changes in existing financial assets

6 542 919

(767 596)

(571 367)

26 437

5 230 393

Financial assets derecognised that are not write-offs

(6 248 856)

(481 009)

(17 646)

(161 796)

(6 909 307)

Write-offs

-

-

(416 869)

-

(416 869)

FX and others movements

(278 586)

(32 938)

(6 490)

(2 009)

(320 023)

As at the end of the period

65 521 648

4 804 043

2 965 076

301 954

73 592 721

.

Movements on impairment losses on loans and advances to enterprises measured at amortised cost for reporting period

1.01.2024 - 31.12.2024

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Total

As at the beginning of the period

(177 954)

(325 689)

(1 585 684)

(2 089 327)

Transfers

 

 

 

 

Transfer to Stage 1

(261 944)

256 452

5 492

-

Transfer to Stage 2

102 697

(127 695)

24 998

-

Transfer to Stage 3

3 216

148 249

(151 465)

-

New financial assets originated

(33 973)

-

-

(33 973)

Changes in credit risk of existing financial assets

204 028

(334 281)

(125 389)

(255 642)

Changes in models and risk parameters

2 165

(3 345)

22 070

20 890

Financial assets derecognised that are not write-offs

18 487

22 681

(67 723)

(26 555)

Write-offs

-

-

416 869

416 869

FX and others movements

594

1 369

2 823

4 786

As at the end of the period

(142 684)

(362 259)

(1 458 009)

(1 962 952)

.

Loans and advances to individuals

- home mortgage loans

31.12.2025

 

 

Gross carrying amount

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

POCI

Total

As at the beginning of the period

47 304 137

6 312 015

790 156

144 787

54 551 095

Transfers

 

 

 

 

 

Transfer to Stage 1

5 816 781

(5 790 724)

(26 057)

-

-

Transfer to Stage 2

(5 666 918)

5 768 652

(101 734)

-

-

Transfer to Stage 3

(22 789)

(233 302)

256 091

-

-

New financial assets originated

4 769 420

-

-

-

4 769 420

Changes in existing financial assets

1 706 968

(178 394)

(32 018)

(18 078)

1 478 478

Financial assets derecognised that are not write-offs

(3 587 466)

(348 564)

(101 763)

(11 914)

(4 049 707)

Write-offs

-

-

(22 405)

-

(22 405)

FX and others movements

(8 743)

(1 099)

(420)

(215)

(10 477)

As at the end of the period

50 311 390

5 528 584

761 850

114 580

56 716 404

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

in thousands of PLN

Movements on impairment losses on loans and advances to individuals for home mortgage loans measured at amortised cost for reporting period 1.01.2025 - 31.12.2025

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Total

As at the beginning of the period

(13 037)

(79 114)

(267 680)

(359 831)

Transfers

 

 

 

 

Transfer to Stage 1

(68 138)

61 721

6 417

-

Transfer to Stage 2

5 831

(30 520)

24 689

-

Transfer to Stage 3

26

17 379

(17 405)

-

New financial assets originated

(1 148)

-

-

(1 148)

Changes in credit risk of existing financial assets

63 696

(29 170)

(67 328)

(32 802)

Changes in models and risk parameters

80

(550)

-

(470)

Financial assets derecognised that are not write-offs

825

3 986

32 770

37 581

Write-offs

-

-

13 268

13 268

FX and others movements

29

192

(5 497)

(5 276)

As at the end of the period

(11 836)

(56 076)

(280 766)

(348 678)

.

Movements on impairment losses on purchased or originated credit-impaired loans to individuals for home mortgage loans (POCI)

 

 

1.01.2025-31.12.2025

1.01.2024-31.12.2024

As at the beginning of the period

 

 

(22 950)

(31 321)

Charge/write back of current period

 

 

6 034

8 396

FX differences

 

 

1

150

Other

 

 

1

(175)

As at the end of the period

 

 

(16 914)

(22 950)

.

Loans and advances to individuals

- home mortgage loans

31.12.2024

 

 

Gross carrying amount

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

POCI

Total

As at the beginning of the period

48 590 417

1 354 270

888 141

173 757

51 006 585

Transfers

 

 

 

 

 

Transfer to Stage 1

3 538 389

(3 498 829)

(39 560)

-

-

Transfer to Stage 2

(8 916 681)

9 022 501

(105 820)

-

-

Transfer to Stage 3

(37 907)

(255 384)

293 291

-

-

New financial assets originated

4 088 677

-

-

-

4 088 677

Changes in existing financial assets

2 598 089

(133 237)

(107 240)

(12 455)

2 345 157

Financial assets derecognised that are not write-offs

(2 485 914)

(180 209)

(122 958)

(15 474)

(2 804 555)

Write-offs

-

-

(13 268)

-

(13 268)

FX and others movements

(70 933)

2 903

(2 430)

(1 041)

(71 501)

As at the end of the period

47 304 137

6 312 015

790 156

144 787

54 551 095

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

in thousands of PLN

Movements on impairment losses on loans and advances to individuals for home mortgage loans measured at amortised cost for reporting period 1.01.2024 - 31.12.2024

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Total

As at the beginning of the period

(35 890)

(35 470)

(369 124)

(440 484)

Transfers

 

 

 

 

Transfer to Stage 1

(74 022)

64 486

9 536

-

Transfer to Stage 2

27 155

(54 776)

27 621

-

Transfer to Stage 3

118

27 083

(27 201)

-

New financial assets originated

(6 581)

-

-

(6 581)

Changes in credit risk of existing financial assets

72 286

(104 287)

9 665

(22 336)

Changes in models and risk parameters

2 070

20 180

15 190

37 440

Financial assets derecognised that are not write-offs

1 472

3 673

52 616

57 761

Write-offs

-

-

13 268

13 268

FX and others movements

355

(3)

749

1 101

As at the end of the period

(13 037)

(79 114)

(267 680)

(359 831)

Loans and advances to individuals

- other loans

31.12.2025

 

 

Gross carrying amount

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

POCI

Total

As at the beginning of the period

16 850 380

3 111 942

1 145 467

94 316

21 202 105

Transfers

 

 

 

 

 

Transfer to Stage 1

5 503 299

(5 491 617)

(11 682)

-

-

Transfer to Stage 2

(8 719 352)

8 828 132

(108 780)

-

-

Transfer to Stage 3

(32 071)

(724 890)

756 961

-

-

New financial assets originated

12 153 521

-

-

-

12 153 521

Changes in existing financial assets

(3 789 875)

(549 457)

(80 085)

20 123

(4 399 294)

Financial assets derecognised that are not write-offs

(5 325 018)

(437 541)

(242 700)

(19 430)

(6 024 689)

Write-offs

-

-

(196 707)

-

(196 707)

FX and others movements

(891)

(98)

(53)

(2)

(1 044)

As at the end of the period

16 639 993

4 736 471

1 262 421

95 007

22 733 892

Movements on impairment losses on loans and advances to individuals for other loans measured at amortised cost for reporting period 1.01.2025 - 31.12.2025

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Total

As at the beginning of the period

(143 705)

(319 990)

(744 286)

(1 207 981)

Transfers

 

 

 

 

Transfer to Stage 1

(360 800)

356 537

4 263

-

Transfer to Stage 2

137 423

(181 974)

44 551

-

Transfer to Stage 3

416

155 154

(155 570)

-

New financial assets originated

(73 879)

-

-

(73 879)

Changes in credit risk of existing financial assets

308 902

(447 168)

(267 096)

(405 362)

Changes in models and risk parameters

940

(810)

-

130

Financial assets derecognised that are not write-offs

35 750

32 129

108 221

176 100

Write-offs

-

-

205 844

205 844

FX and others movements

(29)

(179)

5 534

5 326

As at the end of the period

(94 982)

(406 301)

(798 539)

(1 299 822)

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

in thousands of PLN

Movements on impairment losses on purchased or originated credit-impaired loans to individuals for other loans (POCI)

 

 

1.01.2025-31.12.2025

1.01.2024-31.12.2024

As at the beginning of the period

 

 

(26 245)

(32 553)

Charge/write back of current period

 

 

1 683

6 274

Other

 

 

6

34

As at the end of the period

 

 

(24 556)

(26 245)

Loans and advances to individuals

- other loans

31.12.2024

 

 

Gross carrying amount

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

POCI

Total

As at the beginning of the period

17 146 476

1 157 781

1 149 610

111 524

19 565 391

Transfers

 

 

 

 

 

Transfer to Stage 1

3 512 200

(3 483 272)

(28 928)

-

-

Transfer to Stage 2

(6 642 502)

6 734 614

(92 112)

-

-

Transfer to Stage 3

(49 198)

(752 817)

802 015

-

-

New financial assets originated

9 925 230

-

-

-

9 925 230

Changes in existing financial assets

(2 515 822)

(344 080)

(78 920)

8 906

(2 929 916)

Financial assets derecognised that are not write-offs

(4 559 583)

(200 239)

(286 039)

(26 110)

(5 071 971)

Write-offs

-

-

(320 160)

-

(320 160)

FX and others movements

33 579

(45)

1

(4)

33 531

As at the end of the period

16 850 380

3 111 942

1 145 467

94 316

21 202 105

Movements on impairment losses on loans and advances to individuals for home other loans measured at amortised cost for reporting period 1.01.2024 - 31.12.2024

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Total

As at the beginning of the period

(236 493)

(200 924)

(735 877)

(1 173 294)

Transfers

 

 

 

 

Transfer to Stage 1

(332 055)

318 537

13 518

-

Transfer to Stage 2

227 223

(279 126)

51 903

-

Transfer to Stage 3

1 804

164 209

(166 013)

-

New financial assets originated

(85 002)

-

-

(85 002)

Changes in credit risk of existing financial assets

231 446

(363 408)

(335 829)

(467 791)

Changes in models and risk parameters

8 280

21 440

-

29 720

Financial assets derecognised that are not write-offs

41 106

19 280

107 802

168 188

Write-offs

-

-

320 160

320 160

FX and others movements

(14)

2

50

38

As at the end of the period

(143 705)

(319 990)

(744 286)

(1 207 981)

22.Securitisation of assets

The purpose of synthetic securitization transactions conducted by Santander Bank Polska is to implement the Tier 1 capital optimization strategy of the Bank by enabling the calculation of securitized exposure amounts in accordance with the relevant provisions of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 2013 on prudential requirements for credit institutions and investment firms and amending Regulation (EU) No 648/2021, as amended ("CRR Regulation").

The released capital is further intended, among others, to finance pro-ecological and climate projects (related to the mitigation of climate change, focusing on renewable energy sources, energy efficiency) and projects supporting the development of the SME, corporate and public sector customer segments.

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

in thousands of PLN

The transactions carried out by the Bank are synthetic securitizations without a financing element, and the selected loan portfolios covered by them remain on the balance sheet. In the light of the provisions of IFRS  9, the contractual terms of the securitization transactions do not meet the grounds for not including the securitized assets in the statement of financial position.

On June 26, 2025, Santander Bank Polska S.A. executed a synthetic securitisation transaction on a portfolio of corporate exposures with a total nominal value of PLN 4,182,547k. The securitised portfolio was divided into three tranches determining the order of allocation of credit losses: senior (91.5% of the portfolio), mezzanine (7.65% of the portfolio) and the first-loss tranche (0.85% of the portfolio).

The junior and senior tranches were retained by the Bank, while the mezzanine tranche was fully subscribed by external investors not related to the Bank. The transfer of risk of the securitised portfolio was achieved through an eligible credit protection instrument in the form of a funded credit-linked note (CLN). The CLN provides coverage of losses on the securitised portfolio up to the amount of the mezzanine tranche. The requirement to maintain a material net economic interest is fulfilled through the retention of randomly selected eligible exposures representing at least 5% of the nominal value of the securitised loans. The agreement provides for a one-year replenishment period during which the Bank may replenish the transaction structure for the value of the amortised portfolio.

As part of the transaction, on 26 June 2025 Santander Bank Polska S.A. issued CLN notes with a nominal value of PLN 320,000 k, with a maturity date of 31 March 2036. The Bank holds an option for early redemption of obligations arising from the CLN notes. The CLN notes, identified by ISIN XS3097964541, were admitted to trading on the Vienna MTF, an alternative trading system operated by Wiener Börse AG (Vienna Stock Exchange).

As at December 31, 2025, the amount of the portfolio subject to securitization amounted to PLN 4,182,545k. The values ​​of individual tranches were as follows: senior tranche PLN 3,826,996 k, mezzanine tranche 320,000 k and junior tranche PLN 35,552 k

On December 9, 2025, Santander Bank Polska S.A. executed a synthetic securitisation transaction on a portfolio of unsecured consumer loans granted to individuals, with a total nominal value of PLN 3,961,191 k.

The securitised receivables portfolio was divided into three tranches: the senior tranche (89.5% of the portfolio), the mezzanine tranche (9.3% of the portfolio) and the junior tranche, constituting the first-loss tranche (1.2% of the portfolio). The junior and senior tranches were retained by the Bank. The mezzanine tranche was fully subscribed by external investors not related to the Bank.

To ensure the stability of the portfolio structure, the transaction includes a Synthetic Excess Spread (SES) mechanism, allowing losses on the portfolio to be allocated outside the tranche structure up to 0.35% of the portfolio per annum, with this mechanism being renewable after one year.

As part of the transaction, on 9 December 2025 Santander Bank Polska S.A. issued CLN Notes identified by ISIN XS3237111789, with a maturity date of 30 September 2034 and a nominal value of PLN 368,500k. The Bank holds an option for early redemption of obligations arising from the CLN Notes. The CLN Notes were admitted to trading on the Vienna MTF, an alternative trading system operated by Wiener Börse AG (Vienna Stock Exchange).

The requirement to maintain a material net economic interest is fulfilled through the retention of randomly selected eligible exposures representing at least 5% of the nominal value of the securitised loans. The agreement provides for a one‑year replenishment period during which the Bank may replenish the transaction structure for the value of the amortised portion of the portfolio.

As at 31 December 2025, the value of the securitised portfolio amounted to PLN 3,863,037 k. The tranche values were as follows: senior tranche – PLN 3,456,245 k, mezzanine tranche – PLN 359,258 k, and junior tranche – PLN 47,534k.

The transaction takes the form of a synthetic STS securitization with risk transfer within the meaning of Regulation (EU) No 2402/2017 of the European Parliament and of the Council on the establishment of a general framework for securitization and the creation of a specific framework for simple, transparent and standard securitizations. The subject of securitization were selected loan portfolios that remain on the Bank's balance sheet.

Risks related to securitization

Santander Bank Polska S.A. carried out securitization transactions in order to reduce the credit risk incurred and release part of the capital. The risks associated with securitization include, among others: risks that result from the role of the Bank as entitie initiating and servicing the transaction (monitoring underlying transactions, reporting, debt collection). The Bank constantly analyzes risks that may materialize after concluding securitization transactions, as well as risks that may materialize in connection with the planned execution of subsequent securitization transactions.

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

in thousands of PLN

23.Investment securities

Investment securities

31.12.2025

31.12.2024*

restated

1.01.2024*

restated

Debt investment securities measured at fair value through other comprehensive income

28 670 006

32 135 296

38 717 640

Government securities:

23 516 429

21 532 605

25 218 632

- bills

4 929 599

-

-

- bonds

18 586 830

21 532 605

25 218 632

Other securities:

5 153 577

10 602 691

13 499 008

-bonds

5 153 577

10 602 691

13 499 008

Debt investment securities measured at amortised cost

49 689 035

33 227 759

17 866 218

Government securities:

43 461 932

30 197 021

17 004 818

- bonds

43 461 932

30 197 021

17 004 818

Other securities:

6 227 103

3 030 738

861 400

- bonds

6 227 103

3 030 738

861 400

Equity investment securities measured at fair value through other comprehensive income

486 830

462 317

272 336

- unlisted

486 830

462 317

272 336

Total

78 845 871

65 825 372

56 856 194

*Data restated following changes to the presentation of cash and cash equivalents; details are presented in Note 2.5.

Movements on investment securities

1.01.2025 - 31.12.2025

Debt investment securities measured at fair value through other comprehensive

income

Debt investment securities measured at fair value through profit and loss

Debt investment securities measured at amortised cost

Equity investment securities measured at fair value through other comprehensive income

Equity investment securities measured at fair value through profit and loss

Total

As at the beginning of the period

32 135 296

-

33 227 759

462 317

-

65 825 372

Additions

8 663 550

-

21 732 592

-

-

30 396 142

Disposals (sale and maturity)

(12 815 714)

-

(5 611 306)

-

-

(18 427 020)

Fair value adjustment

692 025

-

-

24 513

-

716 538

Movements on interest accrued

69 942

-

392 639

-

-

462 581

FX differences

(75 093)

-

(52 649)

-

-

(127 742)

As at the end of the period

28 670 006

-

49 689 035

486 830

-

78 845 871

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

in thousands of PLN

Movements on investment securities

1.01.2024 - 31.12.2024* restated

Debt investment securities measured at fair value through other comprehensive

income

Debt investment securities measured at fair value through profit and loss

Debt investment securities measured at amortised cost

Equity investment securities measured at fair value through other comprehensive income

Equity investment securities measured at fair value through profit and loss

Total

As at the beginning of the period

38 717 640

-

17 866 218

272 336

-

56 856 194

Additions

2 655 403

-

18 255 008

1 582

-

20 911 993

Disposals (sale and maturity)

(9 765 258)

-

(3 371 105)

-

-

(13 136 363)

Fair value adjustment

530 895

-

-

188 399

-

719 294

Movements on interest accrued

5 776

-

533 986

-

-

539 762

FX differences

(9 160)

-

(56 348)

-

-

(65 508)

As at the end of the period

32 135 296

-

33 227 759

462 317

-

65 825 372

* Data restated following changes to the presentation of cash and cash equivalents; details are presented in Note 2.5.

24.Investments in subsidiaries and associates

Investments in subsidiaries and associates

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

Subsidiaries

137 887

2 294 301

Associates

36 606

36 606

Total

174 493

2 330 907

Investments in subsidiaries as at 31.12.2025 *

Name of entity

Santander Inwestycje

Sp. z o.o.

Santander Finanse

Sp. z o.o.

Santander Towarzystwo Funduszy Inwestycyjnych S.A.

Total

Registered office

Warszawa

Poznań

Poznań

 

Type of connection

Subsidiary

Subsidiary

Subsidiary

 

% of holding

100,00

100,00

50,00

 

Valuation method

purchase price

purchase price

purchase price

Balance sheet value

100

131 032

6 755

137 887

Total assets of entity

115

350 849

233 348

584 312

Own funds of entity, of which:

115

317 851

159 109

477 075

Share capital

100

1 633

13 500

15 233

Other own funds, of which:

15

316 218

145 609

461 842

net profit (loss)

15

49 474

140 402

189 891

Liabilities of entity

-

32 998

74 239

107 237

Revenue

118

98 666

355 435

454 219

* The financial data of the subsidiaries available as at the date of preparation of these statements have been taken from unaudited financial statements of those subsidiaries

Name of entity

 

 

Business

 

 

Santander Inwestycje Sp. z o.o.

trading in shares of commercial companies as well as other securities; seeking investors for companies

Santander Finanse Sp. z o.o.

centralised managemet of the bank's entities: Santander Leasing S.A., Santander Faktor Sp. z o.o. and Santander F24 S.A.

Santander Towarzystwo Funduszy Inwestycyjnych S.A.

brokerage activities: managing customer's share portfolios (listed and not listed)

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

in thousands of PLN

Investments in subsidiaries as at 31.12.2024 *

Name of entity

Santander Inwestycje

Sp. z o.o.

Santander Finanse

Sp. z o.o.

Santander Towarzystwo Funduszy Inwestycyjnych S.A.

Santander Consumer

Bank S.A.

Total

Registered office

Warszawa

Poznań

Poznań

Wrocław

 

Type of connection

Subsidiary

Subsidiary

Subsidiary

Subsidiary

 

% of holding

100,00

100,00

50,00

60,00

 

Valuation method

purchase price

purchase price

purchase price

purchase price

Balance sheet value

100

131 032

6 755

2 156 414

2 294 301

Total assets of entity

17 087

322 337

206 200

22 470 120

23 015 744

Own funds of entity, of which:

17 087

308 380

131 653

4 068 757

4 525 877

Share capital

100

1 633

13 500

520 000

535 233

Other own funds, of which:

16 987

306 747

118 153

3 548 757

3 990 644

undistributed profit (uncovered loss) from previous years

4 216

-

-

1 547 659

1 551 875

net profit (loss)

1 355

46 400

112 954

44 951

205 660

Liabilities of entity

-

13 958

74 547

18 401 363

18 489 868

Revenue

1 483

91 679

300 050

2 598 332

2 991 544

* The financial data of the subsidiaries available as at the date of preparation of these statements have been taken from unaudited financial statements of those subsidiaries

Name of entity

 

 

Business

 

 

Santander Inwestycje Sp. z o.o.

trading in shares of commercial companies as well as other securities; seeking investors for companies

Santander Finanse Sp. z o.o.

centralised managemet of the bank's entities: Santander Leasing S.A., Santander Faktor Sp. z o.o. and Santander F24 S.A.

Santander Towarzystwo Funduszy Inwestycyjnych S.A.

brokerage activities: managing customer's share portfolios (listed and not listed)

Santander Consumer Bank S.A.

accepting savings and term deposits, granting and taking out loans and advances

Investments in associates

Country of incorporation

The Bank’s share in

Valuation

Valuation as at the reporting date

Name of associate

and place of business

Scope of business

capital / voting power

method

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

Santander Allianz Towarzystwo Ubezpieczeń na Życie S.A.

Poland Warszawa

insurance activity, life insurance

49,00

49,00

Purchase price

14 859

14 859

Santander Allianz Towarzystwo Ubezpieczeń S.A.

Poland Warszawa

insurance activity, property and personal insurance

49,00

49,00

Purchase price

13 747

13 747

POLFUND Fundusz Poręczeń Kredytowych S.A.

Poland Szczecin

providing lending guarantees, investing and managing funds invested in companies

50,00

50,00

Purchase price

8 000

8 000

Total

 

 

 

 

 

36 606

36 606

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

in thousands of PLN

25.Intangible assets

Intangible assets Year 2025

Licenses, patents etc.

Other

Expenditure on intangible assets

Total

Value at purchase price - beginning of the period

2 711 273

218 300

322 138

3 251 711

Additions from:

- purchases

-

-

447 710

447 710

- transfers from expenditures

430 601

-

-

430 601

- transfers

-

-

-

-

Decreases from:

 

 

 

 

- liquidation

(219 019)

(218 300)

(1 258)

(438 577)

- transfers from expenditures

-

-

(430 601)

(430 601)

- transfers

-

-

(3 152)

(3 152)

Value at purchase price - end of the period

2 922 855

-

334 837

3 257 692

Accumulated depreciation - beginning of the period

(2 225 468)

(199 710)

-

(2 425 178)

Additions/decreases from:

 

 

 

 

- current year amortization

(312 814)

(7 201)

-

(320 015)

- liquidation, sale

218 467

206 911

-

425 378

Write down/Reversal of impairment write down

-

-

-

-

Accumulated depreciation- end of the period

(2 319 815)

-

-

(2 319 815)

Balance sheet value

 

 

 

 

Purchase value

2 922 855

-

334 837

3 257 692

Accumulated depreciation

(2 319 815)

-

-

(2 319 815)

As at 31 December 2025

603 040

-

334 837

937 877

Intangible assets Year 2024

Licenses, patents etc.

Other

Expenditure on intangible assets

Total

Value at purchase price - beginning of the period

2 399 349

218 300

296 216

2 913 865

Additions from:

- purchases

-

-

366 859

366 859

- transfers from expenditures

335 393

-

-

335 393

- transfers

73

-

-

73

Decreases from:

 

 

 

 

- liquidation

(23 542)

-

(1 453)

(24 995)

- transfers from expenditures

-

-

(335 393)

(335 393)

- transfers

-

-

(4 091)

(4 091)

Value at purchase price - end of the period

2 711 273

218 300

322 138

3 251 711

Accumulated depreciation - beginning of the period

(1 993 734)

(189 670)

-

(2 183 404)

Additions/decreases from:

- current year amortization

(253 556)

(10 040)

-

(263 596)

- liquidation, sale

22 026

-

-

22 026

Write down/Reversal of impairment write down

(204)

-

-

(204)

Accumulated depreciation- end of the period

(2 225 468)

(199 710)

-

(2 425 178)

Balance sheet value

Purchase value

2 711 273

218 300

322 138

3 251 711

Accumulated depreciation

(2 225 468)

(199 710)

-

(2 425 178)

As at 31 December 2024

485 805

18 590

322 138

826 533

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

in thousands of PLN

26.Goodwill

As at 31 December 2025 and in the coresponding period, the goodwill covered the following item:

·   PLN 1,688,516 k - goodwill arising from the merger of Santander Bank Polska and Kredyt Bank on 4 January 2013.

In accordance with IFRS 3 the goodwill was calculated as the surplus of the cost of acquisition over the fair value of assets and liabilities acquired.

Test for impairment of goodwill arising from the merger between Santander Bank Polska and Kredyt Bank

In 2025 and in the comparative period, the Bank conducted tests for impairment of goodwill arising from the merger with Kredyt Bank on 4 January 2013. The carrying amount as at 31 December 2025 was PLN 1,688,516 k (the same as at 31 December 2024).

Recoverable amount based on value in use

The recoverable amount of cash-generating units is the higher of fair value less costs of disposal and value in use. Value in use which is higher than the fair value less costs of disposal is measured on the basis of a discounted cash flow model relevant for banks and other financial institutions. The future expected cash flows generated by business segments of Santander Bank Polska are in line with the 3-year financial projections of the Bank’s management for 2026-2028.

Taking into account the stability of Santander Bank Polska and sustainable financial performance, and comparing the value in use with the carrying amount of the cash-generating unit, no impairment was identified.

Key assumptions for measuring value in use

For the purposes of goodwill impairment testing Bank applies the following allocation of goodwill to historical business segments. The alocation results from the initial recognition as at acquisition date:

 

Segment Retail Banking

Segment Business and  Corporate Banking

Segment Corporate & Investment Banking

Segment ALM and Centre

Total

Goodwill

764 135

578 808

222 621

122 952

1 688 516

Due to accepted valuation model, assumptions used to determine the value in use for the individual segments are the same.

Financial projection

The financial projection for 2026–2028 was prepared in line with the strategic and operational plans for 2026–2028 as well as macroeconomic and market forecasts.

Pursuant to the financial projection, the Bank will continue to develop its products and services, focusing on the main product lines, services for retail customers, financing for SMEs, savings products and transactional banking services.

Change of the profit by 10 percentage point would not significantly affect the value of discounted cash flows, value in use, and, consequently, the result of the impairment test.

Discount rate
The discount rate of 12.00% used in the model is equal to the cost of capital assumed for Santander Bank Polska.

Change of the discount rate by 1 percentage point would not significantly affect the value of discounted cash flows, value in use, and, consequently, the result of the impairment test.

Growth rate in the period beyond the financial projections

The extrapolation of cash flows beyond the 3-year period subject to the financial projection (residual value) was based on an annual growth rate of 2.5%, i.e. equal to the inflation target.

Minimum regulatory capital ratio

An increase in the required capital amount results in a decrease in the amount of capital available for distribution as part of the test. Under Polish law, the value of dividends payable by commercial banks in respect of their prior year profits depends on the fulfilment of the minimum criteria laid down in the KNF’s dividend policy. Details in note 4.

As at 31 December 2025, no goodwill impairment was identified.

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

in thousands of PLN

27.Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant & equipment

Year 2025

Land and buildings

IT Equipment

Transportation means

Other fixed assets

Fixed assets under construction

Total

Value at purchase price - beginning of the period

336 866

774 852

6

144 419

62 361

1 318 504

Additions from:

 

 

 

 

 

 

- purchases

-

-

-

-

106 089

106 089

- transfers from expenditures

1 117

59 419

-

10 436

-

70 972

- transfers

28 657

-

-

151

-

28 808

Decreases from:

 

 

 

 

 

 

- sale, liquidation, donation

(14 636)

(78 200)

-

(8 455)

-

(101 291)

- transfers from expenditures

-

-

-

-

(70 971)

(70 971)

- transfers

-

-

-

-

(104)

(104)

Value at purchase price - end of the period

352 004

756 071

6

146 551

97 375

1 352 007

Accumulated depreciation - beginning of the period

(265 177)

(513 228)

(1)

(124 803)

-

(903 209)

Additions/decreases from:

 

 

 

 

 

 

- current year amortisation

(14 411)

(95 510)

(1)

(6 741)

-

(116 663)

- sale, liquidation, donation

11 742

77 661

-

8 275

-

97 678

- transfers

-

-

-

(151)

-

(151)

Write down/Reversal of impairment write down

-

-

-

-

-

-

Accumulated depreciation- end of the period

(267 846)

(531 077)

(2)

(123 420)

-

(922 345)

Balance sheet value

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchase value

352 004

756 071

6

146 551

97 375

1 352 007

Accumulated depreciation

(267 846)

(531 077)

(2)

(123 420)

-

(922 345)

As at 31 December 2025

84 158

224 994

4

23 131

97 375

429 662

Property, plant & equipment

Year 2024

Land and buildings

IT Equipment

Transportation means

Other fixed assets

Fixed assets under construction

Total

Value at purchase price - beginning of the period

347 200

866 749

-

153 360

46 571

1 413 880

Additions from:

- purchases

-

-

-

-

79 399

79 399

- transfers from expenditures

1 935

59 266

6

2 271

-

63 478

- transfers

237

-

-

-

-

237

Decreases from:

 

 

 

 

 

 

- sale, liquidation, donation

(12 506)

(151 163)

-

(10 977)

(57)

(174 703)

- transfers from expenditures

-

-

-

-

(63 478)

(63 478)

- transfers

-

-

-

(235)

(74)

(309)

Value at purchase price - end of the period

336 866

774 852

6

144 419

62 361

1 318 504

Accumulated depreciation - beginning of the period

(260 591)

(555 747)

-

(125 442)

-

(941 780)

Additions/decreases from:

- current year amortisation

(15 071)

(99 000)

(1)

(10 045)

-

(124 117)

- sale, liquidation, donation

10 491

147 408

-

10 678

-

168 577

- transfers

(6)

-

-

6

-

-

Write down/Reversal of impairment write down

-

(5 889)

-

-

-

(5 889)

Accumulated depreciation- end of the period

(265 177)

(513 228)

(1)

(124 803)

-

(903 209)

Balance sheet value

Purchase value

336 866

774 852

6

144 419

62 361

1 318 504

Accumulated depreciation

(265 177)

(513 228)

(1)

(124 803)

-

(903 209)

As at 31 December 2024

71 689

261 624

5

19 616

62 361

415 295

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

in thousands of PLN

28.Right of use assets

Right of use assets

Year 2025

Land and buildings

Transportation means

Other

Total

Gross value - begining of the period

1 053 660

22 233

9 192

1 085 085

Additions from:

 

 

 

 

-new lease contracts

126 295

9 381

1 125

136 801

-lease modifications and lease period update

92 776

3 461

784

97 021

-outlays

-

-

-

-

Decreases from:

-lease modifications and lease period update

(74 597)

(9 170)

(34)

(83 801)

Gross value - end of the period

1 198 134

25 905

11 067

1 235 106

Accumulated depreciation - begining of the period

(619 426)

(10 539)

(5 427)

(635 392)

Additions from:

 

 

 

 

- current year amortization

(122 444)

(11 221)

(1 269)

(134 934)

Decreases from:

 

 

 

 

-lease modifications (including settlement) and lease period update

67 282

8 389

34

75 705

Write down/Reversal of impairment write down *

(622)

-

(4)

(626)

Accumulated depreciation- end of the period

(675 210)

(13 371)

(6 666)

(695 247)

Balance sheet value

 

 

 

 

Gross amount

1 198 134

25 905

11 067

1 235 106

Accumulated depreciation

(675 210)

(13 371)

(6 666)

(695 247)

As at 31 December 2025

522 924

12 534

4 401

539 859

*The recognised impairment allowance results from the closure of the bank's branches, and relates to the entire carrying amount of these branches.

Right of use assets

Year 2024

Land and buildings

Transportation means

Other

Total

Gross value - begining of the period

983 250

23 459

8 352

1 015 061

Additions from:

-new lease contracts

21 011

8 893

695

30 599

-lease modifications and lease period update

125 486

165

1 228

126 879

-outlays

745

-

-

745

Decreases from:

-

-

-

-

-lease modifications and lease period update

(76 832)

(10 284)

(1 083)

(88 199)

Gross value - end of the period

1 053 660

22 233

9 192

1 085 085

Accumulated depreciation - begining of the period

(551 589)

(8 470)

(5 392)

(565 451)

Additions from:

- current year amortization

(120 090)

(9 986)

(961)

(131 037)

Decreases from:

 

 

 

 

-lease modifications (including settlement) and lease period update

60 427

7 917

963

69 307

Write down/Reversal of impairment write down *

(8 174)

-

(37)

(8 211)

Accumulated depreciation- end of the period

(619 426)

(10 539)

(5 427)

(635 392)

Balance sheet value

Gross amount

1 053 660

22 233

9 192

1 085 085

Accumulated depreciation

(619 426)

(10 539)

(5 427)

(635 392)

As at 31 December 2024

434 234

11 694

3 765

449 693

*The recognised impairment allowance results from the closure of the bank's branches, and relates to the entire carrying amount of these branches.

In 2025, the Bank continued the project of relocation to the new headquarters in Warsaw. The first stage was completed: the new building located at Plac Europejski was commissioned and the necessary IT infrastructure was set up. The Bank also recognised the right-of-use assets (in the initial value of PLN 113,454k) and the corresponding lease liabilities.

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

in thousands of PLN

29.Deferred tax assets

Deferred tax assets

31.12.2025

Changes recognised in other comprehensive income

Changes recognised in

profit

or loss

Changes in temporary differences

31.12.2024

Allowance for expected credit losses

948 918

-

228 708

228 708

720 210

Valuation of derivative financial instruments

3 069 542

-

1 385 723

1 385 723

1 683 819

Other provisions

390 876

-

178 410

178 410

212 466

Deferred income

93 963

-

(4 114)

(4 114)

98 077

Difference between the accounting value and the tax value of leased assets

138 739

 

48 791

48 790

89 948

Unrealised  interest expenses on loans, deposits and securities

138 123

-

17 267

17 267

120 856

Other negative temporary differences

5 543

-

2 728

2 727

2 815

Total assets of deferred tax

4 785 704

-

1 857 511

1 857 511

2 928 191

Deferred tax liabilities

31.12.2025

Changes recognised in other comprehensive income

Changes recognised in

profit

or loss

Changes in temporary differences

31.12.2024

Valuation of cash flow hedging instruments

(224 670)

(205 354)

 

(205 354)

(19 316)

Valuation of investment securities

(60 026)

(125 139)

 

(125 139)

65 113

Provisions for retirement allowances

(287)

(911)

-

(911)

624

Valuation of derivative financial instruments

(3 271 873)

-

(1 566 677)

(1 566 677)

(1 705 196)

Cost of credit agency and fees settled in future periods

(63 263)

 

(76 919)

 

13 656

Unrealised interest income on loans, securities and interbank deposits

(465 710)

-

45 399

45 399

(511 109)

Difference between the accounting value and the tax value of leased assets

(136 127)

-

(50 684)

(50 684)

(85 442)

Other positive temporary differences

(10 627)

-

1 203

1 203

(11 830)

Total liabilities of deferred tax

(4 232 581)

(331 404)

(1 647 678)

(1 902 163)

(2 253 499)

Deferred tax assets

553 123

(331 404)

209 835

(44 650)

674 692

Deferred tax assets

31.12.2024

Changes recognised in other comprehensive income

Changes recognised in

profit

or loss

Changes in temporary differences

31.12.2023

Allowance for expected credit losses

720 210

-

(28 252)

(28 252)

748 462

Valuation of derivative financial instruments

1 683 819

-

(4 471)

(4 471)

1 688 290

Other provisions

212 466

-

(15)

(15)

212 481

Deferred income

98 078

-

(6 886)

(6 886)

104 964

Difference between the accounting value and the tax value of leased assets

89 948

 

(3 930)

(3 930)

93 878

Unrealised  interest expenses on loans, deposits and securities

120 856

-

(28 213)

(28 213)

149 069

Other negative temporary differences

2 814

-

140

140

2 674

Total assets of deferred tax

2 928 191

-

(71 627)

(71 627)

2 999 818

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

in thousands of PLN

Deferred tax liabilities

31.12.2024

Changes recognised in other comprehensive income

Changes recognised in

profit

or loss

Changes in temporary differences

31.12.2023

Valuation of cash flow hedging instruments

(19 316)

111 400

 

111 400

(130 716)

Valuation of investment securities

65 113

(130 003)

 

(130 003)

195 116

Provisions for retirement allowances

624

478

-

478

146

Valuation of derivative financial instruments

(1 705 195)

-

(140 375)

(140 375)

(1 564 820)

Cost of credit agency and fees settled in future periods

13 656

 

(91 166)

(91 166)

104 822

Unrealised interest income on loans, securities and interbank deposits

(511 109)

-

5 915

5 915

(517 024)

Difference between the accounting value and the tax value of leased assets

(85 442)

-

(16)

(16)

(85 426)

Other positive temporary differences

(11 830)

-

3 168

3 168

(14 998)

Total liabilities of deferred tax

(2 253 499)

(18 125)

(222 474)

(240 599)

(2 012 900)

Deferred tax assets

674 692

(18 125)

(294 101)

(312 226)

986 918

Due to the change of CIT rates applicable as of 1 January 2026 and in 2027–2028, the Bank recalculated deferred tax items as at 31 December 2025.

The impact of the recalculation on the deferred tax totals PLN 173m.

The comparative data have not been restated.

Movements on deferred tax

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

As at the beginning of the period

674 692

986 915

Changes recognised in income statement

209 835

(294 098)

Changes recognised in other comprehensive income

(331 404)

(18 125)

Balance at the end of the period

553 123

674 692

30.Other assets

Other assets

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

Interbank and interbranch settlements

156 963

-

Sundry debtors

2 838 179

2 130 166

Prepayments

150 546

150 673

Settlements of stock exchange transactions

142 346

43 296

Other

1

52

Total

3 288 035

2 324 187

of which financial assets *

3 137 488

2 173 462

* Financial assets include all items of Other assets, with the exception of Prepayments, Repossessed assets and Other.

As at 31.12.2025 ECL allowance for other assets was PLN 67,581 k (31.12.2024 PLN 53,650 k).

The significant majority of 'Other assets' items are non-past due and unimpaired. The most significant items concern the companies Allianz, KDPW, WSE and a number of other entities with a good financial standing and good cooperation history, most of them rated A- (Fitch).

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

in thousands of PLN

31.Deposits from banks

Deposits from banks

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

Term deposits

265 897

100 625

Current accounts

1 681 078

2 949 807

Total

1 946 975

3 050 432

Short-term

1 931 975

3 050 432

Long-term (over 1 year)

15 000

-

Fair value of “Deposits from banks” is presented in Note 44.

32.Deposits from customers

Deposits from customers

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

Deposits from individuals

123 689 332

117 707 702

Term deposits

39 193 260

39 298 718

Current accounts

84 453 810

78 318 562

Other

42 262

90 422

Deposits from enterprises

95 207 777

87 003 429

Term deposits

22 686 113

20 020 298

Current accounts

69 330 378

64 207 430

Loans from financial institution

162 285

169 008

Other

3 029 001

2 606 693

Deposits from public sector

11 303 199

11 065 236

Term deposits

431 141

727 530

Current accounts

10 645 064

10 316 117

Other

226 994

21 589

Total

230 200 308

215 776 367

Short-term

228 780 614

214 241 782

Long-term (over 1 year)

1 419 694

1 534 585

As at 31.12.2025 deposits held as collateral totaled PLN 1 032 020  k (as at 31.12.2024 - PLN 1  856 710 k).

Fair value of “Deposits from customers” is presented in Note 44.

Movements in loans received from other financial institutions

1.01.2025-31.12.2025

1.01.2024-31.12.2024

As at the beginning of the period

169 008

171 394

Increase (due to:)

214 500

193 771

- loans received

204 906

184 224

- interest on loans received

9 594

9 547

Decrease (due to):

(221 223)

(196 157)

- repayment of loans

(211 466)

(186 443)

- interest repayment

(9 757)

(9 714)

As at the end of the period

162 285

169 008

The Bank did not note any violations of contractual terms related to liabilities in respect of loans received.

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

in thousands of PLN

33.Subordinated liabilities

Subordinated liabilities on 31.12.2025

Subordinated liabilities

Nominal value

Currency

Redemption date

Book Value (In thousands of PLN)

Issue 3

137 100

EUR

22.05.2027

587 114

Issue 4

1 000 000

PLN

05.04.2028

1 014 851

Total

 

 

 

1 601 965

Subordinated liabilities on 31.12.2024

Subordinated liabilities

Nominal value

Currency

Redemption date

Book Value

(In thousands of PLN)

Issue 2

120 000

EUR

03.12.2026

515 085

Issue 3

137 100

EUR

22.05.2027

594 938

Issue 4

1 000 000

PLN

05.04.2028

1 017 962

Total

 

 

 

2 127 985

.

Movements in subordinated liabilities

1.01.2025-31.12.2025

1.01.2024-31.12.2024

As at the beginning of the period

2 127 985

2 585 476

Increase (due to):

129 407

178 083

- interest on subordinated loans

129 407

178 083

Decreases (due to):

(655 427)

(635 574)

- repayment of  subordinated loans

(507 744)

(431 270)

- interest repayment

(137 022)

(182 966)

- FX differences

(10 661)

(21 338)

As at the end of the period

1 601 965

2 127 985

Short-term

23 465

31 080

Long-term (over 1 year)

1 578 500

2 096 905

Other details on subordinated liabilities are disclosed in Note 4.

34.Debt securities in issue

Debt securities in issue on 31.12.2025

Name of the entity issuing the securities

Type of securities

Nominal

value

Currency

Date of issue

Redemption date

Book Value (In thousands of PLN)

Santander Bank Polska S.A.

Bonds

368 500

PLN

09.12.2025

30.09.2034

371 106

Santander Bank Polska S.A.

Bonds

3 000 000

PLN

01.12.2025

01.12.2028

3 013 249

Santander Bank Polska S.A.

Bonds

500 000

EUR

07.10.2025

07.10.2031

2 123 019

Santander Bank Polska S.A.

Bonds

320 000

PLN

26.06.2025

31.03.2036

330 607

Santander Bank Polska S.A.

Bonds

394 000

PLN

17.12.2024

07.02.2033

406 455

Santander Bank Polska S.A.

Bonds

1 800 000

PLN

30.09.2024

30.09.2027

1 827 426

Santander Bank Polska S.A.

Bonds

145 949

PLN

26.06.2024

14.02.2034

151 365

Santander Bank Polska S.A.

Bonds

1 900 000

PLN

02.04.2024

02.04.2027

1 928 801

Total

 

 

 

 

 

10 152 028

The total value of financial liabilities (including liabilities in respect of debt securities in issue) arising from these consolidated financial statements does not differ significantly from the projection of financial liabilities published on 20 December 2025 as part of the Bank’s fulfilment of information obligations under Article 35(1) of the Bonds Act.

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

in thousands of PLN

Debt securities in issue on 31.12.2024

Name of the entity issuing the securities

Type of securities

Nominal

value

Currency

Date of issue

Redemption date

Book Value (In thousands of PLN)

Santander Bank Polska S.A.

Bonds

394 000

PLN

17.12.2024

07.02.2033

396 216

Santander Bank Polska S.A.

Bonds

1 800 000

PLN

30.09.2024

30.09.2027

1 833 250

Santander Bank Polska S.A.

Bonds

219 997

PLN

26.06.2024

31.12.2033

228 796

Santander Bank Polska S.A.

Bonds

1 900 000

PLN

02.04.2024

02.04.2027

1 934 817

Santander Bank Polska S.A.

Bonds

3 100 000

PLN

29.11.2023

30.11.2026

3 121 301

Total

 

 

 

 

 

7 514 380

.

Movements in debt securities in issue

1.01.2025-31.12.2025

1.01.2024-31.12.2024

As at the beginning of the period

7 514 380

5 929 056

Increase (due to):

6 410 088

4 823 703

- debt securities in issue

5 816 450

4 350 000

- interest on debt securities in issue

593 638

473 703

Decrease (due to):

(3 772 440)

(3 238 379)

- debt securities repurchase

(3 174 048)

(2 787 443)

- interest repayment

(576 033)

(432 369)

- FX differences

(14 600)

(18 160)

- other changes

(7 759)

(407)

As at the end of the period

10 152 028

7 514 380

35.Provisions for financial liabilities and guarantees granted

Provisions for financial liabilities and guarantees granted

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

Provisions for financial commitments to grant loans and credit lines

140 540

146 065

Provisions for financial guarantees

19 735

19 380

Other provisions

1 606

4 905

Total

161 881

170 350

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

in thousands of PLN

Change in provisions for financial liabilities and guarantees granted

31.12.2025

As at the begining of the period

170 350

Provision charge

366 632

Write back

(374 554)

Other changes

(547)

As at the end of the period

161 881

Short-term

119 297

Long-term

42 584

Change in provisions for financial liabilities and guarantees granted

31.12.2024

As at the begining of the period

151 294

Provision charge

350 862

Write back

(330 859)

Other changes

(947)

As at the end of the period

170 350

Short-term

131 464

Long-term

38 886

36.Other provisions

Other provisions

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

Provisions for legal risk connected with foreign currency mortgage loans

2 194 704

1 461 996

Provisions for reimbursement of costs related to early repayment of consumer and mortgage loans

17 131

21 629

Provisions for legal claims and other

90 144

96 891

Total

2 301 979

1 580 516

 

Change in other  provisions

1.01.2025 - 31.12.2025

Provisions for legal risk connected with foreign currency mortgage loans

Provisions for reimbursement of costs related to early repayment of consumer loans

Provisions for legal claims and other

Total

As at the beginning of the period

1 461 996

21 629

96 891

1 580 516

Provision charge/relase

990 831

-

134 727

1 125 558

Utilization

(145 375)

(4 498)

(141 474)

(291 347)

Other

(112 748)

-

-

(112 748)

As at the end of the period

2 194 704

17 131

90 144

2 301 979

* Detailed information are described in Note 45.

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

in thousands of PLN

37.Other liabilities

Other liabilities

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

Settlements of stock exchange transactions

130 027

30 395

Interbank

678 320

598 724

Employee provisions

456 778

444 751

Sundry creditors

2 106 674

1 029 274

Liabilities from contracts with customers

140 981

127 202

Public and law settlements

191 648

189 013

Accrued liabilities

482 959

349 844

Total

4 187 387

2 769 203

of which financial liabilities *

3 397 980

2 008 237

*Financial liabilities include all items of other liabilities except of employee provisions, public and law settlements and liabilities from contracts with customers.

Change in employee provisions

1.01.2025 - 31.12.2025

 

of which:

Provisions for retirement allowances

As at the beginning of the period

444 751

62 638

Provision charge

462 936

6 746

Utilization

(362 888)

-

Release of provisions

(88 021)

(7 396)

As at the end of the period

456 778

61 988

Short-term

394 790

-

Long-term

61 988

61 988

.

Change in employee provisions

1.01.2024 - 31.12.2024

 

of which:

Provisions for retirement allowances

As at the beginning of the period

434 834

55 945

Provision charge

378 237

7 991

Utilization

(316 573)

-

Release of provisions

(51 747)

(1 298)

As at the end of the period

444 751

62 638

Short-term

382 113

-

Long-term

62 638

62 638

Employee related provisions consists of items outlined in Note 52.

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

in thousands of PLN

38.Share capital

31.12.2025

Series/issue

Issue

Type of preferences

Limitation of rights to shares

Number of shares

Nominal value of series/issue in PLN k

A

bearer

none

none

5 120 000

51 200

B

bearer

none

none

724 073

7 241

C

bearer

none

none

22 155 927

221 559

D

bearer

none

none

1 470 589

14 706

E

bearer

none

none

980 393

9 804

F

bearer

none

none

2 500 000

25 000

G

bearer

none

none

40 009 302

400 093

H

bearer

none

none

115 729

1 157

I

bearer

none

none

1 561 618

15 616

J

bearer

none

none

18 907 458

189 075

K

bearer

none

none

305 543

3 055

L

bearer

none

none

5 383 902

53 839

M

bearer

none

none

98 947

990

N

bearer

none

none

2 754 824

27 548

O

bearer

none

none

101 009

1 010

 

 

 

 

102 189 314

1 021 893

Nominal value of one share is PLN 10 . All issued shares are fully paid.

As at 31.12.2025, the shareholders having minimum 5% of the total number of votes at the Santander Bank Polska General Meeting of Shareholders was Banco Santander with a controlling stake of 58.70% stake until the date of the sale transaction, Allianz Polska Otwarty Fundusz Emerytalny with a controlling stake of 5,23% stake and 5.01% Nationale-Nederlanden Otwarty Fundusz Emerytalny funds (managed by Nationale-Nederlanden Powszechne Towarzystwo Emerytalne S.A.).

On 9 January 2026, Banco Santander S.A. sold its stakeof 49% to Erste Group Bank AG, thus the share of Banco Santander S.A. decreased to 9.7%. Details of which are described in note 55.

31.12.2024

Series/issue

Issue

Type of preferences

Limitation of rights to shares

Number of shares

Nominal value of series/issue in PLN k

A

bearer

none

none

5 120 000

51 200

B

bearer

none

none

724 073

7 241

C

bearer

none

none

22 155 927

221 559

D

bearer

none

none

1 470 589

14 706

E

bearer

none

none

980 393

9 804

F

bearer

none

none

2 500 000

25 000

G

bearer

none

none

40 009 302

400 093

H

bearer

none

none

115 729

1 157

I

bearer

none

none

1 561 618

15 616

J

bearer

none

none

18 907 458

189 075

K

bearer

none

none

305 543

3 055

L

bearer

none

none

5 383 902

53 839

M

bearer

none

none

98 947

990

N

bearer

none

none

2 754 824

27 548

O

bearer

none

none

101 009

1 010

 

 

 

 

102 189 314

1 021 893

Nominal value of one share is PLN 10. All issued shares are fully paid.

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

in thousands of PLN

As at 31.12.2024, the shareholders having minimum 5% of the total number of votes at the Santander Bank Polska General Meeting of Shareholders was Banco Santander with a controlling stake of 62.20% stake and 5.01% Nationale-Nederlanden Otwarty Fundusz Emerytalny (managed by Nationale-Nederlanden Powszechne Towarzystwo Emerytalne S.A.) 

39.Other reserve capital

Other reserve capital

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

General banking risk fund

649 810

649 810

Share premium

7 981 974

7 981 974

Other reserves of which:

13 081 759

13 796 005

Reserve capital

12 911 009

13 625 255

Supplementary capital

170 750

170 750

Total

21 713 543

22 427 789

Share (issue) premium is created from surplus over the nominal value of shares sold less costs of share issuance and constitutes the Bank’s supplementary capital.

Reserve capital as at 31.12.2025 includes among others share option scheme charge of PLN 143,949 k and share base incentive scheme of 199,931 k and reserve capital as at 31.12.2024 includes among others share option scheme charge of PLN 143,949 k and share base incentive scheme of 178,224 k

Other movements of other reserve capital are presented in "movements on equity" for 2025 and 2024.

Statutory reserve (supplementary) capital is created from net profit appropriation in line with the prevailing banking legislation and the Bank’s Statute. The capital is not subject to split and is earmarked for covering balance sheet losses. Allocations from profit for the current year to reserve capital should amount to at least 8% of profit after tax and are made until supplementary capital equals at least one third of the Bank’s share capital. The amount of allocations is adopted by the General Meeting of Shareholders.

The reserve capital is created out of allocations from the after-tax profit, in an amount resolved by the General Shareholders’ Meeting and from other sources.

The reserve capital is earmarked for covering balance sheet losses, should they exceed the supplementary capital, or for other purposes, particularly for dividend pay-outs. Decisions on using the reserve capital are taken by the General Shareholders’ Meeting.

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

in thousands of PLN

40.   Revaluation reserve

Revaluation reserve

1.01.2025 - 31.12.2025

Total gross

Deferred tax adjustment

Total net

Opening balance, of which:

(244 324)

46 421

(197 903)

Debt securities measured at fair value through other comprehensive income

(777 844)

147 791

(630 053)

Equity securities measured at fair value through other comprehensive income

435 141

(82 678)

352 463

Valuation of cash flow hedging instruments

101 661

(19 315)

82 346

Actuarial gains on retirement allowances

(3 282)

623

(2 659)

 

 

 

 

Change in valuation of debt securities measured at fair value through other comprehensive income

708 180

(132 921)

575 259

Transfer from revaluation reserve to profit and loss resulting from the sale of debt securities measured at fair value through other comprehensive income

(15 397)

3 849

(11 548)

Transfer from revaluation reserve to profit and loss due to fair value measurement of securities covered by hedge accounting

(107 908)

26 977

(80 931)

Change in valuation of equity securities measured at fair value through other comprehensive income

24 513

(23 044)

1 469

Cash flow hedge - effective portion of the hedging relationship included in revaluation reserve

827 126

(205 354)

621 772

Change in provision for retirement allowances – actuarial gains/losses gross

4 242

(911)

3 331

 

 

 

 

Closing balance, of which:

1 196 432

(284 983)

911 449

Debt securities measured at fair value through other comprehensive income

(192 969)

45 696

(147 273)

Equity securities measured at fair value through other comprehensive income

459 654

(105 722)

353 932

Valuation of cash flow hedging instruments

928 787

(224 669)

704 118

Actuarial gains on retirement allowances

960

(288)

672

Revaluation reserve

1.01.2024 - 31.12.2024

Total gross

Deferred tax adjustment

Total net

Opening balance, of which:

(339 710)

64 544

(275 166)

Debt securities measured at fair value through other comprehensive income

(1 273 666)

241 997

(1 031 669)

Equity securities measured at fair value through other comprehensive income

246 742

(46 882)

199 860

Valuation of cash flow hedging instruments

687 982

(130 716)

557 266

Actuarial gains on retirement allowances

(768)

145

(623)

 

 

 

 

Change in valuation of debt securities measured at fair value through other comprehensive income

542 917

(103 154)

439 763

Transfer from revaluation reserve to profit and loss resulting from the sale of debt securities measured at fair value through other comprehensive income

(14 482)

2 752

(11 730)

Transfer from revaluation reserve to profit and loss due to fair value measurement of securities covered by hedge accounting

(32 613)

6 196

(26 417)

Change in valuation of equity securities measured at fair value through other comprehensive income

188 399

(35 796)

152 603

Cash flow hedge - effective portion of the hedging relationship included in revaluation reserve

(586 321)

111 401

(474 920)

Change in provision for retirement allowances – actuarial gains/losses gross

(2 514)

478

(2 036)

 

 

 

 

Closing balance, of which:

(244 324)

46 421

(197 903)

Debt securities measured at fair value through other comprehensive income

(777 844)

147 791

(630 053)

Equity securities measured at fair value through other comprehensive income

435 141

(82 678)

352 463

Valuation of cash flow hedging instruments

101 661

(19 315)

82 346

Actuarial gains on retirement allowances

(3 282)

623

(2 659)

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

in thousands of PLN

41.Hedge accounting

Santander Bank Polska S.A. uses hedging strategies within hedge accounting in line with the risk management principles set out in note 3 to the financial statement.

Fair value hedges

Santander Bank Polska S.A. uses fair value hedge accounting in relation to fixed-rate debt securities in PLN, EUR and USD.

To hedge the fair value, Santander Bank Polska S.A. uses Interest Rate Swaps (IRS), Currency Interest Rate Swaps (CIRS) and Overnight Index Swaps (OIS) for which the Bank pays a fixed rate and receives a variable rate. The risk being hedged is a change in the fair value of an instrument that is attributable to changes in market interest rates. These transactions do not hedge against changes in the fair value due to credit risk. The hedged amount is equal to the value of the hedged item (the hedge ratio is 1:1).

As at 31 December 2025, the Bank hedged 4.6% of the fixed-rate debt securities using the above instruments.

The Bank conducts prospective and retrospective tests to confirm hedge effectiveness. They are performed at the end of each month. The prospective test is also conducted on the day the hedging relationship is established.

To ensure high effectiveness of the hedging relationship and existence of an economic relationship, the hedging transactions designated by the Bank as fair value hedges meet the following conditions:

·         The nominal value of the hedged item is equal to the nominal value of the hedging transaction.

·         The interest rate on the hedged item is equal to the interest rate on the fixed leg of the hedging transaction.

·         The maturity and repricing periods of the hedged item is equal to or close to the maturity and repricing periods of the hedging item ensuring high effectiveness in offsetting changes in the fair value.

As a result, any ineffectiveness may be attributed only to the variable leg of the hedging transaction. No other sources of ineffectiveness have been identified.

The table below presents the distribution of nominal values of fair value hedges by tenor as at 31 December 2025 and in the comparative period:

Distribution of nominal values of cash flows

Nominal value of fair value hedging instruments

up to

1 month

from

1 month

to 3 months

from

3 months

to 1 year

from

1 year

to 5 years

over

5 years

Total

31.12.2025

Assets representing derivative hedging instruments

126 801

112 000

1 243 801

1 311 080

511 847

3 305 529

IRS

-

112 000

1 117 000

1 183 000

-

2 412 000

CIRS/OIS

126 801

-

126 801

128 080

511 847

893 529

Liabilities arising from derivative hedging instruments

126 801

112 000

1 243 801

1 311 080

511 847

3 305 529

IRS

-

112 000

1 117 000

1 183 000

-

2 412 000

CIRS/OIS

126 801

-

126 801

128 080

511 847

893 529

31.12.2024

Assets representing derivative hedging instruments

-

2 547 500

448 650

2 809 367

528 037

6 333 554

IRS

-

2 547 500

235 000

2 412 000

-

5 194 500

CIRS/OIS

-

-

213 650

397 367

528 037

1 139 054

Liabilities arising from derivative hedging instruments

-

2 547 500

448 650

2 809 367

528 037

6 333 554

IRS

-

2 547 500

235 000

2 412 000

-

5 194 500

CIRS/OIS

-

-

213 650

397 367

528 037

1 139 054

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

in thousands of PLN

The table below presents pricing parameters of hedging instruments:

Pricing parameters for hedging instruments

up to

1 month

from

1 month

to 3 months

from

3 months

to 1 year

from

1 year

to 5 years

over

5 years

31.12.2025

Assets representing derivative hedging instruments

 

 

 

 

 

Average fixed interest rate

5,0914

5,0878

4,4421

4,8255

4,9639

Average exchange rate (CHF/PLN)

4,5390

4,5390

4,5390

4,5390

4,5390

Average exchange rate (EUR/PLN)

4,2267

4,2267

4,2267

4,2267

4,2267

Average exchange rate (USD/PLN)

3,6016

3,6016

3,6016

3,6016

3,6016

Liabilities arising from derivative hedging instruments

 

 

 

 

 

Average fixed interest rate

-

3,2700

2,0789

2,0248

2,8400

Average exchange rate (CHF/PLN)

4,5390

4,5390

4,5390

4,5390

4,5390

Average exchange rate (EUR/PLN)

4,2267

4,2267

4,2267

4,2267

4,2267

Average exchange rate (USD/PLN)

3,6016

3,6016

3,6016

3,6016

3,6016

31.12.2024

Assets representing derivative hedging instruments

Average fixed interest rate

5,4889

5,3813

4,6195

5,0949

4,9847

Average exchange rate (CHF/PLN)

4,5371

4,5371

4,5371

4,5371

4,5371

Average exchange rate (EUR/PLN)

4,2730

4,2730

4,2730

4,2730

4,2730

Average exchange rate (USD/PLN)

4,1012

4,1012

4,1012

4,1012

4,1012

Liabilities arising from derivative hedging instruments

Average fixed interest rate

-

5,4327

1,5514

2,0422

2,8400

Average exchange rate (CHF/PLN)

4,5371

4,5371

4,5371

4,5371

4,5371

Average exchange rate (EUR/PLN)

4,2730

4,2730

4,2730

4,2730

4,2730

Average exchange rate (USD/PLN)

4,1012

4,1012

4,1012

4,1012

4,1012

The table below presents nominal values and carrying amounts of derivative hedging instruments designated as fair value hedges as at 31 December 2025 and in the comparative period:

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

Hedging instruments

designated as fair value hedges

Hedged item:

Fixed-coupon bonds

Hedged item:

Fixed-coupon bonds

Hedged item:

Fixed-rate loan portfolio

Hedged item: Issued bonds

Nominal value of hedging instrument

3 305 529

6 333 554

-

-

Hedging derivatives ­– assets (carrying amount)

61 758

173 150

-

-

Hedging derivatives – liabilities (carrying amount)

31 738

95 108

-

-

Line item in the statement of financial position that includes the hedging instrument

Hedging derivatives

(IRS, CIRS, OIS)

Hedging derivatives

(IRS, CIRS, OIS)

Hedging derivatives

(IRS)

Hedging derivatives

(CIRS)

Hedged risk

Interest rate

risk

Interest rate

risk

Interest rate

risk

Interest rate

risk

Period over which instruments have impact on the Bank’s results

up to 2033

up to 2033

up to 2024

up to 2024

Change in fair value of the hedging instrument used as the basis for recognising hedge ineffectiveness for the period

(105 795)

(34 000)

(5 317)

(678)

Value of hedge ineffectiveness recognised in profit or loss for the period

6 128

4 015

-

-

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

in thousands of PLN

The table below presents the carrying amount of the hedged item and the accumulated amount of fair value hedge adjustments on the hedged item recognised in the income statement and included in the carrying amount.

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

Items subject to fair value hedge accounting

Fixed-coupon bonds

Fixed-coupon bonds

Fixed-rate loan portfolio

Issued

bonds

Carrying amount of the hedged item, including:

 

 

Assets

3 413 437

6 228 933

-

-

Liabilities

-

-

-

-

Accumulated amount of fair value hedge adjustments on the hedged item included in profit and loss and in the carrying amount, including:

 

 

Assets

107 908

32 613

4 563

-

Liabilities

-

-

-

407

Line item in the statement of financial position that includes the hedged instrument

Debt securities measured at fair value through other comprehensive income

Debt securities measured at fair value through other comprehensive income

Loans and advances

to customers

Debt securities in issue

Cash flow hedging

Santander Bank Polska S.A. uses hedge accounting for future cash flows with respect to variable-rate commercial and mortgage loans in PLN and denominated in EUR and CHF, with maximum maturity of 30 years, and with respect to own securities issues in EUR with maturity of 6 years.

The hedging strategies used by Santander Bank Polska S.A. are designed to hedge the Bank’s exposures against the risk of changes in the value of future cash flows resulting from interest rate risk or – in the case of credit portfolios denominated in a foreign currency and own securities issues in EUR – also from currency risk.

Hedging relationships are established using Interest Rate Swaps (IRS), Currency Interest Rate Swaps (CIRS) and Cross Currency Interest Rate Swaps (CCIRS). The hedged amount is equal to the value of the hedged item (the hedge ratio is 1:1). As at 31 December 2025, the Bank used the above instruments to hedge:

·         interest rate risk component related to changes in market interest rates with respect to:

    over 75% of variable-rate commercial and mortgage loans in PLN, excluding loans granted to the subsidiaries; 

    over 70% of variable-rate commercial and mortgage loans in EUR, excluding loans granted to the subsidiaries;

·         FX risk component with respect to:

    below 2% of variable-rate commercial and mortgage loans in EUR, excluding loans granted to the subsidiaries;

    below 25% of variable-rate commercial and mortgage loans in CHF;

·         interest rate risk component related to changes in market reference rates and FX risk component with respect to:

    50% of own securities issues in EUR.

At the end of each month, the Bank conducts retrospective and prospective effectiveness tests of existing hedging transactions. On the hedge establishment date, prospective tests are also conducted to confirm high effectiveness of the hedge and make sure that there is an economic relationship between the hedged item and the hedging instrument. To measure hedge effectiveness, the Bank uses the hypothetical derivative method whereby the hedged item is reflected by a derivative transaction with specific characteristics.

Potential hedge ineffectiveness may be attributed to the following factors:

·         for relationships hedging interest rate risk:

    mismatch between the repricing dates of interest rates on hedged loans and the repricing dates of reference rates on IRS variable leg;

    interest payments based on a fixed rate received by the Bank;

    changes in cash flows arising from prepayments;

·         for relationships hedging FX risk:

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

in thousands of PLN

    mismatch in respect of initial recognition if a derivative designated to the hedging relationship has been concluded before the establishment of that relationship;

    mismatch of the base (interest rate revaluation frequency);

    changes in cash flows arising from prepayments;

·         for relationships hedging both interest rate risk and FX risk:

    mismatch in respect of initial recognition if a derivative designated to the hedging relationship has been concluded before the establishment of that relationship.

No other sources of ineffectiveness have been identified in relation to cash flow hedges.

Hedged positions are measured at amortised cost. Hedging items are measured at fair value. If the hedging relationships are effective, changes in the fair value of hedging instruments are recognised in equity.

Once a quarter, the Bank analysed the sufficiency of the CHF mortgage loan portfolio in the context of pending court proceedings and the potential negative impact of court judgments on future cash flows in CHF. Based on the results of the analyses, in 2025 the Bank terminated two hedging relationships in CHF with the total nominal value of CHF 25m. Adjusted for provisions for legal risk raised in 2025, the CHF mortgage loan portfolio was sufficient to continue the hedging relationships. At the same time, given the ruling practice on CHF mortgage loans and the Bank’s assessment regarding future lawsuits, the Bank considers the possibility to terminate the relationships in the future periods.

The table below presents the distribution of nominal values of cash flow hedges by tenor as at 31 December 2025 and in the comparative period:

Distribution of nominal values of cash flows

Nominal value of cash flow hedging instruments

up to

1 month

from 1

month

to 3 months

from 3 months

to 1 year

from 1 year

to 5 years

over 5 years

Total

31.12.2025

Assets representing derivative hedging instruments

1 713 600

2 056 450

17 934 545

30 853 944

4 358 000

56 916 539

IRS

1 540 500

1 836 000

13 106 600

21 025 900

4 358 000

41 867 000

CIRS/OIS

-

-

4 649 370

8 685 869

-

13 335 239

CCIRS

173 100

220 450

178 575

1 142 175

-

1 714 300

Liabilities arising from derivative hedging instruments

1 767 450

2 047 335

17 982 920

30 889 619

4 358 000

57 045 324

IRS

1 540 500

1 836 000

13 106 600

21 025 900

4 358 000

41 867 000

CIRS/OIS

-

-

4 649 370

8 685 869

-

13 335 239

CCIRS

226 950

211 335

226 950

1 177 850

-

1 843 085

31.12.2024

Assets representing derivative hedging instruments

5 119 063

4 251 000

12 549 500

27 497 950

3 981 000

53 398 513

IRS

4 653 200

4 251 000

6 257 000

21 838 500

3 981 000

40 980 700

CIRS/OIS

-

-

5 341 250

4 913 950

-

10 255 200

CCIRS

465 863

-

951 250

745 500

-

2 162 613

Liabilities arising from derivative hedging instruments

5 265 709

4 251 000

12 671 545

27 646 665

3 981 000

53 815 919

IRS

4 653 200

4 251 000

6 257 000

21 838 500

3 981 000

40 980 700

CIRS/OIS

-

-

5 341 250

4 913 950

-

10 255 200

CCIRS

612 509

-

1 073 295

894 215

-

2 580 019

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

in thousands of PLN

The table below presents pricing parameters of hedging instruments:

Pricing parameters for hedging instruments

up to 1 month

from 1

month

to 3 months

from 3 months

to 1 year

from 1 year

to 5 years

over 5 years

31.12.2025

Assets representing derivative hedging instruments

 

 

 

 

 

Average fixed interest rate

5,0914

5,0878

4,4421

4,8255

4,9639

Average exchange rate (CHF/PLN)

4,5390

4,5390

4,5390

4,5390

4,5390

Average exchange rate (EUR/PLN)

4,2267

4,2267

4,2267

4,2267

4,2267

Average exchange rate (USD/PLN)

3,6016

3,6016

3,6016

3,6016

3,6016

Liabilities arising from derivative hedging instruments

 

 

 

 

 

Average fixed interest rate

-

3,2700

2,0789

2,0248

2,8400

Average exchange rate (CHF/PLN)

4,5390

4,5390

4,5390

4,5390

4,5390

Average exchange rate (EUR/PLN)

4,2267

4,2267

4,2267

4,2267

4,2267

Average exchange rate (USD/PLN)

3,6016

3,6016

3,6016

3,6016

3,6016

31.12.2024

Assets representing derivative hedging instruments

Average fixed interest rate

5,4889

5,3813

4,6195

5,0949

4,9847

Average exchange rate (CHF/PLN)

4,5371

4,5371

4,5371

4,5371

4,5371

Average exchange rate (EUR/PLN)

4,2730

4,2730

4,2730

4,2730

4,2730

Average exchange rate (USD/PLN)

4,1012

4,1012

4,1012

4,1012

4,1012

Liabilities arising from derivative hedging instruments

Average fixed interest rate

-

5,4327

1,5514

2,0422

2,8400

Average exchange rate (CHF/PLN)

4,5371

4,5371

4,5371

4,5371

4,5371

Average exchange rate (EUR/PLN)

4,2730

4,2730

4,2730

4,2730

4,2730

Average exchange rate (USD/PLN)

4,1012

4,1012

4,1012

4,1012

4,1012

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

in thousands of PLN

The table below presents nominal values and carrying amounts of derivative hedging instruments designated as cash flow hedges as at 31 December 2025 and in the comparative period:

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

Hedging instruments designed as cash flow hedges

Hedged item:

Portfolio of

floating interest rate loans in PLN and EUR

Hedged item: Portfolio of

floating interest rate loans denominated in EUR and CHF

Hedged item: Issued

bonds in EUR

Hedged item:

Portfolio of floating interest rate loans in PLN and EUR

Hedged item: Portfolio of

floating interest rate loans denominated in EUR and CHF

Nominal value of hedging instrument

55 202 239

778 710

1 064 375

51 235 900

2 580 019

Hedging derivatives ­- assets (carrying amount)

1 952 068

9 901

-

1 181 236

8 933

Hedging derivatives – liabilities (carrying amount)

5 216

128 290

27 631

90 117

414 845

Line item in the statement of financial position that includes the hedging instrument

Hedging derivatives

(IRS, CIRS)

Hedging derivatives

(CIRS)

Hedging derivatives

(CIRS)

Hedging derivatives

(IRS, CIRS)

Hedging derivatives

(CCIRS)

Change in fair value of the hedging instrument used as the basis for recognising hedge ineffectiveness for the period

846 749

(1 987)

(17 636)

(598 399)

12 078

Balance of hedging gains or losses of the reporting period that were recognised in other comprehensive income

946 193

231

(17 636)

99 444

2 218

Value of hedge ineffectiveness recognised in profit or loss

-

(6 202)

-

-

10 643

Line item in the income statement that includes the recognised hedge ineffectiveness

Net trading

income and revaluation

Net trading income and revaluation

Net trading income and revaluation

Net trading income and revaluation

Net trading income and revaluation

Hedged risk

Interest rate risk

Interest rate risk and currency risk

Interest rate risk and currency risk

Interest rate risk

Interest rate risk and currency risk

Period over which instruments have impact on the Bank’s results

up to 2035

up to 2027

up to 2030

up to 2034

up to 2027

Amount reclassified from the cash flow hedge reserve to profit or loss

(40 302)

55 236

(7 319)

(276 624)

85 421

Net trading income and revaluation

-

-

-

-

(421)

Net interest income

(40 302)

55 236

(7 319)

(276 624)

85 842

Line item in the income statement that includes the reclassification adjustment

-Net trading income and revaluation: Derivative instruments

-Net interest income:

Interest recorded on hedging IRS

-Net trading income and revaluation: Derivative instruments

-Net interest income:

Interest recorded on hedging IRS

-Net trading income and revaluation: Derivative instruments

-Net interest income:

Interest recorded on hedging IRS

-Net trading

income and revaluation: Derivative instruments

-Net interest income:

Interest recorded on hedging IRS

-Net trading

income and revaluation: Derivative instruments

-Net interest income: Interest recorded on hedging IRS

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

in thousands of PLN

The table below presents the change in value of the hedged item used as the basis for recognising hedge ineffectiveness, the balance of cash flow hedge reserve:

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

Items subject to

cash flow hedge accounting

Portfolio of floating interest rate loans in

PLN and EUR

Portfolio of

floating interest rate loans denominated in EUR and CHF

Issued

bonds in EUR

Portfolio of floating interest rate loans in

PLN and EUR

Portfolio of

floating interest rate loans denominated in EUR and CHF

Change in value of the hedged item used as the basis for recognising hedge ineffectiveness for the period

846 749

(1 987)

(17 636)

(598 399)

12 078

Balance of cash flow hedge reserve

946 193

231

(17 636)

99 444

2 218

Measurement to fair value of the hedging instrument, less deferred tax, is recognised in comprehensive income and accumulated in the Bank’s equity during the period and are presented in note 40.

Impact of the IBOR reform

Santander Bank Polska uses cash flow hedges and fair value hedges that are affected by the interest rate benchmark reform (IBOR reform). The items hedged as part of hedge accounting include:

·         variable-rate commercial and mortgage loans in PLN, EUR and CHF;

·         fixed-rate debt securities in PLN;

·         own issues in EUR.

As at 31 December 2025, there were 502 hedging relationships established at Santander Bank Polska S.A. The hedging instruments comprise IRS transactions for exposures in PLN (493 relationships connected with 493 IRS transactions), CCIRS – basis swaps for EUR/PLN and CHF/PLN rates with respect to exposures in EUR and CHF (7 relationships connected with 5 CCIRS transactions) and Cross Currency IRS transactions for EUR/PLN rates with respect to exposures in EUR (2 relationships connected with 2 CCIRS transactions).

The interest rate of the foregoing derivatives is based on the following variable rates: 1M, 3M or 6M WIBOR. The relationships are set to expire gradually by 2035:

101 relationships in 2026, 302 relationships over the next five years, and 99 relationships by 2035 (including 6 relationships in 2035 alone).

Detailed information about derivative and non-derivative financial instruments subject to the IBOR reform together with the summary of measures taken by the Bank to manage the risk arising from the reform and the accounting impact, including the impact on hedging relationships, is presented in Note 3 “Risk management” and in Note 41 “Hedge accounting” (section on derivative hedging instruments).

42.Sale and reverse sale and repurchase agreements

Santander Bank Polska SA raises funds by selling financial instruments under agreements to repurchase these instruments at future dates at a predetermined price.

Repo and sell-buy back transactions may cover securities from the Bank’s balance sheet portfolio.

31.12.2025

31.12.2024*

restated

1.01.2024*

restated

 

Balance sheet value

Balance sheet value

Balance sheet value

Liabilities valued at amortised cost (contains sell-buy-back)

2 580 543

1 198 455

273 547

Fair value of securities held as collateral for sell-buy-back/repo transactions

2 575 358

1 198 845

271 933

Reverse sale and repurchase agreements

13 004 357

12 126 356

12 676 594

Fair value of securities held for buy-sell-back/reverse repo transactions

12 942 916

11 961 417

13 056 880

*Data restated following changes to the presentation of cash and cash equivalents; details are presented in Note 2.5.

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

in thousands of PLN

Reverse sale and repurchase agreements

31.12.2025

31.12.2024*

restated

1.01.2024*

restated

Reverse sale and repurchase agreements from banks

3 227 148

3 176 893

1 526 397

Reverse sale and repurchase agreements from customers

1 190 216

1 298 511

509 736

Total

4 417 364

4 475 404

2 036 133

Buy-sell-back transactions from banks presented as cash equivalents

8 586 993

7 650 952

10 640 461

Total buy-sell-back transactions

13 004 357

12 126 356

12 676 594

*Data restated following changes to the presentation of cash and cash equivalents; details are presented in Note 2.5.

Sale and repurchase agreements

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

1.01.2024

Sale and repurchase agreements from banks

7 311

151 908

108 975

Sale and repurchase agreements from customers

2 573 232

1 046 547

164 572

Total

2 580 543

1 198 455

273 547

Securities being the subject of repo and sell-buy-back transactions constituting the Bank’s portfolio are not removed from the balance sheet, because the Bank retains all rewards (i.e. interest income on pledged securities) and risks (interest rate risk and the issuer’s credit risk) attaching to these assets.

All of the above-mentioned risks and costs related to the holding of the underlying debt securities in the sell-buy-back transactions remain with the Bank, as well as power to dispose them.

The Bank also acquires reverse repo and buy-sell-back transactions at the same price increased by the pre-determined amount of interest.

Financial instruments covered by reverse repo and buy-sell-back transactions are not recognised in the balance sheet, because the Bank does not retain any rewards or risks attaching to these assets.

Financial assets which are subject to reverse repo and buy-sell-back transactions represent a security cover accepted by the Bank which the Bank may sell or pledge.

Financial instruments held as security for (reverse repo) repurchase agreements may be sold or repledged under standard agreements, under the obligation to return these to the counterparty on maturity date of the transaction.

43.Offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities

The bank enters into master agreements such as ISDA (International Swaps and Derivatives Association Master Agreements) and GMRA (Global Master Repurchase Agreement) providing for the possibility to terminate and settle the transaction with a counterparty in the event of default on the basis of a net amount of mutual receivables and payables.

In addition, under CSA (Credit Support Annex), the counterparty hedges derivative exposures with a deposit margin. The table presents fair value amounts of derivative instruments (both held for trading and designated as hedging instruments under hedge accounting) and cash collateral covered by master agreements providing for the right of set-off under specific circumstances. The value of instruments not subject to set-off are presented separately.

The Bank offsets and presents net amounts of financial assets and financial liabilities in the statement of financial position if it has a legally enforceable right to offset the recognised amounts and intends either to settle on a net basis or to realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

in thousands of PLN

Gross amounts before offsetting in the statement of financial position

Gross amounts set off in the statement of financial position

Net amount after offsetting in the statement of financial position

Amounts subject to master netting and similar arrangements not set off in the statement of financial position

Net amount of exposure

Amounts not subject to enforceable netting arrangements

Balance sheet total

 

 

 

Financial

instruments

Cash collateral received

 

 

 

Offsetting Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities on 31.12.2025

(a)

(b)

(c) = (a) (b)

(d)

(e)

(c) (d) (e)

(f)

(c) + (f)

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due from other banks

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

- Reverse sale and repurchase agreements with other banks

11 814 141

-

11 814 141

-

11 638 923

175 218

-

11 814 141

Loans and advances to customers

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

- Reverse sale and repurchase agreements

1 190 216

-

1 190 216

-

1 166 848

23 368

-

1 190 216

Other financial assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

- Financial derivatives

20 841 172

8 076 806

12 764 366

9 489 987

2 569 431

704 948

234 047

12 998 413

Total assets subject to offsetting, master netting and similar arrangement

33 845 529

8 076 806

25 768 723

9 489 987

15 375 202

903 534

234 047

26 002 770

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

-

 

Financial derivatives

19 188 068

8 076 806

11 111 262

9 489 987

1 639 976

(18 701)

264 597

11 375 859

Sale and repurchase agreements

2 580 543

-

2 580 543

-

2 588 501

(7 958)

-

2 580 543

Total liabilities subject to offsetting, master netting and similar arrangement

21 768 611

8 076 806

13 691 805

9 489 987

4 228 477

(26 659)

264 597

13 956 402

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

in thousands of PLN

Gross amounts before offsetting in the statement of financial position

Gross amounts set off in the statement of financial position

Net amount after offsetting in the statement of financial position

Amounts subject to master netting and similar arrangements not set off in the statement of financial position

Net amount of exposure

Amounts not subject to enforceable netting arrangements

Balance sheet total

 

 

 

Financial instruments

Cash collateral received

 

 

 

Offsetting Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities  on 31.12.2024

(a)

(b)

(c) = (a) (b)

(d)

(e)

(c) (d) (e)

(f)

(c) + (f)

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due from other banks

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

- Reverse sale and repurchase agreements with other banks

10 827 845

-

10 827 845

-

10 717 256

110 589

-

10 827 845

Loans and advances to customers

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

- Reverse sale and repurchase agreements

1 298 511

-

1 298 511

-

1 266 409

32 102

-

1 298 511

Other financial assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

- Financial derivatives

14 876 569

6 007 025

8 869 544

5 811 368

2 948 926

109 250

222 484

9 092 028

Total assets subject to offsetting, master netting and similar arrangement

27 002 925

6 007 025

20 995 900

5 811 368

14 932 591

251 941

222 484

21 218 384

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

-

 

Financial derivatives

14 342 836

6 007 025

8 335 811

5 811 368

3 249 631

(725 188)

486 712

8 822 523

Sale and repurchase agreements

1 198 455

-

1 198 455

-

1 177 162

21 293

-

1 198 455

Total liabilities subject to offsetting, master netting and similar arrangement

15 541 291

6 007 025

9 534 266

5 811 368

4 426 793

(703 895)

486 712

10 020 978

44.Fair value

Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.

Below is a summary of the book values and fair values of the individual groups of assets and liabilities not carried at fair value in the financial statements.

ASSETS

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

Book Value

Fair Value

Book Value

Fair Value

Cash and cash equivalents

30 504 751

30 504 751

28 722 169

28 722 169

Loans and advances to banks

2 370 201

2 370 201

4 167 697

4 167 697

Loans and advances to clients measured at amortised cost, of which:

153 852 716

154 894 690

147 965 869

148 053 354

-individuals

21 434 070

21 993 858

19 994 125

20 577 795

-housing loans

56 367 726

55 976 025

54 191 264

53 284 949

-business

74 206 183

75 080 070

71 629 771

72 039 901

Buy-sell-back transactions

4 417 364

4 417 364

4 475 404

4 475 404

Debt investment securities measured at amortised cost

49 689 035

50 859 509

33 227 759

33 017 624

LIABILITIES

 

 

 

 

Deposits from banks

1 946 975

1 946 975

3 050 432

3 050 432

Deposits from customers

230 200 308

230 199 689

215 776 367

215 778 190

Sell-buy-back transactions

2 580 543

2 580 543

1 198 455

1 198 455

Subordinated liabilities

1 601 965

1 579 481

2 127 985

2 098 588

Debt securities in issue

10 152 028

10 378 199

7 514 380

7 972 500

Below is a summary of the key methods and assumptions used in the estimation of fair values of the financial instruments shown in the table above.

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

in thousands of PLN

Financial assets and liabilities not carried at fair value in the statement of financial position

The bank has financial instruments which in accordance with the IFRS are not carried at fair value in the financial statements. The fair value of such instruments is measured using the following methods and assumptions.

Loans and advances to banks: The fair value of deposits is measured using discounted cash flows at the current money market interest rates for receivables of similar credit risk, maturity and currency. In the case of demand deposits without a fixed maturity date or with maturity up to 6 months, it is assumed that their fair value is not significantly different than their book value. The process of fair value estimation for these instruments is not affected by the long-term nature of the business with depositors. Loans and advances to banks were classified in their entirety as Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy due to application of a measurement model with significant unobservable inputs.

Loans and advances to customers: Carried at net value after impairment charges. Fair value is calculated as the discounted value of the expected future cash flows in respect of principal and interest payments. It is assumed that loans and advances will be repaid at their contractual maturity date, excluding housing loans. Due to the long maturity of this product, a behavioral portfolio depreciation level was assumed in the fair value calculation. The estimated fair value of the loans and advances reflects changes in the credit risk from the moment of sanction (margins) and changes in interest rates. Loans and advances to customers were classified in their entirety as Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy due to application of a measurement model with significant unobservable inputs, i.e. current margins achieved on new credit transactions. 

Debt investment financial assets measured at amortized cost: fair value estimated based on market quotations. Instruments classified in category I of the fair value hierarchy.

Deposits from banks and deposits from customers: Fair value of the deposits with maturity exceeding 6 months was estimated based on the cash flows discounted by the current market rates for the deposits with similar maturity dates. In the case of demand deposits without a fixed maturity date or with maturity up to 6 months, it is assumed that their fair value is not significantly different than their book value. The process of fair value estimation for these instruments is not affected by the long-term nature of the business with depositors. Deposits from banks and deposits from customers were classified in their entirety as Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy due to application of a measurement model with significant unobservable inputs.

Debt securities in issue and subordinated liabilities: The bank has made an assumption that fair value of those securities is based on discounted cash flows methods incorporating adequate interest rates. Debt securities in issue and subordinated liabilities were classified in their entirety as Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy due to application of a measurement model with significant unobservable inputs.

For Debt securities in issue and other items of liabilities, not carried at fair value in the financial statements, including: lease liabilities and other liabilities - the fair value does not differ significantly from the presented carrying amounts.

Financial assets and liabilities carried at fair value in the statement of financial position

As at 31.12.2025 and in the comparable periods the bank made the following classification of its financial instruments measured at fair value in the statement of financial position:

Level I (active market quotations): debt, equity and derivative financial instruments which at the balance sheet date were measured using the prices quoted in the active market. The bank allocates to this level fixed-rate State Treasury bonds, treasury bills, shares of listed companies and WIG 20 futures.

Level II (the measurement methods based on market-derived parameters): This level includes NBP bills and derivative instruments. Derivative instruments are measured using discounted cash flow models based on the discount curve derived from the inter-bank market.

Level III (measurement methods using material non-market parameters): This level includes equity securities that are not quoted in the active market, measured using the expert valuation model; investment certificates measured at the balance sheet date at the price announced by the mutual fund and debt securities. This level includes also part of credit cards portfolio and loans and advances subject to underwriting, i.e. portion of credit exposures that are planned to be sold before maturity for reasons other than increase in credit risk.

The objective of using a valuation technique is to determine the fair value, i.e., prices, which were obtained by the sale of an asset in in an orderly transaction between market participants carried out under current market conditions between market participants at the measurement date.

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

in thousands of PLN

Level 3: Other valuation techniques.

Financial assets and liabilities whose fair value is determined using valuation models for which input data is not based on observable market data (unobservable input data). In this category, the bank classifies financial instruments, which are valued using internal valuation models:

LEVEL 3

VALUATION METHOD

UNOBSERVABLE INPUT

LOANS AND ADVANCES TO BANKS AND CUSTOMERS: credit cards and underwriting loans and advances;

3 723 371

Discounted cash flow method

Effective margin on loans

CORPORATE DEBT SECURITIES

4 405 861

Discounted cash flow method

Credit spread

SHARES IN BIURO INFORMACJI KREDYTOWEJ SA

62 500

Estimation of the fair value based on the present value of the forecast results of the company

The valuation assumed a payment of 100% of the net result forecasted by the company and a discount estimated at market level.

SHARES IN KRAJOWA IZBA ROZLICZENIOWA SA

76 000

Estimation of the fair value based on the present value of the forecast results of the company

The valuation assumed a payment of 80% of the net result forecasted by the company and a discount estimated at market level.

SHARES IN POLSKI STANDARD PŁATNOŚCI SP. Z O.O.

343 000

Estimation of the fair value based on the present value of the forecast results of the company

The valuation based on the company's forecasted net financial results and the median P/E and EV/S multipliers based on the comparative group.

SHARES IN SOCIETY FOR WORLDWIDE INTERBANK FINANCIAL TELECOMMUNICATION

1 763

Estimation of the fair value based on the net assets value of the company and average FX exchange rate

The valuation was based on net assets of the company and the Bank's share in the capital (ca 0.048%).

SHARES IN SYSTEM OCHRONY BANKÓW KOMERCYJNYCH S.A.

136

Estimation of the fair value based on the net assets value of the company

The valuations were based on the companies' net assets and the Bank's share in capital at the level of:

-for SOBK ca. 12.9%;

-for DCHRS and ca. 1.3%;

-for WSSE ca. 0.2%.

SHARES IN DOLNOŚLĄSKIE CENTRUM HURTU ROLNO-SPOŻYWCZEGO S.A.

1 615

SHARES IN WAŁBRZYSKA SPECJALNA STREFA EKONOMICZNA „INVEST-PARK” SP Z O.O.

1 816

Expert valuations of capital instruments are prepared whenever required, but at least once a year. Valuations are prepared by an employee of the Department of Capital Management and Capital Investments (DZKiIK), and then verified by an employee of the Financial Risk Department (DRF) and finally accepted by a specially appointed team of Directors: Department of Capital Management and Capital Investments (DZKiIK), Financial Risk Department (DRF). ) and the Financial Accounting Area (ORF) (or employees designated by them). The valuation methodology for estimating the value of financial instruments from the DZKiIK portfolio using the expert method is included in the document "Investment strategy of Santander Bank Polska S.A. in capital market instruments. This document is subject to periodic reviews, updated at least once a year and approved by the Management Board and the Supervisory Board of the Bank.

Instruments are transferred between levels of the fair value hierarchy based on observability criteria verified at the ends of reporting periods. In the case of risk factors commonly considered observable on the market, the Bank considers information on directly concluded transactions on a given market to be the primary criterion of observability, and information on the number and quality of available price quotations is an auxiliary criterion.

In the period from January 1 to December 31, 2025, the following transfers of financial instruments between levels of the fair value measurement hierarchy were made:

• derivatives were transferred from Level 3 to Level 2, which on the date of conclusion, due to the original maturity date and liquidity, are classified at level 3, and for which, as their period to maturity shortens, the liquidity of observable quotations increases and are transferred to level 2;

The impact of estimated parameters on measurement of financial instruments for which the Bank applies fair value valuation according to Level 3 as at 31 December 2025 and in comparative period is as follows:

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

in thousands of PLN

Impact on fair value

+/-100 bps

 

Fair value as at 31.12.2025

Valuation technique

Unobservable factor

Unobservable factor range

Positive scenario

Negative scenario

Corporate debt securities

4 432 737

Discounted cash flow

Credit spread

(0,25%-0,92%)

110 825

(106 210)

Loans and advances measured at fair value through other comprehensive income (customers)

3 167 384

Discounted cash flow

Effective margin

(0,34%-2,74%)

135 334

(125 098)

Loans and advances measured at fair value through other comprehensive income (banks)

555 987

Discounted cash flow

Effective margin

0,57%

40 948

(37 415)

Impact on fair value

+/-100 bps

 

Fair value as at 31.12.2024

Valuation technique

Unobservable factor

Unobservable factor range

Positive scenario

Negative scenario

Corporate debt securities

9 648 274

Discounted cash flow

Credit spread

(0,03%-0,88%)

163 205

(156 328)

Loans and advances measured at fair value through other comprehensive income

4 289 996

Discounted cash flow

Effective margin

(2,21%-3,17%) 

140 458 

(130 663)

As at 31.12.2025 and in the comparable periods the bank classified its financial instruments to the following fair value levels:

31.12.2025

Level I

Level II

Level III

Total

Financial assets

 

Financial assets held for trading

4 299 395

10 965 658

13 905

15 278 958

Hedging derivatives

-

2 023 727

-

2 023 727

Loans and advances to customers measured at fair value through other comprehensive income

-

-

3 167 384

3 167 384

Loans and advances to banks measured at fair value through other comprehensive income

-

-

555 987

555 987

Debt securities measured at fair value through OCI

24 264 145

-

4 405 861

28 670 006

Equity securities measured at fair value through OCI

-

-

486 830

486 830

Assets pledged as collateral

2 575 358

-

-

2 575 358

Total

31 138 898

12 989 385

8 629 967

52 758 250

Financial liabilities

Financial liabilities held for trading

1 180 478

11 182 840

144

12 363 462

Hedging derivatives

-

192 875

-

192 875

Total

1 180 478

11 375 715

144

12 556 337

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

in thousands of PLN

31.12.2024

Level I

Level II

Level III

Total

Financial assets

 

Financial assets held for trading

1 620 817

7 728 473

17 291

9 366 581

Hedging derivatives

-

1 363 319

-

1 363 319

Loans and advances to customers measured at fair value through other comprehensive income

-

-

4 289 996

4 289 996

Loans and advances to customers measured at fair value through profit or loss

-

-

1 537

1 537

Debt securities measured at fair value through OCI

22 487 022

-

9 648 274

32 135 296

Equity securities measured at fair value through OCI

-

-

462 317

462 317

Assets pledged as collateral

1 198 845

-

-

1 198 845

Total

25 306 684

9 091 792

14 419 415

48 817 891

Financial liabilities

 

Financial liabilities held for trading

1 703 764

8 221 381

1 071

9 926 216

Hedging derivatives

-

600 071

-

600 071

Total

1 703 764

8 821 452

1 071

10 526 287

The tables below show reconciliation of changes in the balance of financial instruments whose fair value is established by means of the valuation methods using material non-market parameters.

Level III

 

31.12.2025

Financial assets held for trading

Loans and advances to customers measured at fair value through profit and loss

Loans and advances to customers measured at fair value through other comprehensive income

Loans and advances to banks measured at fair value through other comprehensive income

Debt securities measured at fair value through other comprehensive income

Equity securities measured at fair value through other comprehensive income

Financial liabilities held for trading

As at the beginning of the period

17 291

1 537

4 289 996

-

9 648 274

462 317

1 071

Profit or losses

 

 

 

 

 

 

-recognised in income statement

---net trading income and revaluation

8 913

2 975

-

-

(1 435)

--net interest income

228 854

7

188

---gains/losses from other financial securites

-

-

-

324 048

-

-

-recognised in equity (OCI)-valuation change of equity instruments

-

-

-

-

24 513

-

Purchase/ granting

4 661

645

889 883

555 980

-

-

534

Sale

(16 944)

(683)

(352 076)

-

-

-

-

Matured

-

(4 474)

(1 866 588)

-

(5 566 649)

-

-

Transfer

(16)

-

-

-

-

-

(26)

Other

-

-

(22 685)

-

-

-

-

As at the end of the period

13 905

-

3 167 384

555 987

4 405 861

486 830

144

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

in thousands of PLN

Level III

 

31.12.2024

Financial assets held for trading

Loans and advances to customers measured at fair value through profit and loss

Loans and advances to customers measured at fair value through other comprehensive income

Debt securities measured at fair value through other comprehensive income

Equity securities measured at fair value through other comprehensive income

Financial liabilities held for trading

As at the beginning of the period

9 498

11 111

2 798 234

11 555 157

272 336

5 944

Profit or losses

 

 

 

 

 

 

-recognised in income statement

---net trading income and revaluation

109

2 859

-

-

186

--net interest income

292 854

---gains/losses from other financial securites

-

-

-

-

-

-

-recognised in equity (OCI)-valuation change of equity instruments

-

-

-

256 038

188 399

-

Purchase/ granting

18 001

2 568

2 192 326

-

1 582

1 331

Sale

(4 626)

(930)

(203 096)

-

-

-

Matured

-

(14 071)

(778 653)

(2 162 921)

-

-

Transfer

(5 691)

-

-

-

-

(6 390)

Other

-

-

(11 669)

-

-

-

As at the end of the period

17 291

1 537

4 289 996

9 648 274

462 317

1 071

.

45.Legal risk connected with CHF mortgage loans

As at 31 December 2025, the Bank had a portfolio of 10.7k CHF-denominated and CHF-indexed loans of PLN 2,358,619k gross before adjustment to the gross carrying amount at PLN 2,350,380k reducing contractual cash flows in respect of legal risk. The Bank also had PLN loans which used to be denominated in or indexed to CHF. Their total gross amount was PLN 283,348k before adjustment to the gross carrying amount at PLN 221,208k reducing contractual cash flows in respect of legal risk. There were 34.6k repaid CHF-denominated or CHF-indexed loans exposed to legal risk, and the disbursed amount totalled PLN 4.3bn.  

As at 31 December 2024, the Bank had a portfolio of 16.7k CHF-denominated and CHF-indexed loans of PLN 3,707,626k gross before adjustment to the gross carrying amount at PLN 3,491,974k reducing contractual cash flows in respect of legal risk. The Bank also had PLN loans which used to be denominated in or indexed to CHF. Their total gross amount was PLN 297,466k before adjustment to the gross carrying amount at PLN 230,388k reducing contractual cash flows in respect of legal risk. There were 34.6k repaid CHF-denominated or CHF-indexed loans exposed to legal risk, and the disbursed amount totalled PLN 4.3bn.  

For a long period of time, the ruling practice regarding loans indexed to or denominated in foreign currencies has not been uniform.   

At present, however, the dominant judicial is the annulment of a loan agreement due to unfair clauses concerning loan indexation and application of an exchange rate from the bank’s FX table. Some courts issue judgments as a result of which the loan is converted to PLN: the unfair indexation mechanism is removed and the loan is treated as a PLN loan with an interest rate based on a rate relevant for CHF. Other courts adjudicate partly in favour of banks: only the application of an exchange rate based on the bank’s FX table is deemed to be unfair and is replaced by an objective indexation rate, i.e. an average NBP exchange rate or market exchange rate.

Still others decide on the removal of loan indexation, as a consequence of which the loan is treated as a PLN loan with an interest rate based on WIBOR. Judgments are also passed which declare loan agreements void due to unlawful terms. Those judgments are incidental and as such, in the Bank’s view, have no significant impact on the assessment of legal risk of court cases regarding mortgage loans denominated in or indexed to CHF.  

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

in thousands of PLN

Lastly, there are still rulings which are entirely favourable to banks, where conversion clauses are not deemed to be unfair and the case against the bank is dismissed.   

The above‑described divergence in judicial positions continues to exist, although judgments declaring loan agreements invalid remain predominant.

In 2024, the Supreme Court attempted to harmonise its case law. In its resolution of 25 April 2024 (case no. III CZP 25/22), the Supreme Court comprehensively assessed issues related to CHF loan cases, stating, that:

  • an abusive provision relating to the determination of the exchange rate cannot be replaced by another method of determining that rate derived from statutory provisions or established practice; consequently, due to the impossibility of determining a binding foreign exchange rate in an indexed or denominated loan agreement, the agreement is not binding also in its remaining scope.

Subsequently, addressing issues related to the annulment of a loan agreement, the Supreme Court indicated that:

  • following the invalidation of a loan agreement, each party is entitled to an independent claim for the restitution of undue performance (the so‑called theory of two conditions);
  • the limitation period for the bank’s claim for restitution of amounts disbursed under the loan commences on the day following the date on which the borrower challenged the binding nature of the contractual provisions;
  • there is no legal basis for either party to claim interest or any other remuneration for the use of its funds for the period from the performance of the undue payment until the debtor falls into delay with respect to its restitution.

Already in its earlier resolution of 2021 (case no. III CZP 6/21), the Supreme Court held that, where a contract is declared invalid, the parties are required to return to each other all performances rendered for their benefit, in accordance with the theory of two conditions, while at the same time indicating that there are legal instruments enabling the simultaneous settlement of reciprocal claims arising from unjust enrichment following the invalidation of the agreement, such as set‑off and the right of retention.

In this resolution, the Supreme Court also stated that the limitation period for the bank’s claim for restitution of unjust enrichment cannot commence before the agreement is deemed permanently ineffective, i.e. until the consumer makes an informed decision regarding the invalidity of the agreement. This position corresponded with the view expressed by the Court of Justice of the European Union (CJEU) with respect to the limitation period for a consumer’s claims for the reimbursement of instalments paid, according to which it would be unjustified to calculate the beginning of the limitation period from the date of each repayment, as the consumer might not at that time have been aware of the existence or nature of unfair contractual terms.

In its case law, the Court of Justice of the European Union consistently accords priority to the protection of consumer interests infringed by unfair contractual terms. It emphasises that the primary objective of Directive 93/13/EEC is to restore the balance between the parties by placing the consumer in the legal and factual position in which they would have been had the agreement been concluded without the unfair term, while at the same time ensuring the deterrent effect intended by the Directive against the use of unfair terms by traders. The CJEU considers the invalidation of a contract to be a measure of last resort, to be applied only after the court has informed the borrower of the consequences of such invalidation and obtained their consent. At the same time, the CJEU emphasizes that, in order to preserve the validity of a contract, the national court should apply all available measures, including examining the possibility of removing only those elements of contractual clauses deemed unfair, provided that this does not alter the substance of the contractual obligation. However, in domestic case law, the prevailing approach is to invalidate the agreement as a consequence of the removal of unfair contractual provisions.

In its judgment of 15 June 2023 in case C‑520/21, concerning the parties’ claims relating to settlement for non‑contractual use of another party’s capital following contract invalidation, the CJEU confirmed that national law is competent to determine the consequences of the invalidation of a contract. The reasoning of the judgment indicates that, in the CJEU’s view, bank claims exceeding the restitution of the loan principal are contrary to the objectives of Directive 93/13/EEC if they would lead to the bank obtaining a profit analogous to that which it intended to achieve through the performance of the contract, thereby eliminating the deterrent effect.

At the same time, the CJEU ruled that, under EU law, there are no obstacles preventing a consumer from claiming compensation from a bank exceeding the reimbursement of instalments paid. However, it stipulated that such a claim should be assessed in light of all the

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

in thousands of PLN

circumstances of the case, so as to ensure that any benefits obtained by the consumer as a result of the invalidation of the agreement do not exceed what is necessary to restore the legal and factual position in which the consumer would have been had the defective agreement not been concluded, and do not constitute a disproportionate sanction for the trader, in accordance with the principle of proportionality. Several judgments of national courts have already been noted dismissing consumers’ claims for reimbursement of amounts exceeding the instalments paid to the bank.

In its order of 12 January 2024 in case C‑488/23, the CJEU endorsed the position presented in the above‑mentioned judgment and interpreted that ruling, stating that a bank may not claim compensation from a consumer in the form of judicial valorisation of the disbursed loan principal, but only the amount of the principal paid out together with statutory default interest from the date of the payment demand.

In its judgment of 7 December 2023 in case C‑140/22, the CJEU held that the assessment of the abusive nature of contractual clauses occurs by operation of law and that the national court is obliged to examine the contested provisions ex officio. It also emphasised that the exercise of consumer rights cannot be made conditional upon the consumer submitting a declaration before the court confirming awareness of the consequences of the invalidity of the agreement and consenting to its invalidation.

In its judgment of 14 December 2023 in case C‑28/22, the CJEU addressed the issue of the limitation period for the parties’ claims, but did not determine a specific starting date for the limitation period, indicating only that it cannot commence from the date of a final court judgment and that the starting date of the limitation period may not be less favourable for the consumer than for the bank.

In its judgment of 19 March 2025 in case C‑396/24, the CJEU held that national case law under which, following the invalidation of a loan agreement due to abusive clauses, a trader is entitled to claim from the consumer repayment of the entire nominal amount of the loan granted, irrespective of the amount of repayments made by the consumer under the agreement and irrespective of the outstanding balance, is incompatible with the provisions of Directive 93/13/EEC. In this respect, the CJEU’s position diverges from the Polish Supreme Court’s theory of two restitutions, which assumes the mutual restitution by each party of all performances rendered (without applying automatic netting of reciprocal performances up to the lower amount under the balance theory). Consequently, the adoption of the CJEU’s position by Polish courts may result in changes to the settlement principles applied in case law with respect to the claims of each party to an invalidated loan agreement.

In response to this position of the CJEU, the Regional Court in Warsaw submitted a further request for a preliminary ruling concerning the settlement of the parties following the invalidation of a contract, in particular the application of the balance theory. The case has been registered under reference number C‑510/25 and is awaiting the scheduling of a hearing.

As already indicated, in cases concerning indexed and denominated loans, divergent court rulings persist; however, due to the predominance of the line of case law leading to the invalidation of loan agreements, as at the date of preparation of these financial statements, the Bank has, in its legal risk quantification model for the portfolio of indexed and denominated foreign currency loans, taken into account (in the form of an adjustment to the gross carrying amount of active exposures or provisions for inactive exposures) this judicial outcome scenario.

This model may be affected by further rulings of the CJEU in response to preliminary questions referred by Polish courts, as well as by the practice of domestic courts. The Bank continuously monitors the state of judicial case law in foreign currency loan cases regarding the development and potential changes in judicial trends. Future changes to the model could also be influenced by potential legislative intervention aimed at restoring the balance between the parties following the removal of an abusive clause, in order to protect legal certainty from the mass invalidation of mortgage loan agreements or by the introduction of sector‑specific solutions enabling mass, amicable settlement of disputes with borrowers (legislative work is currently underway on a draft act intended, inter alia, to streamline court proceedings concerning mortgage loans denominated in and indexed to CHF, introduce solutions encouraging amicable dispute resolution, and facilitate the settlement of mutual claims arising from contract invalidity within a single set of proceedings).

In view of the above, the Bank identified the risk that in the case of lawsuits which have already been filed or are predicted to be filed based on applicable models the scheduled cash flows from the portfolio of mortgage loans denominated in and indexed to CHF might not be fully recoverable and/or that a liability might arise, resulting in a future cash outflow. Total cumulative impact of legal risk associated with foreign currency mortgage loans is recognised in line with the requirements arising from:  

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

in thousands of PLN

  • IFRS 9 Financial Instruments – in the case of active loans and   
  • IAS 37 Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets – in the case of loans repaid in full or if the gross carrying amount of an active loan is lower than the value of risk.  

The adjustment to the gross carrying amount (in accordance with IFRS 9) and provisions (in accordance with IAS 37) were estimated taking into account a number of assumptions which significantly influence the estimate reflected in the Bank’s financial statements.  

As at 31 December 2025, there were 13,312 pending lawsuits against the Bank over loans indexed to or denominated in a foreign currency, with the disputed amount totalling PLN 5,468,224k. Loans repaid as at the lawsuit date accounted for 23% of all lawsuits. The latter included one class action filed against Santander Bank Polska S.A. under the Class Action Act and relating to 197 CHF-indexed loans with the disputed amount of PLN 50,983k. 

As at 31 December 2024, there were 14,568 pending lawsuits against the Bank over loans indexed to or denominated in CHF, with the disputed amount totalling PLN 5,912,148k. Loans repaid as at the lawsuit date accounted for 14% of all lawsuits. The latter included one class action filed against Santander Bank Polska S.A. under the Class Action Act and relating to 263 CHF-indexed loans with the disputed amount of PLN 50,983k.  

 As at 31 December 2025, the total cumulative impact of legal risk associated with foreign currency mortgage loans recognised in the Bank’s balance sheet was PLN 4,766,293k, including:  

  • IFRS 9 adjustment to the gross carrying amount at PLN 2,571,589k
  • IAS 37 provision at PLN 2,194,704k. 

As at 31 December 2024, the total cumulative impact of legal risk associated with foreign currency mortgage loans recognised in the Bank’s balance sheet was PLN 5,184,359k, including:   

  • IFRS 9 adjustment to the gross carrying amount at PLN 3,722,362k 
  • IAS 37 provision at PLN 1,461,997k.  

The tables below present the total cost of legal risk connected with mortgage loans recognised in the Bank’s income statement and statement of financial position, including the cost of settlements discussed in detail in the section below.   

Cost of legal risk connected with foreign currency mortgage loans

1.01.2025-

31.12.2025

1.01.2024-31.12.2024

 

Impact of legal risk connected with foreign currency mortgage loans recognised as adjustment to gross carrying amount

(50 659) 

(899 387) 

Impact of legal risk connected with foreign currency mortgage loans recognised as provision

(990 831) 

(924 468) 

Other costs*

(555 141) 

(428 706) 

Total cost of legal risk connected with foreign currency mortgage loans

(1 596 631) 

(2 252 561) 

Gain/loss on derecognition of financial instruments measured at amortised cost

(46 940) 

(65 278) 

including: settlements made

(47 213) 

(69 220) 

Total cost of legal risk connected with foreign currency mortgage loans and settlements made

(1 643 844) 

(2 321 781) 

 * Other costs include but are not limited to the costs of court proceedings and costs of enforcement of court judgments.

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

Adjustment to gross carrying amount in respect of legal risk connected with foreign currency

mortgage loans

2 571 589 

3 722 362  

Provision for legal risk connected with foreign currency mortgage loans

2 194 704 

1 461 997  

Total cumulative impact of legal risk connected with foreign currency mortgage loans

4 766 293 

5 184 359  

As at 31 December 2025, the total adjustment to the gross carrying amount and provisions for legal risk and legal provisions (for legal claims and a collective portion) in respect of the CHF loan portfolio were PLN 4,680,348k and accounted for 177.2% of the gross value of the active CHF loan portfolio (before IFRS 9 adjustment to the gross carrying amount).  

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

in thousands of PLN

As at 31 December 2024, the total adjustment to the gross carrying amount and provisions for legal risk and legal provisions (for legal claims and a collective portion) accounted for 129.4% of the gross value of the active CHF loan portfolio (before IFRS 9 adjustment to the gross carrying amount).  

The model for assessing legal risk of foreign currency loans which is used to estimate provisions for legal risk derives from statistical data and expert judgments based on observation of developments and trends that may have significant impact on the ruling practice and on the number of legal disputes and their resolution. Accordingly, the scenarios of different court judgments used in the model reflect all developments whose number and significance for risk assessment is relevant from the perspective of the portfolio. At the same time, in order to prevent the model from being overly susceptible to fluctuations caused by data variability in short periods of time, the likelihoods of those scenarios are taken into account when making any potential changes to the underlying parameters.   

The change in the value of the provisions between January and December 2025 resulted from a review of the legal risks connected with foreign currency mortgage loans. As a consequence of the review, the level of expected  settlements and the number of expected lawsuits regarding active and in particular repaid loans were taken into account. The expected costs of court‑ordered settlements arising from the invalidation of loan agreements were updated, together with the revised estimates of the expected volume and cost of potential settlements. In addition, the probabilities of possible litigation outcomes reflected in the model were recalibrated.

The Bank used a statistical model to estimate the likelihood of claims being made by borrowers in relation to both active and repaid loans based on the existing lawsuits against the Bank and the estimated growth in their number. The model assesses the so-called lifetime risk and is based on a range of behavioural characteristics related to the loan and the customer. The Bank assumes that lawsuits have been or will be filed against the Bank in relation to approx. 41% of active and repaid loans (36% in December 2024).These assumptions are highly sensitive to a number of external factors, including but not limited to the ruling practice of Polish courts, the level of publicity around individual rulings, measures taken by the mediating law firms and the cost of proceedings. Customers’ interest in proposed settlements is another important aspect affecting the estimates, as is the practice of Polish courts with regard to the enforcement of CJEU rulings.   

The Bank expects that most of the lawsuits will be filed by the end of 2027, and then the number of new claims will drop as the legal environment will become more predictable and standardised.  

In the Bank’s opinion, the expected number of cases estimated based on the statistical model is characterised by uncertainty owing to such factors as: the duration of court proceedings and the growing costs related to the instigation and continuation of court proceedings.  

For the purpose of calculating the costs of legal risk, the Bank also estimated how likely it is that a specific number of lawsuits will be filed and what the possible end scenarios are in this respect. The Bank also considered the protracted proceedings in some courts.  

As at 31 December 2025, 6,156  final and non-appealable judgments were issued in cases against the Bank (considering those passed after the CJEU judgment of 3 October 2019), of which 6,023 were unfavourable to the Bank, and 133 were entirely or partially favourable to the Bank (compared to 3,207 judgments as at 31 December 2024, including 3,100 unfavourable ones and 107 entirely or partially favourable).When assessing the likelihoods, the Bank used the support of law firms and conducted thorough analysis of the ruling practice in cases concerning indexed and denominated loans. 

As mentioned above, there is no uniform ruling practice concerning indexed and denominated loans. However, as the majority of judgments result in the invalidation of loan agreements, the Bank considered, as a possible court outcome leading to a financial loss, the annulment of the entire loan agreement due to unfair clauses, with the borrower required to reimburse only the nominal amount of the capital. 

Settlements  

The Bank actively encourages customers to make settlements. As part of the settlement, the loan is converted to PLN and/or a method is determined to settle the liabilities arising from the loan agreement. The settlement terms are individually negotiated with customers. Settlement proposals are made both to customers who have taken legal action and to customers who have not yet decided to file a lawsuit. It is reflected in the model which is currently used to calculate legal risk provisions, both in terms of the impact of proposed settlements on customers’ willingness to bring the case to court and with respect to the potential outcomes of court proceedings.  

By 31 December 2025, the Bank made 12,466 settlements (both pre-court and post-court).

The Bank applies a settlement scenario which reflects the level of losses for future settlements. The scenario is based on acceptance levels and losses on loans as part of settlement proposals described above. The acceptance level of future settlements is affected by factors such as the interest rate of PLN loans, the CHF/PLN conversion rate, the development of the ruling practice and the duration of proceedings.

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

in thousands of PLN

Sensitivity analysis   

Due to the high uncertainty around both individual assumptions and their total impact, the Bank carried out the following sensitivity analysis of the estimated impact of legal risk by assessing the influence of variability of individual parameters on the level of that risk. The sensitivity analysis also includes the impact of an increase in the loss on settlement. The amount of loss accepted by the Bank as part of the settlement affects the total value of the provision as it is one of the possible ways to terminate the agreement whether or not the customer has filed a lawsuit against the Bank.    

The estimates were prepared in the form of a univariate analysis of provision value sensitivity.    

Taking into account the variability of the parameters outlined below, as at 31 December 2025 and in the comparative period the collective provision for legal risk is affected as follows:  

Scenario (PLN m)

Change in the collective provision as at 31.12.2025

Change in the collective provision as at 31.12.2024

Doubling the expected number of new customers filing a lawsuit (active and non-active customers)

801  

584  

50% reduction in the expected number of new customers filing a lawsuit (active and non-active customers)

(445)  

(411)  

10% relative increase in the loss on settlement

10 

16  

For all the parameters, the variability range in the sensitivity analysis was estimated taking into account the existing market conditions. The adopted variability ranges may change depending on market developments, which may significantly affect the results of the sensitivity analysis.

Taking into account the variability of the parameters outlined below, the provision for individual legal claims as at 31 December  2025 and in the comparative period is affected as follows:

Scenario (PLN m)

Change in the individual provision as at 31.12.2025

Change in the individual provision

as at 31.12.2024

1% Absolute increase in the likelihood of losing the case

39  

45  

1% Absolute decrease in the likelihood of losing the case

(39)  

(45)  

10% relative increase in the loss on settlement

49  

47  

The Bank also estimated the average cost of cancelling a loan, depending on whether it has already been fully repaid or not. The assumptions made in the estimation may change depending on changes in the applicable legal system and the developing judicial practice. The results of the analysis are presented in the table below.

Scenario (PLN m)

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

Average loss resulting from the cancellation of 1000 active credits

286  

277  

Average loss resulting from the cancellation of 1000 loans repaid

77  

72  

46.Contingent liabilities and litigation and claims

Information about pending court and administrative proceedings

As at 31.12.2025 the value of all litigation amounts to PLN 9,955,190 k. This amount includes PLN 3,940,856 k claimed by the Bank, PLN 6,014 ,334k in claims against the Bank.

As at 31.12.2025 the amount of all court proceedings which had been completed amounted to PLN 1,801,266 k.

As at 31.12.2025 the provisions for instigated lawsuits recognised in accordance with IAS 37 totalled PLN 1,579,597 k and the adjustment to gross carrying amount under IFRS 9 related to to instigated lawsuits totalled PLN 3,321,952k. In 3,474 cases against Santander Bank Polska SA, where the claim value was high (equal or above PLN 500 k), the total value of provisions for legal claims recognised in accordance with IAS 37 and the adjustment to gross carrying amount under IFRS 9 related to legal claims was PLN 1,742,479 k.

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

in thousands of PLN

As at 31.12.2024 the value of all litigation amounts to PLN 9,513,582 k. This amount includes PLN 3,128,890 k claimed by the Bank, PLN 6,384 ,692k in claims against the Bank.

As at 31.12.2024 the amount of all court proceedings which had been completed amounted to PLN 721,698 k.

As at 31.12.2024 the provisions for instigated lawsuits recognised in accordance with IAS 37 totalled PLN 1,198,247 k and the adjustment to gross carrying amount under IFRS 9 related to to instigated lawsuits totalled PLN 3,124,236k. In 3,804 cases against Santander Bank Polska SA, where the claim value was high (equal or above PLN 500 k), the total value of provisions for legal claims recognised in accordance with IAS 37 and the adjustment to gross carrying amount under IFRS 9 related to legal claims was PLN 1,871,052 k.

Court cases over a free credit sanction

As at 31 December 2025, there were 2,967 pending lawsuits against the Bank over a free credit sanction, with the disputed amount totalling PLN 85,924k. The lawsuits are brought by customers or entities that have purchased customers’ debt and concern the compliance of consumer cash loan agreements with the Consumer Credit Act.

There are also several proceedings pending before the CJEU following from the requests for preliminary ruling from the Polish courts. They refer to such issues as the permissibility of interest calculation on the loan portion financing non-interest costs, lender’s information obligations, appropriateness of application of a free credit sanction for potential infringement of information obligations in the light of the EU proportionality rule.

On 13 February 2025, the CJEU issued a judgment in case C-472/23, addressing some of the issues mentioned above: contractual information on annual percentage rate of charge (APRC), banks’ information obligations in the case of amendment of charges connected with the performance of an agreement and proportionality of the sanction depriving the lender of its right to interest and charges in the case of infringement of an information obligation. While not ruling on the permissibility of interest calculation on the loan portion financing non-interest costs, the CJEU held that an APRC was calculated at the time the agreement was concluded, based on the assumption that the agreement in the wording applicable at that time would remain valid for the period agreed. It means that the bank does not violate its information obligations regarding the APRC even if contractual terms affecting the APRC are subsequently found to be unfair. The CJEU concluded that such practice did not violate any information obligations.In its judgment, the CJEU also outlined the rules for proper performance of information obligations by banks in the case of amending charges connected with the performance of an agreement and stated that the proportionality rule should be applied in relation to the sanction rendering the loan free of interest and charges and that sanctions should be effective and deterrent.

On 9 October 2025, the CJEU issued a judgment in case C-80/24 on assignment agreements. It held that consumers’ claims towards banks could generally be subject to assignment agreements and that national courts did not have to examine of their own motion the lawfulness of such agreements. The CJEU did not rule out the possibility for national courts to examine the validity of assignment agreements based on an objection raised. It only concluded that in the case of disputes between debt buyers and banks courts did not need to do it of their own motion. If the bank raises an objection, the court still needs to examine whether an assignment agreement has been lawfully concluded, in particular if it does not violate consumer’s interest or best practice.

The Group closely monitors the ruling practice in terms of the free credit sanction. At present, the vast majority of rulings are favourable to the Group.

Administrative penalty proceedings by the Polish Financial Supervision Authority

On 22 November 2023, the Polish Financial Supervision Authority (KNF) started administrative proceedings against Santander Bank Polska S.A. that might result in a penalty being imposed on the Bank under Article 176i(1)(4) of the Act on trading in financial instruments. At this stage of the proceedings, the amount of the potential penalty cannot be estimated reliably. 

Proceedings in respect of unauthorised payment transactions

These sector-wide proceedings were initiated against the Bank under the decision of the Office of Competition and Consumer Protection (UOKiK) dated 8 July 2022. They concern the alleged breach of the Polish Payment Services Act by the Bank as a result of:

1.       failing to refund the amount of the unauthorised payment transaction (or restore the debited payment account to the state in which it would have been if the unauthorised payment transaction had not taken place) by the end of the business day following the day of receipt of the consumer’s report of the unauthorised payment transaction, even if there were no reasonable or duly documented grounds for suspecting consumer’s fraud and no such suspicion was reported to the law enforcement authorities in writing;

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

in thousands of PLN

2.       providing consumers, in response to their reports of unauthorised payment transactions, with information about the payment service provider’s verification of the correct use of a payment instrument based on personal security credentials, suggesting that the bank’s mere demonstration that the disputed payment transactions were correctly authenticated is evidence of authorisation of such transactions and exempts it from an obligation to refund the amount of the unauthorised transaction; and 

3.        providing consumers, in response to their reports of unauthorised payment transactions, with false information about the authorisation of the disputed transactions, at the same time presenting information indicating that the transactions resulted from consumers’ breach (either deliberate or resulting from gross negligence) of at least one of the obligations referred to in Article 42 of the Payment Services Act and in the agreement between the consumer and the bank, which made them liable for the disputed payment transactions.  

The Bank has actively cooperated with the UOKiK and proposed ways to conclude the proceedings in accordance with Article 28 of the Competition and Consumer Protection Act. On 29 July 2025, the Bank received a proposal for a uniform commitment statement, to which it responded on 1 September 2025. A meeting was held on 29 October 2025 between the banks subject to the proceedings and the UOKiK to discuss the scope and contents of the uniform commitment statement. Based on the stage of the proceedings and the ongoing exchange of correspondence regarding the potential termination of the proceedings by way of a commitment decision, the Bank did not recognise any provisions. The deadline for the conclusion of the proceedings, as indicated by the UOKiK, is 30 June 2026.

Off-balance sheet liabilities

The value of contingent liabilities and off-balance sheet transactions are presented below. The value of liabilities granted and provision for off-balance sheet liabilities are presented also presented by categories. The values of guarantees and letters of credit as set out in the table below represent the maximum possible loss that would be disclosed as at the balance sheet day if the customers did not meet any of their obligations towards third parties.

31.12.2025

Contingent liabilities

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Total

Liabilities granted

66 436 472

1 671 066

246 388

68 353 926

- financial

44 300 883

1 219 349

57 511

45 577 743

- credit lines

40 462 086

852 168

50 258

41 364 512

- credit cards debits

3 369 279

282 933

7 253

3 659 465

- import letters of credit

468 808

84 248

-

553 056

- term deposits with future commencement term

710

-

-

710

- guarantees

22 173 371

467 434

297 259

22 938 064

Provision for financial liabilities and guarantees granted

(37 782)

(15 717)

(108 382)

(161 881)

Liabilities received

 

 

 

85 216 169

- financial

 

 

 

7 566

- guarantees

 

 

 

85 208 603

Total

66 436 472

1 671 066

246 388

153 570 095

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

in thousands of PLN

31.12.2024

Contingent liabilities

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Total

Liabilities granted

58 091 375

1 657 694

265 970

60 015 039

- financial

36 315 675

1 307 621

72 171

37 695 467

- credit lines

32 533 275

1 012 422

48 457

33 594 154

- credit cards debits

3 097 543

292 790

7 449

3 397 782

- import letters of credit

670 970

2 409

16 265

689 644

- term deposits with future commencement term

13 887

-

-

13 887

- guarantees

21 807 395

367 871

314 656

22 489 922

Provision for financial liabilities and guarantees granted

(31 695)

(17 798)

(120 857)

(170 350)

Liabilities received

 

 

 

48 546 893

- financial

 

 

 

130 590

- guarantees

 

 

 

48 416 303

Total

58 091 375

1 657 694

265 970

108 561 932

47.Assets and liabilities pledged as collateral

Assets pledged as collateral

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

Treasury bonds blocked for REPO transactions

2 575 358

1 198 845

Total

2 575 358

1 198 845

The Bank holds financial instruments in the form of:

- financial assets held for trading in the amount of PLN 2,070,128 k (in 2024: PLN 1,198,845 k),

- debt securities measured at amoritsed cost of PLN 505,230 k (in 2024 respectively: PLN 0 k),

which represent collateral for liabilities under buy-sell-back transactions. The liabilities were presented in Note 42 Sale and reverse sale and repurchase agreements.

Apart from assets that secure liabilities that are disclosed separately in the statement of financial position when the receiving party may sell or exchange the assets for other security, the bank additionally held the following collateral for liabilities that did not meet the criterion:

 

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

Treasury bonds blocked with BFG

700 044

1 138 162

Treasury bonds blocked for loans from banks

111 526

159 993

Deposits in financial institutions as collateralised valuation of transactions

1 650 621

2 845 833

Total

2 462 191

4 143 988

Assets securing funds to cover the BGF are debt securities.

The deposit protection fund was last created by Santander Bank Polska S.A. in 2024. The Bank calculated it using 0.20% of the funds deposited in all accounts with the Bank, which served as the basis for calculating the obligatory reserve.  As at 31 December 2025, assets held as security totalled PLN 700,044k, including PLN 0 to cover funds guaranteed by the Bank Guarantee Fund (PLN 1,138,162k and PLN 610,440k as at 31 December 2024, respectively).

For ageements regarding financing receivd in the form of loans from banks, collateral is establised by blocking in KDPW debt securities measured at fair value through other comprehensive income in the amount of PLN 111,526 k (in 2024 - PLN 159,993 k).

In 2025, deposits opened with financial institutions to secure the value of transactions totalled PLN 1,650,621 k (in 2024 – PLN 2,845,833 k).

In 2025, the Group accepted PLN 2,388,701 k worth of deposits securing of derivative transactions (vs. PLN 3,177,496 k in 2024).

Other liabilities accepted as collateral are disclosed in Note 32.

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

in thousands of PLN

48.Information about leases

Lease related amounts recognized in the income statement

1.01.2025-31.12.2025

1.01.2024-31.12.2024

Amortisation of right of use asset incl.:

(134 934)

(131 037)

- Land and buildings

(122 444)

(120 090)

- Transportation means

(11 221)

(9 986)

- Other

(1 269)

(961)

Interest expenses due to lease liabilities

(22 846)

(21 749)

Short-term lease costs

(7 259)

(9 015)

Low-value assets lease costs

(1 219)

(1 225)

Costs of variable lease payments not included in the measurement of the lease liabilities

(148)

(500)

Non-tax deductible VAT

(35 529)

(34 024)

Total

( 201 935)

(197 550)

Lease liabilities

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

Lease liabilities (gross)

587 191

511 052

Discount

(24 612)

(35 430)

Lease liabilities (net)

562 579

475 622

Lease liabilities gross by maturity:

 

 

Short-term

119 892

129 167

Long-term (over 1 year)

467 299

381 885

Total lease liabilities (gross)

587 191

511 052

.

Movements in lease liabilities

1.01.2025-31.12.2025

1.01.2024-31.12.2024

As at the beginning of the period

475 622

484 012

Additions from:

253 974

164 984

- adding a new contract

136 098

28 384

- interest on lease liabilities

22 846

21 434

- update of lease term

95 030

115 166

Disposals from:

(167 017)

(173 374)

- payment due to lease liabilities

(141 529)

(147 307)

- interest repayment

(22 846)

(21 434)

- FX differences

(2 605)

(2 007)

- other changes

(37)

(2 626)

As at the end of the period

562 579

475 622

49.Related parties

The tables below present transactions with related parties. Transactions between Santander Bank Polska SA and its related entities are banking operations carried out on an arm’s length basis as part of their ordinary business and mainly represent loans, bank accounts, deposits, guarantees and leases. In the case of internal Group transactions, adocumentation is prepared in accordance with requirements of tax regulations for transfer pricing.

As at 31 December 2025, the immediate and ultimate parent of Santander Bank Polska S.A. was Banco Santander S.A., headquartered in Spain. As at the date of publication of these financial statements, the parent entity is Erste Group Bank AG headquartered in Austria. Details are presented in Note 55.

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

in thousands of PLN

Transactions with subsidiaries

31.12.2025

31.12.2024*

restated

Assets

18 398 064

19 945 091

Cash and cash equivalents

-

127 415

Loans and advances to banks

-

99 885

Financial assets held for trading

347

18 702

Loans and advances to customers

18 370 096

19 676 558

Other assets

27 621

22 531

Liabilities

643 703

920 550

Deposits from banks

-

295 149

Financial liabilities held for trading

39

40 822

Deposits from customers

453 469

397 406

Lease liabilities

190 188

187 156

Other liabilities

7

17

Contingent Liabilities

7 555 622

6 384 851

Granted:

7 555 622

5 984 851

financial

1 021 625

1 496 570

guarantees

6 533 997

4 488 281

Received:

-

400 000

guarantees

-

400 000

Derivatives' Nominal Values

8 993

3 394 350

Single-currency interest rate swap (IRS)

8 993

2 992 203

Spot-purchased

-

201 233

Spot-sold

-

200 914

* Data restated following changes to the presentation of cash and cash equivalents; details are presented in Note 2.5.

Transactions with subsidiaries**

1.01.2025-31.12.2025

1.01.2024-31.12.2024

Income

1 046 562

1 115 476

Interest income

928 136

1 002 300

Fee and commission income

106 370

86 752

Other operating income

5 524

7 735

Net trading income and revaluation

6 532

18 689

Expenses

30 219

27 918

Interest expenses

29 118

26 608

Fee and commission expenses

260

528

Operating expenses incl.:

841

782

Bank's staff, operating expenses and management costs

824

765

Other

17

17

**The disclosed transactions also include the transactions with SCB and its subsidiaries although the investment in SCB was sold in the current period.

Transactions with associates

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

Liabilities

29 191

61 369

Deposits from customers

29 191

61 369

Income

115 675

95 217

Fee and commission income

115 675

95 217

Expenses

1 184

2 346

Interest expense

1 184

2 346

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

in thousands of PLN

Transactions with Santander Group

with the parent company

with other entities

31.12.2025

31.12.2024*

restated

31.12.2025

31.12.2024*

restated

Assets

10 179 929

12 802 000

1 799

1 918

Cash and cash equivalents

1 151 580

2 804 630

1 799

1 890

Loans and advances to banks, incl:

-

3 875 795

-

-

loans and advances

-

3 875 795

-

-

Financial assets held for trading

9 015 697

6 120 328

-

-

Other assets

12 652

1 247

-

28

Liabilities

9 246 113

6 260 406

317 295

251 905

Deposits from banks incl.:

513 456

1 519 359

12 871

10 974

current accounts and advances

513 456

1 519 359

12 871

10 974

Financial liabilities held for trading

8 714 829

4 726 694

-

-

Deposits from customers

-

-

198 238

208 869

Lease liabilities

-

-

25

25

Debt securities in issue

(2 821)

-

-

-

Other liabilities

20 649

14 353

106 161

32 037

Contingent liabilities

3 629 566

5 342 036

23 162

31 543

Sanctioned:

1 163 389

1 324 770

7 733

11 754

guarantees

1 163 389

1 324 770

7 733

11 754

Received:

2 466 177

4 017 266

15 429

19 789

guarantees

2 466 177

4 017 266

15 429

19 789

Derivatives’ nominal values

903 763 816

833 297 798

-

-

Cross-currency interest rate swap (CIRS) – purchased

17 222 597

16 797 304

-

-

Cross-currency interest rate swap (CIRS) – sold

17 219 808

16 240 282

-

-

Single-currency interest rate swap (IRS)

548 185 131

414 285 838

-

-

Forward rate agreement (FRA)

171 925 500

164 755 500

-

-

Options interest rate

4 493 978

5 750 809

-

-

FX swap – purchased amounts

67 023 962

100 598 746

-

-

FX swap – sold amounts

67 213 345

100 224 112

-

-

FX options -purchased CALL

1 462 456

1 942 881

-

-

FX options -purchased PUT

1 377 624

1 891 724

-

-

FX options -sold CALL

1 835 844

2 455 966

-

-

FX options -sold PUT

2 000 351

2 692 006

-

-

Spot-purchased

824 021

1 044 150

-

-

Spot-sold

823 454

1 043 786

-

-

Forward- purchased

1 083 155

1 777 106

-

-

Forward- sold

1 072 590

1 797 588

-

-

*Data restated following changes to the presentation of cash and cash equivalents; details are presented in Note 2.5.

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

in thousands of PLN

Transactions with Santander Group

with the parent company

with other entities

1.01.2025-31.12.2025

1.01.2024-31.12.2024

1.01.2025-31.12.2025

1.01.2024-31.12.2024

Income

135 692

1 496 886

3 012

8 407

Interest income

124 474

262 129

8

8

Fee and commission income

11 213

17 463

74

80

Other operating income

5

34

2 313

7 548

Net trading income and revaluation

-

1 217 260

617

771

Expenses

535 229

232 504

245 534

195 774

Interest expense

68 154

147 747

3 101

2 490

Fee and commission expense

12 689

17 576

2

295

Net trading income and revaluation

393 070

-

-

-

Operating expenses incl.:

61 316

67 181

242 431

192 989

staff,operating expenses and management costs

61 285

67 144

242 431

192 900

other operating expenses

31

37

-

89

Transactions with Members of Management and Supervisory Boards

Remuneration of Santander Bank Polska Management Board Members, Supervisory Board Members and key management personnel Santander Bank Polska.

Loans and advances granted to the key management personnel.

As at 31.12.2025 and 31.12.2024 members of the Management Board were bound by the non-compete agreements which remain in force after they step down from their function. If a Member of the Management Board is removed from their function or not appointed for another term, he/she is entitled to a once-off severance pay. The severance pay does not apply if the person accepts another function in the Bank.

Loans and advances have been sanctioned on regular terms and conditions.

Transactions with members of  Management Board

Management Board Members

Key Management Personnel

and Key Management Personnel

1.01.2025-31.12.2025

1.01.2024-31.12.2024

1.01.2025-31.12.2025

1.01.2024-31.12.2024

Short-term employee benefits

18 363

19 525

44 744

43 812

Post-employment benefits

-

-

-

-

Long-term employee benefits

8 009

8 698

8 815

7 559

Paid termination benefits

-

-

189

186

Share-based payments*

9 401

9 090

11 839

15 029

Total

35 773

37 313

65 587

66 586

*Share-based payments for key management personnel: the amount of PLN 11,839 k includes PLN 5,262 k paid in the form of shares in 2025. The remaining portion will be paid in subsequent years in accordance with the Remuneration Policy of Santander Bank Polska Group.

Management Board Members

Key Management Personnel

 

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

Loans and advances made by the Bank to the Members of the Management Board/Key Management and to their relatives

189

2 697

15 091

14 763

Deposits from The Management Board/Key management and their relatives

15 127

12 565

19 355

18 535

The category of key management personnel includes the persons covered by the principles outlined in the “Santander Bank Polska Group Remuneration Policy”.

Santander Bank Polska S.A. applies the “Santander Bank Polska Group Remuneration Policy”. The Policy has been approved by the bank’s Management Board and Supervisory Board and is reviewed annually or each time significant organisational changes are made.

Persons holding key executive positions are paid variable remuneration once a year following the end of the reference period and release of the Bank’s results. Variable remuneration is awarded in accordance with bonus regulations and five-year Incentive Plan VII and is paid in cash and in the Bank’s shares. The remuneration paid in shares may not be lower than 50% of the total amount of variable remuneration. Payment of min. 40% of the variable remuneration specified above is conditional and deferred for the period of four or

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

in thousands of PLN

five years. During that period, it is paid in arrears in equal annual instalments depending on the employee’s individual performance in the analysed period and the value of shares.

In 2025, the total remuneration paid to the Supervisory Board Members of Santander Bank Polska totalled PLN 2,594 k (PLN 2,471 k in 2024). In 2025, members of the Supervisory Board of Santander Bank Polska S.A. received remuneration from the Bank's related entities in the amount of PLN 360 k (PLN 200 k in 2024).

50.Acquisitions and disposals of investments in subsidiaries and associates

Conclusion of an agreement with Santander Consumer Finance S.A. for the sale of shares held by the Bank in Santander Consumer Bank S.A.

On 23 December 2025, a final agreement was concluded with Santander Consumer Finance S.A.  for the sale by the Bank to SCF of 3,120,000 shares in Santander Consumer Bank S.A.,  representing 60% of the share capital of SCB and 60% of the total number of votes, for a total sale price of PLN 3,105,000,000. The Transaction closed on 23 December 2025, and from that date the Bank is no longer a shareholder of Santander Consumer Bank S.A. The sale price was received in cash. The Bank recognised a gross gain of PLN 948,586k on the above sale transaction (disclosed under “Gain on the disposal of shares in subsidiaries”) and a tax liability of PLN 579,721k. Accordingly, a net gain on the transaction totalled PLN 368,865k.

Liquidation of Santander Inwestycje sp. z o.o.

On 27 June 2025, the Extraordinary General Meeting of Santander Inwestycje Sp. z o.o. decided to start the liquidation of the company on 1 July 2025, appoint a liquidator and change the company’s name to SPV XX04062025 (effective as of its registration in the National Court Register).

51.Employee benefits

Staff benefits include the following categories:

a)       Short-term benefits (remuneration, social security contributions, paid leaves, profit distributions and bonuses and non-cash benefits provided free charge or subsidized). Value of short-term employee benefits are undiscounted,

b)       Post-employment benefits (retirement benefits and similar payments, life insurance or medical care provided after the term of employment).

Within these categories, the companies of the Santander Bank Polska Group create the following types of provisions:

Provisions for unused holidays

Liabilities related to unused holidays are stated in the expected amount (based on current salaries) without discounting.

Provisions for employee bonuses

Liabilities related to bonuses are stated in the amount of the probable payment without discounting.

Provisions for retirement allowances

Based on internal regulations in respect to remuneration, the employees of the Bank are entitled to defined benefits other than remuneration:

·   retirement benefits,

·   retirement pension.

The present value of such obligations is measured by an independent actuary using the projected unit credit method.

The amount of the retirement and pension benefits and death-in-service benefits is dependent on length of service and amount of remuneration received by the employee. The expected present value of the benefits is calculated, taking into account the financial discount rate and the probability of an individual get to the retirement age or die while working respectively. The financial discount rate is determined by reference to up-to-date market yields of government bonds. The probability of an individual get to the retirement age or die while working is determined using the multiple decrement model, taking into consideration the following risks: possibility of dismissal from service, risk of total disability to work and risk of death.

These defined benefit plans expose the Bank to actuarial risk, such as:

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

in thousands of PLN

·         interest rate risk – the decrease in market yields on government bonds would increase the defined benefit plans obligations,

·         remuneration risk – the increase in remuneration of the Bank’s employees would increase the defined benefit plans obligations,

·         mobility risk – changes in the staff rotation ratio,

·         longevity risk – the increase in life expectancy of the Bank’s employees would increase the defined benefit plans obligations.

The principal actuarial assumptions adopted by an independent actuary as at 31 December 2025 are as follows:

·         the discount rate for future benefits at the level of 5.20% (5.60% as at 31 December 2024),

·         the future salary growth rate at the level of 3.25% (4,70% as at 31 December 2023),

·         the probable number of leaving employees calculated on the basis of historical data concerning personnel rotation in the Bank,

·         the mortality adopted in accordance with Life Expectancy Tables for men and women, published the Central Statistical Office, adequately adjusted on the basis of historical data of the Bank.

Reconciliation of the present value of defined benefit plans obligations

The following table presents a reconciliation from the opening balances to closing balances for the present value of defined benefit plans obligations.

 

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

As at the beginning of the period

62 638

55 945

Current service cost

3 125

2 873

Prior service cost

( 2 854)

(1 664)

Interest expense

3 321

2 970

Actuarial (gains) and losses

( 4 242)

2 514

Balance at the end of the period

61 988

62 638

Sensitivity analysis

The following table presents how the impact on the defined benefits obligations would have increased (decreased) as a result of a change in the respective actuarial assumptions by one percentage point as at 31 December 2025.

Defined benefit plan obligations

1 percent increase

1 percent decrease

in %

in PLN k

in %

in PLN k

Discount rate

(6,92%)

(4 291)

7,39%

5 234

Future salary growth rate

7,50%

3 739

(7,08%)

(5 300)

The following table presents how the impact on the defined benefits obligations would have increased (decreased) as a result of a change in the respective actuarial assumptions by one percentage point as at 31 December 2024.

Defined benefit plan obligations

1 percent increase

1 percent decrease

in %

in PLN k

in %

in PLN k

Discount rate

(7,62%)

(4 773)

8,17%

5 115

Future salary growth rate

8,20%

4 834

(7,72%)

(5 136)

Other staff-related provisions

These are provisions for the National Fund of Rehabilitation of the Disabled, redundancies, overtime and staff training. These liabilities are stated at the amounts of expected payment without discounting.

The balances of the respective provisions are shown in the table below:

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

in thousands of PLN

Provisions

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

Provisions for unused holidays

45 864

42 049

Provisions for employee bonuses

306 181

297 945

Provisions for retirement allowances

61 988

62 638

Other staff-related provisions

42 745

42 119

Total

456 778

444 751

Detailed movements on employee provisions have been presented in Note 37

52.Share based incentive scheme

Santander Bank Polska S.A. (“Bank”, “SAN PL”) established in 2022 Incentive Plan VII (“Plan”), which is addressed to the employees of the Bank and its subsidiaries who significantly contribute to growth in the value of the organisation. The purpose of the Plan is to motivate the participants to achieve business and qualitative goals in line with the Group’s long-term strategy and to provide an instrument that strengthens the employees’ relationship with the organisation and encourages them to act in its long-term interest. 

The Plan obligatorily covers all employees of Santander Bank Polska Group designated as material risk takers (identified employees). The list of other key participants is defined by the Bank’s Management Board and approved by the Supervisory Board. Those employees can participate in the Plan on a voluntary basis.  

The participants who satisfy the conditions stipulated in the Participation Agreement and the Resolution confirming the delivery of objectives will be entitled to an award which is variable remuneration in the form of the Bank’s shares classified as an equity-settled share-based payment transaction under IFRS 2 Share-based Payment. To that end, the Bank will buy back up to 2,331,000 shares from 1 January 2023 until 31 December 2033, i.e.: 

a) not more than 207,000 shares of SAN PL with the maximum value of PLN 55.3m in 2023;  

b) not more than 271,000 shares of SAN PL with the maximum value of PLN 72.4m in 2024;  

c) not more than 326,000 shares of SAN PL with the maximum value of PLN 87.0m in 2025;  

d) not more than 390,000 shares of SAN PL with the maximum value of PLN 104.1m in 2026;  

e) not more than 826,000 shares of SAN PL with the maximum value of PLN 220.5m in 2027;  

f) not more than 145,000 shares of SAN PL with the maximum value of PLN 38.7m in 2028;  

g) not more than 47,000 shares of SAN PL with the maximum value of PLN 12.5m in 2029;  

h) not more than 42,000 shares of SAN PL with the maximum value of PLN 11.2m in 2030;  

i) not more than 35,000 shares of SAN PL with the maximum value of PLN 9.3m in 2031;  

j) not more than 27,000 shares of SAN PL with the maximum value of PLN 7.2m in 2032;  

k) not more than 15,000 shares of SAN PL with the maximum value of PLN 4.0m in 2033.  

The Bank’s Management Board will buy back the shares to execute Incentive Plan based on the authorisation granted by the General Meeting in a separate resolution. If it is not possible to buy back the shares (e.g. illiquidity of the shares on the Warsaw Stock Exchange, share prices going beyond the thresholds defined by the General Meeting, lack of the General Meeting’s authorisation for the Management Board to buy back shares in a given year of Incentive Plan VII or lack of the General Meeting’s decision to create a capital reserve for share buyback in a given year) in the number corresponding to the value of the awards granted, SAN PL will reduce pro-rata the number of shares granted to the participant. The difference between the value of the awards granted and the value of the shares transferred by the Bank to the participants as part of the award will be paid out as a cash equivalent. 

Below are the vesting conditions that must be met jointly in a given year:  

1.Delivery of at least 50% of the profit after tax (PAT) target of SAN PL for a given year.  

2.Delivery of at least 80% of the team business targets for a given year at the level of SAN PL, Division or unit; the performance against the target is calculated as the weighted average of performance against at least three business targets defined as part of the financial plan approved by the Supervisory Board for a given year for SAN PL, Division or unit where the participant works, in particular: ​​  

·                PAT (profit after tax) of SAN PL Group (excluding Santander Consumer Bank S.A.);  

·                ROTE (return on tangible equity expressed as a percentage calculated in line with SAN PL reporting methodology);  

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

in thousands of PLN

·                NPS (Net Promoter Score calculated in line with SAN PL reporting methodology);  

·                RORWA (return on risk weighted assets calculated in line with SAN PL reporting methodology);  

·                number of customers;  

·                number of digital customers.  

3. The participant’s performance rating for a given year at the level not lower than 1.5 on the 0.5–3.5 rating scale. 

In addition, at the request of the Bank’s Management Board, the Supervisory Board can decide to grant a retention award to a participant, if the following criteria are met:  

1)the participant’s average annual individual performance rating is at least 2.0 on the 1–4 rating scale during the period of their participation in Incentive Plan VII;  

2)the average annual weighted performance against the Bank’s targets in the years 2022–2026 is at least 80%, taking into account the following weights:  

a.                   40% for the average annual performance against the PAT target;  

b.                   40% for the average annual performance against the RORWA target;  

c.                    20% for the average annual performance against the ESG target. 

The maximum number of own shares to be transferred to participants as the retention awards is 451,000. 

On 15 April 2025, the Annual General Meeting of Santander Bank Polska S.A. authorised the Bank’s Management Board to buy back the Bank’s fully covered own shares in 2026. 

The total amount that the Bank can spend on the buyback of own shares in 2026, including the cost of the buyback, is PLN 104,130k. 

The Annual General Meeting set up the capital reserve for the repurchase of own shares. 

For the purpose of the Plan, in 2025 Santander Bank Polska S.A. bought back 155,605 shares (of 326,000 shares eligible for buyback) with the value of PLN 82,367,105 (from PLN 87,042,000 worth of capital reserve allocated to the delivery in 2025). 

The average buyback price per share in 2025 was PLN 527,46. 

The Plan covers the period of five years (2022–2026). However, as the payment of variable remuneration is deferred, the share buyback and allocation will be completed by 2033. 

Due to the exhaustion of the amount allocated for the purchase of the Bank's own shares in 2025, on March 13, 2025, the Bank's Management Board completed the purchase of the Bank's own shares in 2025 for Program participants for the award for 2024 and part of the award for 2022-2023 which were subject to deferral. At the same time, an order was issued to transfer the above-mentioned shares to the brokerage accounts of eligible program participants. After settling all instructions, the Bank has no treasury shares. 

The table below presents information about the number of shares.

Number of shares

2025

2024

Opening balance*

80 489

96 109

Awarded for the year

159 052

175 530

Executed for the year

(119 953)

(130 803)

Executed deferrals**

(33 346)

(60 347)

Closing balance

86 602

80 489

*the opening balance is the deferred part of the number of shares for 2022,2023 and 2024 deferred to future periods. Additionally, the number of shares for 2024 was corrected to reflect actual payments that occurred in 2025. In the Annual Report published in 2025, the data for 2024 was a prediction.

** the item includes the number of deferred shares transferred in 2024 in the amount of 35,545 and in 2025 in the amount of 24,802. The data in the report for 2024 did not include the number of deferred shares transferred in 2024 (35,545).

In 2025, the total amount recognised in line with IFRS 2 in the Bank’s equity was PLN 104,903k, including PLN 104,235k taken to staff expenses for 2025. The latter comprises expenses incurred in 2025 and part of the costs attributable to subsequent years of the Incentive Plan as the award will be vested in stages. As at 31 December 2025, PLN 82,367k worth of shares were transferred to employees.

In 2024, the total amount recognised in line with IFRS 2 in the Bank’s equity was PLN 100,192k, including PLN 99,625k taken to staff expenses for 2024. The latter comprises expenses incurred in 2024 and part of the costs attributable to subsequent years of the Incentive Plan as the award will be vested in stages. As at 31 December 2024, PLN 72,334k worth of shares were transferred to employees.

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

in thousands of PLN

53.Dividend per share

Management Board's recommendation re distribution of profit for 2024 and decision on Dividend Reserve created pursuant to resolution no. 6 of the Annual General Meeting of 22 March 2021.

On 19 March 2025, the Management Board of Santander Bank Polska S.A. issued a recommendation on the distribution of profit for 2024 and the Dividend Reserve created pursuant to resolution no. 6 of the Annual General Meeting of 22 March 2021 (“Resolution no. 6”). The recommendation was positively reviewed by the Bank’s Supervisory Board.

The Bank’s Management Board recommended that the profit of PLN 5,197,479,813.35 earned in 2024 be distributed as follows:

- PLN 3,897,631,915.40 – to be allocated to the dividend for shareholders;

- PLN 104,130,000.00 – to be allocated to the capital reserve;

- PLN 1,195,717,897.95 – to be kept undistributed.

The Management Board also recommended that PLN 840,886,574.78 out of the Dividend Reserve created pursuant to Resolution no. 6 be allocated to the dividend for shareholders.

According to the Management Board’s recommendation, the dividend payment from the profit earned in 2024 and from the dividend reserve (“Dividend”) was to cover 102,189,314 series A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J, K, L, M, N and O shares. The Dividend was to total PLN 4,738,518,490.18 (of which PLN 3,897,631,915.40 represented 74.99% of the net profit earned in 2024 and PLN 840,886,574.78 was the amount allocated from the Dividend Reserve).

When making its decision, the Management Board took into account the then-current macroeconomic environment as well as the recommendations and guidance of the Polish Financial Supervision Authority (“KNF”), including that outlined in the KNF’s letter of 13 March 2025, of which the Bank informed the market in its current report no. 12/2025 of 13 March 2025, as well as that outlined in the letter of 17 March 2025 confirming the possibility to pay a dividend from the Dividend Reserve, of which the Bank informed the market in its current report no. 13/2025 of 17 March 2025.

Adoption of resolution on dividend payment

The Bank’s General Meeting held on 15 April 2025 adopted a resolution on dividend payment.

The Dividend amount was PLN 46.37 per share.

The Dividend record date was 13 May 2025.

The Dividend was paid on 20 May 2025.

Individual recommendation of the Polish Financial Supervision Authority with regard to meeting the criteria for paying dividend from the net profit earned in 2024

On 13 March 2025, the Management Board of Santander Bank Polska S.A. received an individual recommendation from the Polish Financial Supervision Authority (“KNF”) regarding the dividend policy of commercial banks for 2025 (“Dividend Policy”), the supervisory review and evaluation process and the Bank’s reporting data.

Additionally, in view of the sound quality of the Bank’s loan portfolio measured as the share of NPLs in the total portfolio of receivables from the non-financial sector (including debt instruments), the Bank’s potential dividend payout ratio was set at 75%.

To ensure the stability of the Bank’s operations and its further growth, the KNF recommended that the Bank should limit the risk present in its operations by:

1)       not distributing more than 75% of the profit earned from 1 January to 31 December 2024, with the proviso that the maximum payout should not be higher than the annual profit reduced by the profit for 2024 already allocated to own funds;

2)       consulting upfront with the supervisory authority any other measures which could reduce the Bank’s own funds (in particular if they go beyond the scope of the ordinary business and operational activity), including the distribution of the profit retained in previous years or the buyback or redemption of own shares.

Information on a possible dividend payout in 2025 from the dividend reserve

On 17 March 2025, the Management Board of Santander Bank Polska S.A. was advised by the Polish Financial Supervision Authority (“KNF”) that it did not have any objections to the payout of the additional amount of PLN 840,886,574.78 from the dividend reserve created pursuant to resolution no. 6 of the Annual General Meeting of 22 March 2021 on profit distribution and creation of capital reserve (“Dividend Reserve”).

Consequently, in line with the KNF’s individual recommendation, the total amount available for distribution to the Bank’s shareholders in 2025 was PLN 4,738,518,490.18.

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

in thousands of PLN

54.Operating segments reporting

Operating segments reporting were presented in “Consolidated Financial Statement of Santander Bank Polska Group for 2025” released on 24 February 2026.

55.Events which occurred subsequently to the end of the reporting period

Notices from Erste Group Bank AG and from Banco Santander S.A.

Santander Bank Polska S.A. informed, that on 9 January 2026 it received:

·         from the shareholder: Erste Group Bank AG a notice on the acquisition from Banco Santander, S.A. the shares representing 49% of the total number of votes in the Bank and

·         from the shareholder: Banco Santander, S.A. a notice on the change of share in the total votes in the Bank.

Separate Financial Statements of Santander Bank Polska for 2025

Signatures of the persons representing the entity

Date
Name
Function
Signature

 

23.02.2026

Michał Gajewski

President

The original Polish document is signed with a qualified electronic signature

 

23.02.2026

Andrzej Burliga

Vice-President

The original Polish document is signed with a qualified electronic signature

 

23.02.2026

Lech Gałkowski

Vice-President

The original Polish document is signed with a qualified electronic signature

 

23.02.2026

Artur Głembocki

Vice-President

The original Polish document is signed with a qualified electronic signature

 

23.02.2026

Magdalena Proga-Stępień

Vice-President

The original Polish document is signed with a qualified electronic signature

 

23.02.2026

Maciej Reluga

Vice-President

The original Polish document is signed with a qualified electronic signature

 

23.02.2026

Wojciech Skalski

Member

The original Polish document is signed with a qualified electronic signature

 

23.02.2026

Dorota Strojkowska

Member

The original Polish document is signed with a qualified electronic signature

 

23.02.2026

Magdalena Szwarc-Bakuła

Member

The original Polish document is signed with a qualified electronic signature

 

Signature of a person who is responsible for maintaining the accounting records

Date
Name
Function
Signature

 

23.02.2026

Anna Żmuda

Financial Accounting Area Director

The original Polish document is signed with a qualified electronic signature